Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBP15-116� G R O U P° Architect Rockefeller center 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 New York, NY 10020 Telephone 212.492-1400 Facsimile 212.492.1472 Edwards & Zuck, P.0 r r b � • Mechanical, i and Fire Protection Engineering 0 Oak Street4th Floor Stamford, CT 06905 Telephone: j a -7 011M 1111!'i ... 11 .... 4 ink X4 iml E R M I T 9. 1 R \. DATE APPROVE, 'ZO 151 1 BUILDING INSPECT lege of Rye Brook, NY EC 1_ El w [7 DD SUN 15, VILLAGE OF RYE BROOK BUILDING DEPARTMENT Z- 'ba... --- R 0 co :1 0 2 M a E 00 LO Cn (P Cl) to U) 2 rAkz,Abl a 0 11 1008.1.3.4 Access -controlled egress doors. The entrance doors in a means of egress in buildings with an occupancy in Group A, B, E, M, R-1 or R-2 and entrance doors to tenant spaces in occupancies in Groups A, B, E, M, R-1 and R-2 are permitted to be equipped with an approved entrance and egress access control system which shall be installed in accordance with all of the following criteria: 1. A sensor shall be provided on the egress side arranged to detect an occupant approaching the doors. The doors shall be arranged to unlock by a signal from or loss of power to the sensor. 2. Loss of power to that part of the access control system which locks the doors shall automatically unlock the doors. 3. The doors shall be arranged to unlock from a manual unlocking device located 40 inches to 48 inches (1016 mm to 1219 mm) vertically above the floor and within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the secured doors. Ready access shall be provided to the manual unlocking device and the device shall be Clearly identified by a sign that reads "PUSH TO EXIT." When operated, the manual unlocking device shall result in direct interruption of power to the lock -independent of the access control system electronics -and the doors shall remain unlocked for a minimum of 30 seconds. 4. Activation of the building fire alarm system, if provided, shall automatically unlock the doors, and the doors shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset. 5. Activation of the building automatic sprinkler or fire detection system, if provided, shall automatically unlock the doors. The doors shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset. 6. Entrance doors in buildings with an occupancy in Group A, B, E or M shall not be secured from the egress side during periods that the building is open to the general public. LIFE SAFETY LEGEND SCALE: 1/16" =1'-0" - - TRAVEL DISTANCE POINT OF DECISION / COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL . . . . . . ..... AREA NOT IN CONTRACT EGRESS WIDTH (IN INCHES) 0 0- EGRESS CAPACITY (OCCUPANTS) 0 DESIGN LOAD (OCCUPANTS) wit • REMOTE POINT'B' COMMON PATH: 88'-0" TOTAL DISTANCE: 166'-11" REMOTE POINT'a COMMON PATH: 69'-11" TOTAL DISTANCE: N/A STAIR A EXIT DISCHARGE w"att-M-Psvic, DOOR WIDTH: 0.15" X 154 PERSONS DOOR WIDTH PROVIDED: I DOOR @ 40" DOOR CAPACITY: 266 PERSONS STAIR WIDTH: 0.2" X 154 PERSONS = 30.8" STAIR WIDTH PROVIDED: 36" STAIR CAPACITY: 180 TOTAL FLOOR POPULATION: 356 PERSONS CODE & LIFE SAFETY DATA ---- - ------ ------ ?"ROJECT INFORMATION NameofProtect: I-ONIPASSGR,)UP-2iNJDFLOOR UPFI'T Address: 2 INTERNATiONAL. DRIVE -RYE BROOK, NY10573 Zip Code Proposed Use: BUSINESS - B Owner / Authorized Agent: JAREN WE' I S Phone # 704.338,0205 Email: jaren-wells@qerisler.com Owned By: 0 City/County 0 Private El State Code Enforcement Jurisdiction: M City VILLAGE OF RYE BROOK f-1 County f-1 State PROJECT SUMMARY Building Description: 4 STORIES OFFICE BUILDING MAXIMUM 5 STORIES, BUILDING AREA PER STORY 37,500 SF MAXIMUM SPRINKLERED NFPA13 Scope of Work Details: Fire Resistance Ratings for Type IIA Construction INTERIOR UPFIT LEVEL 2 TABLE 601 STRUCTURALFRAME APPLICABLE CODES BEARING WALLS CODES YEAR • BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 • EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 • PLUMBING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 • MECHANICAL CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 • ENERGY CONSERVATION CONSTRUCTION CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 • FIRE CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 • NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2005 • ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 01 -TOUR • ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN 2010 • NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE 2009 BUILDING DATA INFORMATION Construction Type: 2010 BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE - BUSINESS USE - TYPE IIA MAXIMUM 5 STORIES, BUILDING AREA PER STORY 37,500 SF MAXIMUM SPRINKLERED NFPA13 Fire Resistance Ratings for Type IIA Construction A00.02 TABLE 601 STRUCTURALFRAME IHOUR BEARING WALLS WALL PARTITION TYPES EXTERIOR IHOUR INTERIOR IHOUR NON BEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS EXTERIOR (TABLE 602) INTERIOR 0 HOUR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION IHOUR ROOF CONSTRUCTION I HOUR TENANT SEPARATIONS 01 -TOUR EXIT ACCESS CORRIDORS EXISTING - CONFORMING Gross Building Area: FLOOR EXISTING (SO FT) INTERIOR UPFIT (SQ FT) LEVEL 01 27,200 0 LEVEL 02 27,200 21,114 LEVEL 03 27,200 0 LEVEL 04 27,200 0 TOTAL 21,114 SQ FT MEANS OF EGRESS TABLE 1016.1 EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE B USE (BUSINESS) 300"WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM) 50' DEAD END CORRIDOR (PER 1017.3 DEAD ENDS) EGRESS EXIT CAPACITY PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIREMENTS ACCESSIBLE UNISEX TOILET ROOM PROVIDED * ONE EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN + 2 WATER DISPENSERS PROVIDED CAFE / SEATING / EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 1,521 SF @ 15 SF NETIPERSON =102 PERSONS EXISTING SPACE TO REMAIN 4,664 GSF @ 100 SF GROSS/PERSON = 47 PERSONS DRAWING INDEX REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME DESCRIPTION AOO.01 CODE SUMMARY - LIFE SAFETY PLAN FIRE PROTECTION COVER SHEET A00.02 GENERAL NOTES AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS FIRE PROTECTION PART PLAN A00.03 WALL PARTITION TYPES lVill= FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS & SPECIFICATIONS AOO.04 FINISH MATERIALS LEGEND AOO.05 SCHEDULES o...Elk­0118. ............................... LEVEL 02 2 5 6 5 4 4 5 5 3 2* ACCESSIBLE UNISEX TOILET ROOM PROVIDED * ONE EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN + 2 WATER DISPENSERS PROVIDED CAFE / SEATING / EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 1,521 SF @ 15 SF NETIPERSON =102 PERSONS EXISTING SPACE TO REMAIN 4,664 GSF @ 100 SF GROSS/PERSON = 47 PERSONS DRAWING INDEX REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME DESCRIPTION AOO.01 CODE SUMMARY - LIFE SAFETY PLAN FIRE PROTECTION COVER SHEET A00.02 GENERAL NOTES AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS FIRE PROTECTION PART PLAN A00.03 WALL PARTITION TYPES lVill= FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS & SPECIFICATIONS AOO.04 FINISH MATERIALS LEGEND AOO.05 SCHEDULES A00.06 DOOR DETAILS AOO.50 SPECIFICATIONS A00.51 SPECIFICATIONS AOO.52 SPECIFICATIONS A01.01 DEMOLITION PLANS A02.01 CONSTRUCTION PLAN A03.01 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A04.01 FINISH PLAN A05.01 FURNITURE PLAN A06.01 ENLARGED PLANS A06.02 ENLARGED CEILING PLANS A07.01 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A07.02 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A08.01 MILLWORK DETAILS A08.10 CEILING DETAILS A09.01 DETAILS A09.02 RECEPTION DESK ELECTRICAL E001 ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET FIRE PROTECTION COVER SHEET E002 ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET 2 FIRE PROTECTION PART PLAN E101 ELECTRICAL FLOOR POWER PLAN lVill= FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS & SPECIFICATIONS E201 ELECTRICAL FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN E301 ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULES E401 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E402 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E403 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E404 ELECTRICAL DETAILS M403 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS _E501 E502 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS MITIMMITISYRIM moil DM101 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN FIRE PROTECTION COVER SHEET Mool MECHANICAL COVER SHEET FIRE PROTECTION PART PLAN M101 MECHANICAL NEW WORK FLOOR PLAN lVill= FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS & SPECIFICATIONS M200 MECHANICAL DETAILS SHEET 1 OF 2 DM101 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN Mool MECHANICAL COVER SHEET M101 MECHANICAL NEW WORK FLOOR PLAN M200 MECHANICAL DETAILS SHEET 1 OF 2 M201 MECHANICAL DETAILS SHEET 2 OF 2 M300 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M400 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET 1 OF 4 M401 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET 2 OF 4 M402 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET 3 OF 4 M403 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET 4 OF 4 Pool PLUMBING COVER SHEET Plol PLUMBING FLOOR PART PLAN PI 02 PLUMBING DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS 391 SF (0) 20 6F NEI/PERSON = 20 PERSONS REMOTE POINT'C' COMMON PATH: 88'-5" TOTAL DISTANCE: 152'-2" BUSINESS USE 18,612 GSF @ 100 SF GROSSIPERSON =187 PERSONS STAIR B EXIT DISCHARGE TWTAL,�.COM PQ0�11ATION: 209 PERSON DOOR WIDTH: 0. 15" X 155 PERSONS DOOR WIDTH PROVIDED: I DOOR @ 40" DOOR CAPACITY: 266 PERSONS STAIR WIDTH: 0.2" X 155 PERSONS = 31 STAIR WIDTH PROVIDED: 36" STAIR CAPACITY: 180 I Iiii1i I I III! ilii 111111511 ill!•ill i� i � i � ilill 1 •l il; , a I a 11611111 *#3 IlEd I ItI11,11 ML91 11 WAV 40-1 Big F11-3:1 2=0 EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN WATER DISPENSER TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD = 356 REMOTE POINT'D' COMMON PATH: 70'-0" TOTAL DISTANCE: 158-6" 0 M P A!Si S G R 0 U Fit 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 0 2015 Gensler __._........... ......... ............................................................................_......... _ ....... _........-_...... _.......... ........ . EQ EQ - - STROBE WHERE OCCURS--- s STROBE WHERE OCCURS POWER COMMUNICATION NOTES GENERAL NTE s i TELEPHONE OUTLET EQ SWITCH(ES) OR DIMMER(S)10 MTD HORIZONTALLY DOOR GANG UNDER ONE PLATE 1. PRIOR TO CORING SLAB REVIEW LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT AND COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITHC0MP A 1. COMPLY WITH CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES - - - T-STAT WHERE OCCURS I ' OWNER. GOVERNING THE WORK. '' G IZ ( U s T-STAT WHERE OCCURS .. POWER OUTLET " f00 i� MTD HORIZONTALLY _ a 6" POWER AND TELEPHONE - 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEMS AND 2. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES GOVERNING �' CLUSTER VERTICALLY MTD AUDIOVISUAL DRAWINGS. THE WORK. CREDENZA OR COUNTER CENTERED ON COLUMN -� OUTLET WHERE OCCURS co ' 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE 3. VERIFY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS, POWER AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH 3. REVIEW DOCUMENTS, VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONFIRM THAT WORK IS -�k� -- ROYAL EXECUTIVE, PARK 1! f MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE PROPER FIT AND FUNCTION. BUILDABLE AS SHOWN. REPORT ANY CONFLICTS OR OMISSIONS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK IN QUESTION. TOWN OF RYE BROOK LOCATIONS at CREDENZAS or COUNTERS LOCATIONS at COLUMNS, BETWEEN DOORS, ETC. LOCATIONS at DOOR JAMBS 4. VERIFY MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 4. SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS, REVISIONS, OR CHANGES TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW OUTLETS OUTLET GROUPS STROBES and THERMOSTATS SWITCH and THERMOSTAT 5. GANG ADJACENT LIGHT SWITCHES AND COVER WITH A SINGLE PLATE. PRIOR TO PURCHASE, FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 6. PROVIDE LIGHT SWITCHING IN CONFORMANCE WITH TITLE 24 REQUIREMENTS. FOR ROOMS OR AREAS 5. COORDINATE WORK WITH THE OWNER, INCLUDING SCHEDULING TIME AND LOCATIONS FOR •- -.�-. ---. GREATER THAN 100 SQUARE FEET PROVIDE DOUBLE WITCHES WITH EACH SWITCH CONTROLLING 50% OF DELIVERIES, BUILDING ACCESS, USE OF BUILDING SERVICES AND FACILITIES, AND USE OF X22 LAMPS PER FIXTURE. ELEVATORS. MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE OF BUILDING FUNCTIONS AND OCCUPANTS. EQ EQ 7. MOUNT STANDARD WALL OUTLETS, SWITCHES AND THERMOSTATS AT HEIGHTS REQUIRED BY TITLE 24 6. OWNER WILL PROVIDE WORK NOTED "BY OTHERS" OR "NIC" UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. -._. __:_._. STROBE WHERE OCCURS --- -- - - - STROBE WHERE OCCURS EQ AND ADA GUIDELINES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WHEN THERMOSTATS AND LIGHT SWITCH OCCUR INCLUDE SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE Q TOGETHER, INSTALL BOTH ALIGNED HORIZONTALLY WITH CENTER LINE AT +3-2 ABOVE FINISHED TO ASSURE ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION --a --- ,{ - ! SWITCH(ES) OR DIMMER(S) GANG UNDER ONE PLATE FLOOR. THERMOSTAT - - SWITCHES AND DIMMERS - -- DOOR 7. COORDINATE TELECOMMUNICATIONS, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS. -- - WALL HUNG 8. INDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER LINE OF OUTLET OR SWITCH, OR CLUSTER OF OUTLETS LIGHT SWITCHES AND DIMMERS TO BE OR SWITCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. MAINTAIN EXITS EXIT LIGHTING FIRE PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND ALARMS IN CONFORMANCE WITH Gensler T-STAT WHERE OCCURS TELEPHONE C CLUSTERED AND MOUNTED VERTICALLY, _ = - CODES AND ORDINANCES. rh 9. INSTALL OUTLETS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS IN SEPARATE STUD CAVITIES. DO NOT INSTALL Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 CREDENZA OR COUNTER POWER OUTLET _CO OUTLET WHERE OCCURS co 00 BACK-TO-BACK 9. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM DAMAGE. 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 �- WHERE OCCURS �- New York, NY 10020 j 10. PROVIDE MATCHING COVER PLATES, RECEPTACLES AND RELATED ITEMS. PROVIDE ONE-PIECE TYPE 10. MAINTAIN WORK AREAS SECURE AND LOCKABLE DURING CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH United States GANG COVER PLATES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. TENANT AND LANDLORD TO ENSURE SECURITY. LOCATIONS at CREDENZAS or COUNTERS �y LOCATIONS at COLUMNS, BETWEEN DOORS, ETC. LOCATIONS at DOOR JAMBS SWITCHES and THERMOSTATS V SWITCHES, STROBES and THERMOSTATS 2 11. IDENTIFY DEDICATED OR ISOLATED GROUND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS WITH A RED DOT. 11. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE SWITCH and TELEPHONE ARCHITECT. 12. PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DISABLED ACCESS NOTES MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR". ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF FINISHES. EDWARDS& ZUCK,P.C. $„ 6,2 13. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE BACKING FOR MILLWORK AND ITEMS ATTACHED OR MOUNTED TO MEPF Engineering WALLS OR CEILINGS. 30 Oak Street 8" STROBE WHERE OCCURS _ STROBE WHERE OCCURS Stamford, CT 06905 Q EQ 1. IN BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES, FLOORS OF A GIVEN STORY SHALL BE A COMMON LEVEL THROUGHOUT, OR Tel 202.352.1717 SHALL BE CONNECTED BY PEDESTRIAN RAMPS, PASSENGER ELEVATORS OR SPECIAL ACCESS LIFTS. 14. WHERE EXISTING ACCESS PANELS CONFLICT WITH CONSTRUCTION, RELOCATE PANELS TO ALIGN SCHED SIGN CARD READER, EGRESS BUTTON WITH AND FIT WITHIN NEW CONSTRUCTION Fax 203.352,1818 _ _..,-_._ _ DOOR OR FIRE ALARM PULL o FIRE ALARM PULL - °;- - 2. FLOOR SURFACES SHALL BE SLIP-RESISTANT. 15, UNDERCUT DOORS TO CLEAR TOP OF FLOOR FINISHES BY 1/4 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CID J--- POWER OUTLET T-STAT WHERE OCCURS 3. EVERY CORRIDOR AND AISLE SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 10 OR MORE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 00 'AtWHERE OCCURS 44"1N WIDTH. --- - - OUTLET WHERE OCCURS �' ; 4. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. LEVEL FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES CHANGES NOT EXCEEDING 1/4" MAY BE VERTICAL. BEVEL OTHERS WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2 e. LOCATIONS at COLUMNS, BETWEEN DOORS, ETC. LOCATIONS at DOOR JAMBS 5. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL 1. PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2-A WITHIN 75 FOOT 19 LOCATION FOR TYPICAL SIGNS , BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING OUTLETS, STROBES and FIRE ALARM PULLS CARD READER, EGRESS BUTTON or BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING ON EACH FLOOR, AND ADDITIONAL EXTINGUISHERS FIRE ALARM PULL THE OPENING HARDWARE. AS REQUIRED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR OR BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR. 6. CENTER HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE BETWEEN 30" AND 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 2. PROVIDE EXIT SIGN WITH 6" LETTERS OVER REQUIRED EXITS, WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND ADDITIONAL SIGNS AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR OR FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD 7. MAXIMUM PULL OR PUSH EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR INSPECTOR. CONNECT EXIT SIGNS TO EMERGENCY POWER CIRCUITS. COMPLY WITH BUILDING CODES. g<, DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT PROVIDE GROMMET AT OUTLETS CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. CORRESPONDING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR 3. PROVIDE EMERGENCY LIGHTING OF ONE FOOT-CANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL, COMPLY WITH BUILDING STROBE WHERE OCCURS OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE REQUIRED CODES. -- WORK TOP{7C7 FIRE DOORS MAY BE INCREASED NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 4, MAINTAIN AISLES AT LEAST 44" WIDE AT PUBLIC AREAS. 3 z ' DOOM 8. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS (EXCEPT SLIDING AND AUTOMATIC) SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH z ': 5. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL 7" - --- - T-STAT WHERE OCCURS -- --- - --- - T-STAT WHERE OCCURS UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT i CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITlON.PROVIDE A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL ON THE PUSH SIDE OF KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED TYPE. ALL NEW DOORS NARROW FRAME DOORS. SHALL HAVE APPROVED LEVER HANDLES. POWER AND TELEPHONE �r �, 6. DOORS OPENING INTO REQUIRED 1-HOUR, FIRE-RESISTIVE CORRIDORS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A MOUNT HORIZONTALLY a ADDITIONAL OUTLET WHERE OCCURS 9. EVERY REQUIRED ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOORWAY SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 3 0 IN WIDTH AND NOT OUTLET LESS THAN 6=8" IN HEIGHT. DOORS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND SHALL BE SMOKE OR DRAFT STOP ASSEMBLY HAVING A 20-MINUTE RATING AND SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING. WHERE OCCURS SO MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF THE DOORWAY IS NOT LESS THAN 32".7.20-MINUTE DOOR JAMBS TO BE TIGHT-FITTING, SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROLLED. 10. WHERE A PAIR OF DOORS IS UTILIZED, AT LEAST ONE OF THE DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR, ��LOCATIONS at WORK �y LOCATIONS at CORNERS LOCATIONS at DOOR JAMBS 8. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL WHEN SERVING 50 OR MORE PERSONS AND IN SURFACES L UNOBSTRUCTED OPENING WIDTH OF 32" WITH THE LEAF POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ANY HAZARDOUS AREA. OUTLETS OUTLETS THERMOSTAT, STROBE or OUTLET ITS CLOSED POSITION. 11. IDENTIFY ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES WITH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL 9. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES FOR EXIT CORRIDOR SHALL NOT EXCEED AN END POINT FLAME Date Description DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. SPREAD RATING: PER APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENT $" DOOR IN OPEN POSITION 12. THE FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND 10. DECORATIONS (CURTAINS, DRAPES, SHADES, HANGINGS, ETC.} SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE OR BE j STROBE WHERE OCCURS CLEAR. THE LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA \ SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF AT FLAMEPROOFED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. - - STROBE WHERE OCCURS LEAST 60" AND THE LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF 44" AS MEASURED 8" AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR N ITS CLOSED POSITION. 11. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS OR DOORS WHERE AIR DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE-RATED WALLS OR CEILINGS. SWITCH(ES) OR DIMMER(S) GANG UNDER ONE PLATE 13. FLOORS OR LANDINGS SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 112" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE BE 12. STORAGE, DISPENSING OR USE OF ANY FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS, FLAMMABLE GAS AND POWER OUTLET --- ` T-STAT WHERE OCCURS HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES SHALL COMPLY WITH FIRE CODE REGULATIONS. -- BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. MOUNT HORIZONTALLY T-STAT WHERE OCCURS ; 00 co CO-- SWITCHES & DIMMERS 14. TO ALERT THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED, MARK THE UPPER APPROACH AND THE LOWER TREAD OF EACH 13. WOOD BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. - OUTLET WHERE OCCURS INTERIOR STAIR WITH A STRIP OF CLEARLY CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2" WIDE, PLACED PARALLEL TO 14. EXTEND OR MODIFY EXISTING FIRE/LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE AN APPROVED FIRE/ _TF1 -1 AND NOT MORE THAN 1" FROM THE NOSE OF THE STEP OR LANDING. THE STRIP SHALL BE OF A MATERIAL LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM. SUBMIT PLANS TO FIRE DEPARTMENT WITH COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF SEQUENCE ' j THAT 1S AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER TREADS OF THE STAIR. OF OPERATION, AND OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. i 15. CENTER ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS NOT LESS THAN 15" ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING 15. LOCATE THE CENTER OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES 48" ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE FLOOR, 1 LOCATIONS at MILLWORK COUNTERS 5 LOCATIONS at OPEN DOORS PLATFORM. WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE OR SIDEWALK. L LOCATIONS at CORNERS OUTLETS 13 SWITCHES, OUTLETS, STROBES and THERMOSTATS SWITCHES, STROBES and THERMOSTATS 16, SANITARY FACILITIES LOCATED ON AN ACCESSIBLE FLOOR OF A BUILDING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO THE 16. EMERGENCY WARNING SYSTEMS SHALL ACTIVATE A MEANS OF WARNING THE HEARING IMPAIRED. POWER AND TELEPHONE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED. FLASHING VISUAL WARNING SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY OF NOT MORE THAN 60 FLASHES PER MINUTE. MOUNT HORIZONTALLY 17. ENTRY TO SANITARY FACILITIES: 17. EXTEND OR MODIFY EXISTING AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE AN 8" A. 44"' CLEAR AISLES OR CORRIDORS WHERE OCCUPANT LOAD IS 10 OR MORE. APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. SUBMIT PLANS TO FIRE DEPARTMENT AND OBTAIN B. DOORWAYS TO HAVE A 32" CLEAR OPENING. APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EQ EQ C. ON APPROACH SIDE, PROVIDE A 60" CLEAR LEVEL SPACE WHEN DOOR SWINGS TOWARD - STROBE WHERE OCCURS--- - STROBE WHERE OCCURS APPROACH AND 44" SPACE WHEN DOOR SWINGS AWAY FROM APPROACH. A_ �^ I 18. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SHALL BE SUPERVISED BY AN APPROVED CENTRAL, PROPRIETARY OR 24 8";7'°. 7". 7'° s 18. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES REMOTE STATION SERVICE OR A LOCAL ALARM WHICH WILL GIVE AN AUDIBLE SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ' z ATTENDED LOCATION _ - i A. MOUNT BOTTOM EDGE OF MIRRORS NO HIGHER THAN 40" FROM THE FLOOR. .. -- - T-STAT WHERE OCCURS i - _ T-STAT WHERE OCCURS „ B. MOUNT TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS WITHIN 12 FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT. -- C. MOUNT DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES (TOWEL SANITARY NAPKINS �' POWER OUTLET OR G° POWER OUTLET OR TELEPHONE OUTLET AN CLUSTER UNIT WASTE, COIN SLOTS, ETC.) WITH OPERATING PARTS NO HIGHER THAN 40" FROM THE FLOOR. FINISH 1 NOT1� WHERE OCCURS WHERE OCCURS 19. SINGLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET FACILITY A. WATER CLOSET TO HAVE A 28" CLEARANCE FROM A FIXTURE AND 32" FROM A WALL. , 77 B. MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE IN FRONT OF WATER CLOSET TO BE 48", 1. ENSURE SURFACES TO RECEIVE FINISHES ARE CLEAN, TRUE, AND FREE OF IRREGULARITIES. DO NOT C. A SPACE 36"X 48" IS PERMITTED IN FRONT OF EXISTING WATER CLOSET ACCESSIBLE TO THE PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 22 LOCATIONS at MILLWORK COUNTERS LOCATIONS at CORNERS LOCATIONS at COLUMNS, BETWEEN DOORS, ETC. HANDICAPPED. OUTLETS OUTLETS, STROBES and THERMOSTATS OUTLETS, STROBES and THERMOSTATS 2. REPAIR EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN AS REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION OF NEW FINISHES. 20. THE HEIGHT OF THE WATER CLOSET (TOP OF SEAT} SHALL BE BETWEEN 17" AND 19" 3. PROVIDE STRAIGHT, FLUSH RESILIENT BASE AT CARPETED AREAS,AND COVED, TOP SET RESILIENT BASE 21. MOUNT FLUSH VALVE CONTROL NO MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR, ON THE SIDE AT RESILIENT FLOORING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. OF THE TOILET WITH THE GREATEST SEPARATION FROM ADJACENT WALL OR OTHE SURFACE. Seal / Signature 6f, 8„ .._... . p 22. PROVIDE GRAB BARS ON EACH SIDE, OR ONE SIDE AND BACK OF WATER CLOSET. 0 STROBE WHERE OCCURS - - __ STROBE WHERE OCCURS A. GRAB BARS TO BE 33" ABOVE AND PARALLEL TO THE FLOOR. B. SIDE BARS TO BE 42" LONG AND PROJECT 24" IN FRONT OF WATER CLOSET STOOL. GRAB BAR AT BACK EQ EQ TO BE 36" LONG. -- z z - - --- C. DIAMETER OF GRAB BARS TO BE 1-1/4" TO 1-112 D. PROVIDE 1-1/2" CLEARANCE BETWEEN GRAB BARS AND WALL. y A LA;V, ' - - T-STAT WHERE OCCURS o E. GRAB BARS (INCLUDING CONNECTORS, FASTENERS, SUPPORT BACKING, ETC.) SHALL SUPPORT A 250411 ' A t` POUND LOAD. F. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. VERTICAL REVEAL G. GRAB BARS AND ANY ADJACENT SURFACE SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. H. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8".� 23. PROVIDE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30" X 48" IN FRONT OF LAVATORY TO PERMIT A FORWARD APPROACH. Cd 1 LOCATIONS at CORNERS with REVEALS LOCATIONS at FREIGHT ELEVATORS 24. MOUNT LAVATORIES WITH A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 29" FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE o STROBES and THERMOSTATS STROBES APRON. PROVIDE KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30 IN WIDTH WITH 8" MINIMUM WIDTH, AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 9" HIGH FROM THE FLOOR A MINIMUM OF 17" DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. Project Name m 25. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE -- EXIT SIGN CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. LEVER OPERATED, PUSH TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY co ...............................STROBE WHERE OCCURS CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF CLOSING ARE ALLOWED IF THE CL -- STROBE WHERE OCCURS FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. Project Number "� FIRE ALARM PULL CJ ' 26. INSULATE OR OTHERWISE COVER HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES. - 59.6358.000 o �I LO - - -� FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET 27. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES co c3i C5� x „i Scale 00 'Aul _ d' As indicated ...... . n - OUTLET WHERE OCCURS 00 r Description A BRACING r SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" D -T02 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" D -T01 TOP OF PARTITION TO SLAB ABOVE TOP OF PARTITION 6" ABOVE CEILING STUD Seal / Signature UNDERSIDE OF, SLAB OR ROOF nIAGONAL BRACING { @ 32 ON CENTER STAGGERED, TYPICAL-;~ { i t I Q 1 1 x { I U { b Project Name o { i m i i COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT { t { r t { PARTITION Project Number 59.6358.000 o { { coCn + r LO + { { r Scale cn 1 i ........... ti I I As indicated � t FLOOR o + + Description a� WALL PARTITION TYPES a ca AOOmO3 _.............................._...__...._...._..................._.........._............_.....................,....._........ Q 2015 Gensler 12 - ROLLER SHADES 12 00 00 ROLLER SHADES CODE: RS1 MANUFACTURER: MECHOSHADE COLOR:TBD LOCATION: CONFERENCE ROOM M 09 5103 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS CODE: APC1 MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG TYPE:OPTIMA SQUARE TEGULAR NUMBER:3251 SIZE: 24"X24" COLOR: WHITE GRID MANUFACTURER:ARMSTRONG GRID SIZE:9116" GRID COLOR:WHITE GRID STYLE:SILHOUETTE 1/8" REVEAL 09 - RESILIENT WALL BASE 096513 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES CODE: R131 MANUFACTURER: JOHNSONITE CONTACT: ERIN SALIN, PH: 704.763.4251 SIZE: 2 1/2" COLOR: 50 WHITE LOCATION: PRIMARY BASE - WHERE PI IS USED NOTE:STRAIGHT BASE AT CARPET, COVE BASE AT HARD SURFACE FLOORING - ROLLED GOODS ONLY 09 65 13 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES CODE: R132 MANUFACTURER: JOHNSONITE CONTACT: ERIN SALIN, PH: 704.763.4251 SIZE: 2 112" COLOR: 40 BLACK NOTE:STRAIGHT BASE AT CARPET, COVE BASE AT HARD SURFACE FLOORING - ROLLED GOODS ONLY 09 - RESILIENT FLOORING 09 6513 RESILIENT FLOORING CODE: LINI DESCRIPTION: LINOLEUM MANUFACTURER: FORBO SIZE: 32 M X 200CM COLOR: 171 CEMENT PATTERN NAME:WALTON UNI 09 - CARPET TILE 09 6813 CARPET TILE CODE: CPT1 DESCRIPTION: CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER: MOHAWK GROUP CONTACT: JEANNE BOECK, PH: 704.770.6614 TYPE:ZIP IT NUMBER:GT296 COLOR: 955 SKINNY LOCATION: OPEN OFFICE AREAS TILE SIZE:12" x 36" TILE DIRECTION:BRICKASHLAR 09 6813 CARPET TILE CODE: CPT2 DESCRIPTION: CARPET TILE MANUFACTURER: MOHAWK GROUP CONTACT: JEANNE BOECK, PH: 704,770.6614 TYPE:INSEAM NUMBER:GT297 COLOR: 955 SKINNY LOCATION: OPEN OFFICE AREAS TILE SIZE:12" x 36"" TILE DIRECTION:BRICK ASHLAR 09 - WALL CON ERINGS 1*11M, I A11111MY "V[1104i0 CODE: wcl DESCRIPTION: VINYL WALLCOVERING MANUFACTURER: TRI-KES NUMBER:2VZZ-06 SIZE: 54" W BACKING: NON -WOVEN REPEAT:6" V 09 - PAINT 11 4wiff mwffllf� D CODE: P1 MANUFACTURER: BENJAMIN MOORE NUMBER:2121-70 COLOR: CHANTILLY LACE FINISH: EGGSHELL ON WALLS, SEMI -GLOSS ON DOORS AND TRIM, FLAT ON CEILINGS NOTE:GENERAL WALL AND CEILING PAINT 09 9123 PAINT CODE: P2 MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS NUMBER:SW6924 COLOR: DIRECT GREEN FINISH: EGGSHELL NOTE:ACCENT WALL PAINT 09 9123 PAINT CODE: P3 MANUFACTURER: BENJAMIN MOORE NUMBER:2134-30 COLOR: IRON MOUNTAIN FINISH: EGGSHELL NOTE:ACCENT WALL PAINT 09 9123 PAINT CODE: P4 MANUFACTURER: WOLF GORDON TYPE:WINK DRY ERASE PAINT COLOR: CLEAR TO BE APPLIED TO P1 WHERE INDICATED 03 - CONCRETE 03 35 43 POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING CODE: SC1 DESCRIPTION: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD POLISHED CONCRETE WITH SEALANT LOCATION: OPEN OFFICE, CAFE, RECEPTION AND CORRIDOR 06 - INT. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CODE: WB1 DESCRIPTION: WOOD BASE TYPE1LUSH WOOD BASE WITH 1/4" REVEAL SIZE: 2 1/2" HIGH COLOR: MATCH PAINT P1 FINISH: SEMI -GLOSS LOCATION: LOBBY, CAFE, AND CORRIDORS 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CODE: W132 DESCRIPTION: WOOD BASE TYPE:FLUSH WOOD BASE WITH 1/4" REVEAL SIZE: 2 1/2" HIGH COLOR: MATCH PAINT P3 FINISH: SEMI -GLOSS LOCATION: LOBBY AND CONFERENCE ROOM 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK is WD1 DESCRIPTION: ENGINEERED WOOD PLAN PANELIN MANUFACTURER: SIENA SPECIES:OAK NUMBER:SHF716 SIZE: 7" WIDE FINISH: NATURAL 06 - PLASTIC LAMINATE 06 40 23 PLASTIC LAMINATE CODE: PL1 MANUFACTURER: FORMICA TYPE:COLORCORE2 NUMBER:7223C-FV COLOR: NEW WHITE FINISH: VELOUR LOCATION: GENERAL CASEWORK LAMINATE 06 40 23 PLASTIC LAMINATE CODE: PL2 MANUFACTURER: WILSONART NUMBER:D91-60 COLOR: SLATE GREY FINISH: MATTE FINISH LOCATION: PRINT ROOM 4" BACKSPLASH 0% 06 - SOLID AND QUARTZ SURFACE 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK it QS1 DESCRIPTION: QUARTZ SURFACING MANUFACTURER: ZODIAQ COLOR: SNOW WHITE LOCATION: CAFE AND CONFERENCE ROOM CREDENZA COUNT]. 08 80 00 GLAZING CODE: GLI TYPE:TEMPERED GLASS LOCATION: INTERIOR GLAZING AND DOOR LITES THICKNESS: 1/2" 08 80 00 GLASS FILM CODE: GF1 MANUFACTURER: 3M TYPE:FASARA LOCATION: ALL GLASS PARTITIONS 08 7100 CABINET HARDWARE CODE: HWI MANUFACTURER: HAFELE NUMBER: 117.05.630 FINISH: STAINLESS STEEL FINISH LOCATION: HARDWARE PULL FOR CABINETS NOTE:224CM CENTER TO CENTER, 272CM LENGTH 09 00 00 TRANSITIONIREDUCER STRIPS it TR1 NOTE:METAL TRANSITION FROM TILE TO GW`B 09 00 00 TRANSITION/REDUCER STRIPS CODE: TR2 NOTE:METAL TRANSITION FROM WOOD TO GW`B 09 00 00 TRANSITION/REDUCER STRIPS is TR3 NOTE:VINYL TRANSITION FROM CARPET TO RESILIENT 1 09 00 00 TRANSITION/REDUCER STRIPS Or TR4 NOTE:METAL TRANSITION FROM CARPET TO CONCRETE 09 30 00 TILE CODE: Ti DESCRIPTION: PORCELAIN WALL TILE MANUFACTURER: STONE SOURCE CONTACT: MATT WARS, PH: 202.265.5900 TYPE:MEWS, SMALL CHEVRON SIZE: 2"X8" COLOR: "CHALK' FINISH: MATTE LOCATION: CASEWORK BACKSPLASH THICKNESS: 10 mm GROUT:AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER, COLOR TO MATCH TILE 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 A I Date I Description Seal / Signature Project Name ............ ............... COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 59.6358.000 Scale Description FINISH MATERIALS LEGEND @ 2015 Gensler IM PAINTE HOLLOW METAL FF PAINTED WOOD DO AT TENANT Sl BUILDING STANDARD F1 AT CORRIDOR C2 SINGLE DOOR ON H.M. FRAM SUITE ACCESS I Rmf G SLIDING BARN DOOR DOOR TYPES SCALE: 1/2" = 1-0" 4111111111111 TOP AND BOTTOM ICEALED ALUMINUM TRACK IM CKWOOD BAR BOTH SIDES SWING GLASS DOORS 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS Mwr R-1 TOP AN( CONCEALED ALUMINI SWING GL) 1/2" TEMPER OF VARIES PASSAGE NO LOCK US32D VERIFY IN FIELD 3'-0" 3'-0" t GC TO VERIFY EACH CONDITION IN FIELD PULL BAR 31-0. EQ EQ H2 st LM 5'-0" MAX. CENTER PIVOT 5'-0" MA ROCKWOOD MEGA TEK - RM3301 - 5`4' LENGTH 0/ E03 L I SUITE ENTRANCE Sim 04 US32D )BOTTOM It 'qk�AO�O067 LAD JM TRACK CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR PULL BAR BOTH SIDES - CUSTOM LENGTH H4 ENTRANCE SUITE ENTRANCE (F20) LOCK US32D BUTT FLOOR - DOME -.(2) ELECTRIFIED MORTISE - CARD READER BUILDING STANDARD SURFACE MOUNTED ITH SIDES U H5 SERVER ROOM STOREROOM (F07) LOCK US32D Sim FLOOR - DOME ELECTRIFIED MORTISE - CARD READER R-1 TOP AN( CONCEALED ALUMINI SWING GL) 1/2" TEMPER C1 132 SHOE TOP EDGE TO BE TAPERED B1 SHOE TOP EDGE TO BE TAPERED Sim AT 60 DEGREES MINIMUM FROM )07Sim AT 60 DEGREES MINIMUM FROM ALL )07 THE HORIZONTAL FACE SINGLE DOOR ON H.M. FRAME ALL GLASS DOUBLE DOORS 0' ALL GLASS SINGLE DOOR 0' THE HORIZONTAL FACE NAOO.06� NAOO.06/ kumfiv F2 AMELESS OOP 11 - In" 11 - Intl F1 FRAMELESS DOUBLE DOORS PATI 2" HOLLOW METAL FF ALUMINUM TRACK SIM (�09 1 NAOO.067 I PERPENDICULAR GLASS I BETWEEN OFFICES b SLIDING GLASS DOOR PULL BAR BOTH SIDES ALUMINUM TRACK E I&OUBLE DOOR ON H.M.FRAME Sim VARIES GC TO VERIFY EACH CONDITION IN FIELD T-4" EQ EQ 5'-0" MAX 5'-0" MAX OPEN Sim I Z1/2" CLEAR rO8 TEMPERED GLASS NAOO.067 GLl Sim 07 A 'NAOO.06 SLIDING GLASS OFFICE FRONT SKY WALLS - HORIZON SERIES PAINTED WOOD I IM 12" TRANSACTION TO MATCH DOOR F1 PAINTE HOLLOW METAL FF PAINTED WOOD I D SINGLE DOOR ON H.M. FRAME Hl F VARIES PASSAGE NO LOCK US32D SLIDING RAIL GC TO VERIFY EACH CONDITION IN FIELD PULL BAR 31-0. EQ EQ H2 CONFERENCE ROOMS NON LATCHABLE NO LOCK 5'-0" MAX. CENTER PIVOT 5'-0" MA ROCKWOOD MEGA TEK - RM3301 - 5`4' LENGTH OVERHEAD CONCEALED, CENTER HUNG, END LOADED, HOLD OPEN E03 L H3 SUITE ENTRANCE SUITE ENTRANCE LOCK US32D )BOTTOM MAGNETIC LOCK - CARD READER ROCKWOOD MEGA TEK - RM3301 - 5ll-0" LENGTH JM TRACK CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR PULL BAR BOTH SIDES - CUSTOM LENGTH H4 ENTRANCE SUITE ENTRANCE (F20) LOCK US32D BUTT FLOOR - DOME -.(2) ELECTRIFIED MORTISE - CARD READER BUILDING STANDARD SURFACE MOUNTED ITH SIDES FAIL SAFE H5 SERVER ROOM STOREROOM (F07) LOCK US32D Sim FLOOR - DOME ELECTRIFIED MORTISE - CARD READER LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F 1/2"CLEAR 04N FAIL SAFE H6 SECURED ROOM TEMPERED GLASS GLI —7 NA00.06r BUTT FLOOR - DOME kSS DOOR LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F GE SILENCERS =_D GLASS CLOSET CLOSET (F01) NO LOCK US32D BUTT OVERHEAD STOPS 1 LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F LIMITERS SILENCERS COORDINATORS H8 NON SECURED PASSAGE (F01) NO LOCK US32D BUTT \U LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F SILENCERS C1 132 SHOE TOP EDGE TO BE TAPERED B1 SHOE TOP EDGE TO BE TAPERED Sim AT 60 DEGREES MINIMUM FROM )07Sim AT 60 DEGREES MINIMUM FROM ALL )07 THE HORIZONTAL FACE SINGLE DOOR ON H.M. FRAME ALL GLASS DOUBLE DOORS 0' ALL GLASS SINGLE DOOR 0' THE HORIZONTAL FACE NAOO.06� NAOO.06/ kumfiv F2 AMELESS OOP 11 - In" 11 - Intl F1 FRAMELESS DOUBLE DOORS PATI 2" HOLLOW METAL FF ALUMINUM TRACK SIM (�09 1 NAOO.067 I PERPENDICULAR GLASS I BETWEEN OFFICES b SLIDING GLASS DOOR PULL BAR BOTH SIDES ALUMINUM TRACK E I&OUBLE DOOR ON H.M.FRAME Sim VARIES GC TO VERIFY EACH CONDITION IN FIELD T-4" EQ EQ 5'-0" MAX 5'-0" MAX OPEN Sim I Z1/2" CLEAR rO8 TEMPERED GLASS NAOO.067 GLl Sim 07 A 'NAOO.06 SLIDING GLASS OFFICE FRONT SKY WALLS - HORIZON SERIES PAINTED WOOD I IM 12" TRANSACTION TO MATCH DOOR F1 PAINTE HOLLOW METAL FF PAINTED WOOD I D SINGLE DOOR ON H.M. FRAME Hl PRIVATE OFFICES PASSAGE NO LOCK US32D SLIDING RAIL INTEGRAL TO SLIDE SYSTEM PULL BAR E02 H2 CONFERENCE ROOMS NON LATCHABLE NO LOCK US32D CENTER PIVOT ROCKWOOD MEGA TEK - RM3301 - 5`4' LENGTH OVERHEAD CONCEALED, CENTER HUNG, END LOADED, HOLD OPEN E03 PULL BAR BOTH SIDES - CUSTOM LENGTH H3 SUITE ENTRANCE SUITE ENTRANCE LOCK US32D CENTER PIVOT MAGNETIC LOCK - CARD READER ROCKWOOD MEGA TEK - RM3301 - 5ll-0" LENGTH (2) OVERHEAD CONCEALED, CENTER HUNG, END LOADED, HOLD OPEN CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR PULL BAR BOTH SIDES - CUSTOM LENGTH H4 ENTRANCE SUITE ENTRANCE (F20) LOCK US32D BUTT FLOOR - DOME -.(2) ELECTRIFIED MORTISE - CARD READER BUILDING STANDARD SURFACE MOUNTED SILENCERS FAIL SAFE H5 SERVER ROOM STOREROOM (F07) LOCK US32D BUTT FLOOR - DOME ELECTRIFIED MORTISE - CARD READER LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F SURFACE MOUNTED SILENCERS FAIL SAFE H6 SECURED ROOM CLASSROOM (F05) LOCK US32D BUTT FLOOR - DOME DISHWASHER LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F GE SILENCERS H7 CLOSET CLOSET (F01) NO LOCK US32D BUTT OVERHEAD STOPS 1 LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F LIMITERS SILENCERS COORDINATORS H8 NON SECURED PASSAGE (F01) NO LOCK US32D BUTT FLOOR - DOME LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F SILENCERS H9 DUMMY TRIM NON LATCHABLE NO LOCK US32D CENTER PIVOT ROLLER LATCH STOP LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F LIMITERS SILENCERS FLUSH BOLTS - SEE PLAN FOR DOUBLE OR SINGLE DOORS H10 CAFE SLIDING MILLWORK DOOR NO LOCK US32D SLIDING RAIL INTEGRAL TO SLIDE SYSTEM HAFELE BARN DOOR HARDWARE Hll IDF CLOSET STOREROOM (F07) LOCK US32D BUTT LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F SILENCERS DOUBLE DOORS H12 MOTHERS ROOM PRIVACY LOCK US32D BUTT FLOOR - DOME LEVER - SARGENT - 8200 SERIES - STANDARD - F SILENCERS OCCUPIED INDICATOR prone Z, am 93 E I E01 1 60" LED TV 8 SHARP LC-60LE66OU E02 70" LED TV 1 SHARP LC-70C66OU E03 RECESSED PROJECTION SCREEN 1 E04 CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR 1 E05 REFRIGERATOR 1 GE ZICS36ONHRH E06 MICROWAVE 2 GE ZEB1226SHSS PROVIDE BUILT-IN KIT FOR CABINET INSTALLATION E07 DISHWASHER I GE GLDT696D E08 ICE MAKER 1 HOSHIZAKI AM -50 BAE-AD E09 FILTERED WATER MACHINE 2 E10 COFFEE MAKER 3 Ell COFFEE BREWING MACHINE 4 E12 REFRIGERATOR 1 ELECTROLUX RH14RE2FEU E13 MULTI -FUNCTION DEVICE 1 E14 FOOD AND BEVERAGE COOLER 4 21-811 31-011 71-011 AVENUE C PRODUCT E15 REFRIGERATOR 1 SUMMIT AL752BBISSHV 21 - 01# 21-011 2'- 81/2" FEI FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 5 1 91/2" 611 2' - 011 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE UAII I G R 0 U P& 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States 50W*44 St Zuek EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 wwo'.51F41wil AV IL %V %F N W W C 2015 Gensler ........... ................. ................ ................... .............. CEILING TILE AT BOTH SIDES 'AL STUDS @ 24!' O.C. kBOVE ,TAL STUDS DIAGNAL @ 32" O.C. TO SLAB ABOVE CEILING TILE AT ONE SIDE PAINTED 5/8" GWB TO SLAB ABOVE 5/8" GWB 3 5/8' METAL STUDS @ 24!' O.C. TO SLAB ABOVE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS DIAGNAL BRACING @ 32" O.C. TO SLAB ABOVE METAL STUD BRACING '001:101=41114191"; 111111161,11 SCHEDULED CEILING HOLLOW METAL FRAME AS' S G R 0 U P" 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 SCHEDULED CEILING SCHEDULED CEILING SCHEDULED CEILING SCHEDULED DOOR Gensler SHADOW MOLDING TYP. ALUMINUM CHANNEL SHADOW MOLDING TYP. Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 PAINTED 5/8" GWB TEMPERED GLASS SLIDING DOOR PAINTED 5/8" GWB New York, NY 10020 United States SLIDING GLASS HEAD DETAILHOLLOW METAL FAME HEAD DETAIL 05 01: SCALE: 6" 1'-0" SCALE: 3" 1-1211" Edwards,& Zuck EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 ADJACENT PARTITION L FRAME v.,1 IL-WWL.L-V I OTITIMI GLASS PANEL HEAD L Date 'on ­­­ , , 1 -1 D . e I s I c I r . i - p - til 106 HOLLOW METAL FRAME JAMB DETAI 02; SCALE: 3" 1'-0" SCALE: 3" 1'-0" � Z PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICING TO REMOVE V-0" OF GLASS AND CONTINUE WALL TO FRONT OF OFFICE PARTITION AS SCHEDULED OF 1111111 mmm��� ALUMINUM CHANNEL 3 - TEMPERED GLASS SLIDING GLASS DOOl SC TO M-1*1 N WA LTAILI Z I Ambi I I ----------- STEEL ANGLE BRACE CONT. ALUM. TUBE PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING SCHED. CEILING SCHED. GLAZING kRTITION AS "HEDULED -41 1 J IL V U- --rVII'T— tj 1/4" 1/4" VIF T-0", 32" CLEAR MIN. .UMINUM CHANNEL FINISHED SURFACE OF SCHEDULED PARTITION TEMPERED GLASS SIDELITE BACK TO BACK PULLS CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS DOOR ON CTR. PIVOTS *PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 1/8" CLEAN AND CLEAR SILICONE CAULK AT ALL VERTICAL JOINTS I I L.IVIV V.7LrujO Project Name ............. - Project Number 59.6358.000 T AOOmO6 04 0 2015 Gensler DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors This Section includes solid core flush wood doors. The integration of a security system into the flush wood door work is required. The Contractor shall be responsible for the total and complete coordination of the security system components into the Work. Submittals: Product Data: Submit product data for each type of door required. Include factory -finishing specifications. Submit laboratory test report results of hinge loading, cycle/slam, stile edge screw withdrawals, and stile edge split resistance for fire rated doors. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating location, size, thickness, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in the product data; location and extent of hardware blocking; undercuts, special beveling, and other pertinent data. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware of factory machined doors. Quality Assurance Quality Standard: Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, 8th Edition, Version 1.0, Section 1300" where standards and specifications conflict the more stringent shall be required. Project Conditions Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until wet work, such as concrete, tile, plastering, wallboard joint treatment, is complete and dried, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. Do not expose doors to sudden changes in temperature such as forced heat used to dry out the site. I Manufacturers: Subject to compliance to requirements, provide products by one of the following: Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. www.algomahardwoods,com Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division. www.eggersindustries.com Marshfield Door Systems, Inc. www,marshfielddoors.com VT Industries, Inc. www.vtindustries.com Construction of Doors for Transparent Finish: Grade: Premium, with Grade AA faces. Face Veneer Species and Cut: Ei Cherry o White maple o Eucalyptus Match between Veneer Leaves: Match building standard. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch (45 -mm) unless otherwise indicated. Materials: Particleboard Core Material: Complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade 1 -LD -2. Blocking: 5-1/2 inch (138 -mm) wide minimum top -rail blocking at doors with closers and bottom rail blocking at doors with kickplates consisting of minimum 1/2 inch (13 -mm) wide single length mill option hardwood outer band and single length mill option hardwood or structural composite lumber inner band. Vertical Edges: 1-3/8 inch (35 -mm) wide minimum prior to fitting, 2 ply laminated wood construction consisting of a single piece hardwood outer band, without fingerjoints, and an inner band of mill option hardwood. Outer band to match face veneer for transparent finished veneered -faced doors. Trim non- rated door width equally on both jamb edges. Crossbanding: Minimum 1/16 inch (1.5 -mm) thick, low density hardwood, composite, or high density hardboard. Construction: AWI Section 1300, PC -5 ME, Stiles, rails, and blocking bonded to core then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. Crossbanding materials shall extend full width of door with grain running horizontally, tapeless spliced without voids or show through (telegraphing), and directly glued to core and blocking. Sand cross banding before application of face veneer. Face veneer shall extend full height of door with grain running vertically, tapeless spliced without voids or show through (telegraphing), and directly glued to cross band. Glue lines between face veneer, crossbanding, and blocking shall be of a type to comply with the specified warranty using the hot plate process. Construction of Doors for Opaque Finish: Grade: Custom. Face Veneer. Medium -density overlay. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch (45 -mm) unless otherwise indicated. Materials: Particleboard Core Material: Complying With ANSI A208.1, Grade 1 -LD -2. Blocking: 5-1/2 inch (138 -mm) wide minimum top -rail blocking at doors with closers and bottom rail blocking at doors with kickplates consisting of minimum 1/2 inch (13 -mm) wide single length mill option hardwood outer band and single length mill option hardwood or structural composite lumber inner band. Vertical Edges: 1-3/8 inch (35 -mm) wide minimum prior to fitting, 2 ply laminated wood construction consisting of a single piece hardwood outer band, without fingerjoints, and an inner band of mill option hardwood. Trim non -rated door width equally on both jamb edges. Crossbanding: Minimum 1/16 inch (1.5 -mm) thick, low density hardwood, composite, or high density hardboard. Construction: AWI Section 1300, PC -5 CE. Stiles, rails, and blocking bonded to core then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. Crossbanding materials shall extend full width of door with grain running horizontally, tapeless spliced without voids or show through (telegraphing), and directly glued to core and blocking. Sand cross banding before application of face veneer. Face veneer shall extend full height of door with grain running vertically, tapeless spliced without voids or show through (telegraphing), and directly glued to cross band. Glue lines between face veneer, crossbanding, and blocking shall be of a type to comply with the specified warranty using the hot plate process. Fabrication Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project -site fitting. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3 unless otherwise indicated to match existing frame hardware preparations. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, AWI Section 1300-G-20, DHI Al 15-W series standards, and hardware templates. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required, Install light beads with fasteners spaced for opening size and fire rating indicated. Install wood bead moldings with finish nails and countersink without striking bead, Fill countersunk heads with putty matching wood bead color. Shop Priming Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces and edges of doors, including cutouts, with one coat of wood primerlsealer as standard with door manufacturer. Surfaces shall be clean and dry before priming. Apply primer/sealer uniformly without bare spots, runs, or sags. Factory Finishing Finish doors at factory that are indicated to receive transparent finish. General: Comply with the referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Transparent Finish: Grade: Premium. Finish: Manufacturers standard finish with performance meeting or exceeding the performance of either AWI System Conversion Varnish, or AWI System Catalyzed Polyurethane. Staining: Prepare door faces, stiles, rails, and cutouts, with toners, or stains, prior to the application of finish to match building standard. Effect and Sheen: Match building standard. Installation Hardware: Apply hardware to new doors in accordance with hardware manufacturers instructions and Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." For particleboard core doors drill pilot holes of proper size for installing hinge screws. Adjust hardware items just prior to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Factory wrapping shall be maintained on new doors during construction period, and all hardware shall be installed by cutting the factory wrapping at the mounting location of the hardware item. General Door Installation Standards: Install doors in locations indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. Where standards conflict the more stringent shall apply. Job -Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels; and to contact stops uniformly, do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire -rated doors. Field cutting, fitting or trimming, shall be executed in a workmanlike manner. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut and trimmed surfaces immediately after fitting and machining using clear varnish or sealer. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) from bottom of door to top of threshold. Factory -Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. Field -Finished Doors: Refer to the following for finishing requirements: Division 9 Section "Interior Painting." Adjusting and Protection Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely, Protection: Protect wood doors to ensure that the wood door work will be without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. Refinish or replace wood doors damaged during installation. Replace any new wood doors that are warped, twisted, demonstrate core show through, are not true in plane, or cannot be refinished to the satisfaction of the Architect. I., .... ­­­­ ... I.- .... 11 ..... -.1 --- I ...... I ...... -11 ... -1.1.1-- .......... I ...... - ........ 1-1- ... . ....... ­­­ ....... DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Door Frames This Section includes hollow metal door frames. Submittals: Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing scaled elevations, plans, and sections of the hollow metal frame work. Full scale sections shall be prepared and submitted for details of the assemblies that cannot be shown in the elevations or sections. Include with shop drawings glass thicknesses, metal finishes, and all other pertinent information as necessary or requested by the Architect to indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. Details of field connections, anchorage, and their relationship to the work of others shall be clearly indicated for the coordination of the work by other building trades. Details of fastening and sealing methods and product joinery shall be shown to ensure proper performance of the field installation. Quality Assurance Hollow Metal Door Frame Standard: National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM), Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association Division (HMMA) "HMMA 861 Guide Specifications for Commercial Hollow Metal Doors and Frames." Project Conditions Field Measurements- Verify hollow metal frame dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Manufacturers Provide hollow metal frames by one of the following: Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group Company. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group Company. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand Company. Hollow Metal Door Frames Provide combination type knockdown hollow metal door frames to be used as both door buck and trim, formed to profiles shown, of minimum 16 gage thick cold rolled steel.Frames shall be splined, tabbed, and miter fit, knockdown type compatible with adjacent construction conditions. Accurately machine, file, and fit exposed connections with hairline joints. Typical Anchorage: Frames shall be provided with concealed mechanical compression anchors at top of each jamb and each jamb shall be prepared and provided with provision for anchorage at floor line of jamb return face. Miter and anchorage type subject to acceptance of Architect. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap frames for mortise type hardware. Provide internal reinforcement for surface type hardware which is to be field drilled and tapped per requirements hereinbefore specified for welded frames and including silencers. Locate hardware in frames to match location specified and in accordance with the hardware schedule and templates. Installation Comply with hollow metal door frame manufacturer's written installation instructions. Do not install damaged components. Fit frame joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. Frame Installation: Install frames plumb and square, shimmed and then securely anchored to substrates with fasteners recommended by frame manufacturer. Wood Door Installation: Refer to Division 8 Section, "Flush Wood Doors". Install glazing to comply with requirements of Division 8 Section, "Glazing," unless otherwise indicated. Protection Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction period to ensure that hollow metal door frames work will be without damage or deterioration, at time of acceptance. 08 12 16 Interior Aluminum Frames This Section includes: Aluminum door frames for interior applications. Sidelites. Aluminum framing for butt glazed panels. Submittals: Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing scaled elevations, plans, and sections of the interior aluminum frame work. Full scale sections shall be prepared and submitted for details of the assemblies that cannot be shown in the elevations or sections. Include with shop drawings glass thicknesses, metal finishes, and all other pertinent information as necessary or requested by the Architect to indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. Details of field connections, anchorage, and their relationship to the work of others shall be clearly indicated for the coordination of the work by other building trades. Details of fastening and sealing methods and product joinery shall be shown to ensure proper performance of the field installation, Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications: Subcontract the interior frame work to a firm who has successfully installed interior aluminum framing systems similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Project Conditions Field Measurements: Verify interior aluminum frame dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Manufacturers Provide interior aluminum frames as scheduled. Materials Fabricate interior aluminum frame components from aluminum extrusions complying with ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), 'Anodizing Quality' and formed to the sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated; temper required to suit structural and finish requirements. Frames: Minimum 0.062 -inch thick extruded aluminum, knock down, and sized to receive scheduled doors, door sidelight glass, and borrowed light glass. Finish: Anodized Finish: Medium matte (non -directional) finished, clear natural anodized complying with AA -Ml OC22A21 finish. Post Anodizing Finish (Sealing): Anodized finishes shall be fully sealed by the manufacturer or processor according to procedures recommended by the licensor of the process. Glass Types: Safety glazing by means of tempered or laminated glass will be provided at all sidelights and locations required by code. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless-steel or zinc plated steel complying with ASTM A164. Door Silencers (Mutes): Manufacturers standard gray mohair. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturers standard extruded or molded gray plastic or EPDM, to accommodate scheduled glass thickness. Glass: As specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." Hardware: As specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." Fabrication General: Fabricate the interior aluminum door frames to the designs, shapes, and sizes shown using the materials specified and shown to produce assemblies which meet or exceed the performance requirements. To the greatest extent possible complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware applications and other work before shipment to Project site. Frame Face Dimension: 1-1/2 inches, unless indicated otherwise on drawings. Glazing shall be performed in accordance with Division 08 Section, 'Glazing'. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap doors frames in strict accordance with the printed door hardware manufacturers templates and instructions. Provide solid steel hardware reinforcements, securely fastened to doors and frames where door hardware is to be attached. Joints in Metal Work: All exposed work shall be carefully fitted and matched to produce continuity of line and design, with all joints, being accurately fitted for hairline contact and rigidly secured. Provide concealed corner reinforcements and alignment clips for precise butt or mitered connections. Fabricate frames for glass to allow glass replacement without dismantling frame. Fabricate all components to allow secure installation without exposed fasteners. Installation Comply with interior aluminum door frame manufacturer's written installation instructions and the Architect reviewed shop drawings. Do not install damaged components. Fit frame joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. Frame Installation: Install frames plumb and square, shimmed and then securely anchored to substrates with fasteners recommended by frame manufacturer. Wood Door Installation: Refer to Division 8 Section, "Flush Wood Doors". Install glazing to comply with requirements of Division 8 Section, "Glazing," unless otherwise indicated. Protection Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction period to ensure that interior aluminum doors and frames work will be without damage or deterioration, at time of acceptance. ........ - .... ­-.11-I.I.- ......... � ...... .1-111-1- .... � ... � ....... .1--.1-_-_-.-1- ...... ­­­ ... ­­ ... � ........ ­­ ... � ........ - ... � ... ­ ......... � I- ....... 1111--l-I ... - ........ � ....... I ... -11---1.------- ..... ­ .... � ........ � ..... � ..... � ................. � ..... � ... ­­­­ .... ­­­­ .... ­­­­ .... � .... ��,,�,,�,,���.�,�,.���..�.�..'����.,��� ........... ­ - I DIVISION 05 - METALS 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications This Section includes: Miscellaneous framing and supports, including but not limited to framing for architectural woodwork, partial height walls, window shades, and projection screens. Structural Performance Requirements: Countertop and Vanity Framing: Provide countertop and vanity framing capable of withstanding the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors and connections, or of exhibiting excessive deflections in any of the components making up the countertops and vanities: All deadloads. 500 pound live load placed on the countertop and vanity. Deflection at Midspan: L/1000 times span or 1/8 -inch- (3 -mm) whichever is less. Tube Framing for Partial Height Walls: Provide tube fr min for partial height walls capable of withstanding a deflection not to exceed 2UI440 of the wall height when subjected to a positive and negative pressure of 5 psf. Projection Screen, and Window Shade Framing: Fabricate and install framing so that when installed, it is capable of supporting all deadloads and withstanding the live loads imposed on it from the operation of the projection screens and window shades. Submittals: Submit, for record only, structural analysis data, for information only, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. Quality Assurance Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of metal fabrications that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -Steel." Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification t st for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. Project Conditions Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication i and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Metals Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. Ferrous Metals: Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. Steel Tubing: Cold -formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500, or hot formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 501. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold -formed metal channels 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches (41 by 41 mm) with flange edges returned toward web and with 9/16 -inch - (14.3 -mm-) wide slotted holes in webs at 2 inches (51 mm) o.c. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. Fabrication Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations, Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Welded connections may be used where bolted connections are shown. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices and fasteners to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide steel framing and supports indicated and as necessary to complete the Work and which are not a part of the structural framework Fabricate units from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. Countertop and Vanity Framing: Custom fabricate countertop and vanity framing, using steel shapes and plates, and cold finished mild steel bars at exposed conditions, for support framing and plywood, to the thicknesses, sizes and shapes shown, and as required to produce work of adequate strength and durability, without objectionable deflections. Use proven details of fabrication, as required, to achieve proper assembly and alignment of the various components of the work. Finishes Finish metal fabrications after assembly. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Shop prime ferrous -metal items. Installation General: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for securing metal fabrications to in-place construction. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true. Drill holes for bolts to the exact diameter of the bolt. Provide screws threaded full length to the screw head. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection. Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and touch up paint with the same material as used for shop painting DIVISION 06 - WOOD PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry Provide wood framing, blocking, support, and nailers as required. Fire -retardant treat all subframing, furring etc, concealed within wall construction. I Plywood for equipment backing panels: Comply with DOC PS 1 "Construction and Industrial Plywood" for plywood panels. Thickness: As indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 15/32 inch thick. 06 40 23 Interior Architectural Woodwork All interior architectural woodwork shall be fabricated in accordance with the quality standards of the AW1 'Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards', 8th Edition, Version 2.0. Paneling and Casework: Flush (not raised panel) type complying with AWI 400, 400A (wood), and 400E (plastic laminate); doors and drawers to be either reveal, or flush overlay, style to be determined through 100% documents. AWI Custom Grade woodwork: Plastic -laminate cabinets and countertops. Solid surface countertops, colors as scheduled herein. Standing and running trim, shop -primed for field finish. Closet and utility shelving. Plastic Laminate Veneer NEMA LD -3, General Purpose Grade 0.050" thick, eight colors and two textures to be determined. Submittal requirements include: Product data, Shop drawings, Samples of each exposed finish i DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 92 00 Interior Joint Sealants Summary: This Section includes interior joint sealants. - Submittals: Not required. Materials, General Colors: For fully concealed joints, provide the manufacturers standard color of sealant which has the best overall performance characteristics for the application shown. For exposed joints, the Architect will select colors from the manufacturer's standard colors. Joint Sealants Sealants for Contact with Food: Comply with 21 CFR 177.2600, NSF Standard 51, and ASTM 0920. Product: Dow Coming; 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant. Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant (use for joints at plumbing fixtures, toilet room countertops and vanities): Complying with ASTM C920, Type S (single component), Grade NS (non -sag), class 25, Use NT (non -traffic), Substrate uses G, A, and 0; and containing a fungicide for mildew resistance. Products: Provide one of the following: Dow Coming; 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant. Pecora Corporation; 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant. Tremco, an RPM Co.; Tremsil 200. Latex Sealant: Complying with ASTM C 834, Type P (opaque sealants), Grade NF: Products: Provide one of the following: Pecora Corporation; AC -20 + Silicone Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonolastic Sonolac. Tremco, an RPM Co.; Tremflex 834. Installation Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints in accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform, concave I shaped beads, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Cleaning: Clean excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as installation progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. Joint Sealant Schedule Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: Control and Expansion Joints on Exposed Interior Surfaces of Exterior Walls: Latex sealant. Perimeter Joints of Exterior Openings Where Indicated: Latex sealant. Perimeter Joints between Interior Wall Surfaces and Frames of Interior Doors, Windows, and Elevator Entrances: Latex sealant. Joints between Plumbing Fixtures and Adjoining Walls, Floors, and Counters: Mildew resistant silicone sealant. .... - .... .... I ... 1-1-1- ....... ­­­­­ ... ­­­­ - _­­­ I ----11.1 11.1- ........ __11.1--11-1-1.1-1- ... 11-1-1 .... -.1.-._----.1- - ..... ­­ ................... - ................... ­­ ......... ....... ......... - ........ ...... ...... ­­ ... ­­ ......... . ....... .............. ........ . .... . ... - ......... ­ � DIVISION 01 - General Requirements 01 10 00 Summary GENERAL SUMMARY This Section addresses: 1. Work covered by Contract Documents. 2. Special insurance. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to all Sections, The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. Conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents shall be resolved in the following order of priority: Amendments and revisions (such as Change Orders) of later date take precedence over those of earlier date; the Agreement; the Supplementary Conditions; The General Conditions; Drawings and Specifications; Drawings govern Specifications for quantity and location. Specifications govern Drawings for quality and performance. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The complete construction of tenant improvements for Compass Group Project Location: 2 International Drive, Royal Executive Park 11, Rye Brook, NY 10573 Owner: Compass Group. Construction Manager: Pettreti Construction is Construction Manager for this Project and is Projects Constructor. In Divisions 01 through 49 Specifications, the terms "Construction Manager" and "Contractor" are synonymous. 1.3 SPECIAL INSURANCE Contractor's Commercial General Liability insurance shall contain no exclusion that would deny coverage for any claim arising out of or contributed to by any fungus, mildew, mold, or resulting allergens. If such exclusion exists and cannot be removed by endorsement, Contractor shall submit proof of coverage for fungus, mildew, mold, or resulting allergens under a Pollution Legal Liability or Contractor's Pollution Liability policy. 1.4 PERMITS Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required. If required by governmental authority, Owner will make application for permits and licenses using forms obtained and prepared by the Contractor and with all costs paid by the Contractor. 1.5 TAXES I Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at the time Bids are received, whether or not yet effective. DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE � SECTION 03 35 43 - POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING PART I - GENERAL DEFINITION Design Reference Sample: Sample designated by Architect in the Contract Documents that reflects acceptable surface quality and appearance of polished concrete. PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site 1. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with polished concrete to attend, including the following: Contractor's superintendent. Polished concrete finishing Subcontractor. 2. Review [cold- and hot -weather concreting procedures,] [curing procedures,] [construction joints,] [concrete repair procedures,] [concrete finishing,] and protection of polished concrete. SUBMITTALS Product Data, Plan and Mock Up Polishing Schedule: Submit plan showing polished concrete surfaces and schedule of polishing operations for each area of polished concrete before start of polishing operations. Include locations of all joints, including construction joints. Mock Up: Provide 10'x10' Mock Up area prior to final polishing operations to be approved by architect Build mockups in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Demonstrate curing, finishing, and protecting of polished concrete. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion Qualification Data: For Installer FIELD CONDITIONS Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities PART2- PRODUCTS LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatments for Polished Concrete Finish: Clear, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and is suitable for polished concrete surfaces. Manufacturers: Bomanite Co. Granite Bay, CA H & C Concrete Care Product, Cleveland OH Scofield, L.M. Company, Douglasville, GA POLISHING Polish: [Level 1: Matte finish, 100 grit] [Level 2: Low sheen, 400 grit] [Level 3: High sheen, 800 grit] [Level 4: Gloss shine, 3000 grit] [Match design reference sample]. Apply polished concrete finish system to cured and prepared slabs to match accepted mockup. Machine grind floor surfaces to receive polished finishes level and smooth Apply penetrating liquid floor treatment for polished concrete in polishing sequence and according to manufacturer's written instructions, allowing recommended drying time between successive coats. Continue polishing with progressively finer -grit diamond polishing pads to gloss level, to match approved mockup. Control and dispose of waste products produced by grinding and polishing operations. Neutralize and clean polished floor surfaces. -a& WP I - 1, vw a I -1 0 M FA S S olI C I . I '' G R 0 U I Pe' 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States - 1, � " I , - , , I ­ - zZzzzz , , I I'� EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 "Ak = Seal / Signature Description Project Name i : ..... .......... ­­ ...... �­­­ ... ­.­ . ... - ........ ­­­­ ............ ­­­ ...... _____ COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number ! : : 59.6358.000 Scale .11.._11 ... _1. 111-1--.111111111.1--1 12#1 =1'-0" : Description ; � � : .11 I SPECIFICATIONS 4 2015 Gensler '.A- CU W W 0 1 -.4 8 ".) 1 -)4 ? M <D (�� W to cu CL E 0 0 — 4) U) a (D —5? DIVISION 09 - FINISHES , 111111111111111 09 51 13 Acoustical Panel Ceilings This Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings. Submittals: Provide product data for each product specified. Assembly Performance Requirements In areas where gypsum wallboard partitions are dependent on the ceiling suspension system for lateral support, design and install suspension system components to sustain the imposed load from the completed partition system including a minimum inward and outward pressure of 5 psf normal to the plane of the wall. Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer, with not less than 5 years experience in the installation of materials specified, and who has completed acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in service performance. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and supporting suspension system through one source from a single manufacturer. Project Conditions Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until wet work (painting, drywall, interior tilework, and concrete leveling) in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. Metal Suspension Systems Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct -hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635. Metal Edge Moldings and Trim Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturers standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners; provide in longest standard single piece lengths. Clips: Provide support clips, clamps, fasteners, splines, and other attachment devices as required to align components and to connect components and transfer imposed loads of suspension system. Installation General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636 and seismic requirements indicated, per manufacturees written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook," and as required to match the accepted sample installation. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Run grain of units in one direction as accepted on shop drawings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. For reveal -edged panels on suspension system members with box -shaped flanges, install panels with reveal surfaces in firm contact with suspension system surfaces and panel faces flush with bottom face of runners. 09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories This Section includes resilient wall base and transition strips. Submittals: Provide Samples for each type and color of resilient base and accessory scheduled. Project Conditions: Comply with resilient base manufactuer's installation instructions. Wall Base: Complying with ASTM F 1861. Type (Material Requirement): TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset). Group (Manufacturing Method): I (solid). Style: Cove (with top -set toe) at resilient and hard floor surfaces; Straight (toeless) at carpet. Minimum Thickness: 0,125 inch. Lengths: Provide all resilient wall base in continuous coils for minimum fleld butt joints. Outside and Inside Comers: Job formed. Resilient Molding Accessory and Other Description: Reducer strip for resilient floor covering Material: Rubber, Vinyl, or Metal: Schluter, as specified. Profile and Dimensions: As indicated on the drawings. Resilient Wall Base Installation Install wall base according to manufacturer's written installation instructions. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. Do not stretch wall base during installation. Job -Formed Corners: Outside Comers: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends. Shave back of base at points where bends occur and remove strips perpendicular to length of base that are only deep enough to produce a snug fit without removing more than half the wall base thickness. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form by cutting an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where comer is formed. Shave back of base where necessary to produce a snug fit to substrate. Resilient Accessory Installation Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that would otherwise be exposed. Cleaning and Protection: Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 09 65 16 Resilient Sheet Floorin This Section includes resilient sheet flooring. Submittals: Not Required Project Conditions: Miantain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 85 deg D from 47 hours before installation to 48 hours after installation. After postinstallation perisof, maintatin temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. Close spaces to traffice for 48 hours after flooring installation, Installation Materials Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product manufacturer for applications indicated. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. Heat -Welding Bead: Solid -strand product of floor covering manufacturer to match floor covering. Meat Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with will finish of height required to protect exposed edge of floor covering, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. Preparation Prepare substrates according to manufacturers written recommendations to ensure adhesion of floor covering. Concrete Substrates: Prepare concrete substrates as follows: Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. Moisture Testing: Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of3 lb of water/1 000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. Installation: Unroll sheet floor coverings and allow them to stabilize before cutting and fitting. Layout sheet floor coverings as follows: Maintain uniformity of floor covering direction; minimize number of seams; place seams in inconspicuous and low -traffic areas, atleast 6 inches away from parallel joints in floor covering substrates; match edges of floor coverings for color shading at seems; avoid cross seams, filler pieces and strips. Scribe and cut floor coverings to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, abd built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlest, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Extend floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Adhere floor coverings to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. Heat -Welded Seams: Comply with the flooring maufacturer's instructions and ASTM F 1516. Rout joints and use welding beaf to permanently fuse sections into a seamless floor covering. Prepare, weld, and finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining floor covering surfaces. Cleaning and Protection Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. Do not wash or apply floor polishes until flooring adhesives have cured unless otherwise recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer. Do not move heavy or sharp objects directly over floor covering surgaces. Plave Plywood or hardboard panels over floor coverings and under objects while they are bing moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. .. DIVISION 09 - FINISHES ------- 09 29 00 Gypsum Board This Section includes gypsum board, tile backing panels, trim accessories, sound attenuation blankets, acoustical sealants, and joint treatment materials. Submittals: Not required. Quality Assurance Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency. Project Conditions: Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. Panel Products Panel Size, General: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. Gypsum Wallboard for Vertical Walls: ASTM C 36. Regular Type: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered. Type X In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered. i i Tile Backing Panels: Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 6301C 630M or ASTM C1396IC1396M, 5/8 inch thick unless otherwise indicated. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047 and manufactured from galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper -faced galvanized steel sheet. Interior Steel Trim Accessories: ASTM C 1047; formed metal sheet steel zinc coated by hot dipped process. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. I designations in ASTM C1047. Comerbead: Use at outside comers. LC -Bead with both face and back flanges to receive joint compound; use at exposed panel edges. U -Bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without application of joint compound: Use where indicated. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges; use at curved openings. Expansion (Control) Joint: One piece control joint formed with V shaped slot, with removable strip covering slot opening. Use where indicated. Aluminum Trim Accessories: Extruded aluminum trim with % inch diameter holes in fins for attachment to wallboard or studs; longest lengths available in profiles indicated; primed for finish painting; sized for scheduled wallboard thickness indicated. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. Joint Treatment Materials: General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of the wallboard products and joint treatment materials for each application indicated. Joint Tape: Paper. Joint Compound for Typical Applications: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. Second coat: For filling over tape, beads and fasteners. Use setting -type, sandable topping compound. Third coat: For finishing over tape, beads and fasteners. Use drying -type, all-purpose compound. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying -type, ail -purpose compound. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: Use setting -type taping and setting -type, sandable topping compounds. Applying Interior Gypsum Board: General: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840, GA -216, and the gypsum wallboard manufacturer's recommendations, where standards conflict, the more stringent shall apply. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. STC -Rated Assemblies: Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound - flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's written recommendations, Installing Trim Accessories: Installing Trim Accessories: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install corner beads at external corners. Install interior trim accessories where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed or semi exposed. Provide interior trim accessories with face flange formed to receive joint compound. Install aluminum trim accessories where indicated. Install control joints in locations indicated and where directed by the Architect for visual effect, or if not indicated or directed by the Architect, provide control joints in accordance with ASTM C 840 which is as follows: Where a partition, wall or ceiling traverses a construction joint (expansion, seismic, or building control element) in the base building structure. Where a wall or a partition runs in an uninterrupted straight plane exceeding 30 linear feet. Control joints in interior ceilings with perimeter relief shall be installed so that linear dimensions between control joints do not exceed 50 feet and total area between control joints does not exceed 2500 square feet. Control joints in interior ceilings without perimeter relief shall be installed so that linear dimensions between control joints do not exceed 30 linear feet and total area between control joints does not exceed 900 square feet. A control joint or intermediate blocking shall be installed where ceiling framing members change direction. Taping and Finishing: Complying with ASTM C840 and GA -214; all exposed board junctions and perimeter edges typically, all systems. Finish Levels: Provide Level 1 in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire -resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. Provide Level 2 where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated. I Level 3: Not used. Provide Level 4 at typical exposed gypsum board for paint or wall covering. Provide Level 5 over entire surface of ceilings, soffits, and where wallboard is indicated to receive wall coverings, semi -gloss and high gloss paints, or markerboard paint coating. 09 30 00 Tiling This Section includes wall tile for backsplashes and decorative use. Submittals: Provide Samples for each type and color of tile and grout scheduled. Wall Tile Products, General ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade tile that complies with ANSI A137.1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. Miscellaneous Materials Latex -Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI Al 18.4 consisting of the following: Prepackaged dry -mortar mix combined with liquid -latex additive. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar, For glass tile applications use mortar that will not show through glass tile bodies. Polymer -Modified Tile Grout: ANSI Al 18.7. Polymer Type: Dry, redispersible form, prepackaged with other dry ingredients. Grouts for Wall Tile: Unsanded liquid latex types in colors as selected by Architect, Sealants: 'Silicone sanitary sealant', as specified in Section 079200, JOINT SEALANTS. Wall Tile Installation: ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types ofsefting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. Gypsum Wallboard, Interior (Latex Portland Cement Mortar) Method: TCA W243, place tiles maintaining 1/8" wide joints, and true accurate pattern as shown. Grout Installation: Latex-portland cement: ANSI A108.10. Cleaning and Protecting Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. .- -11--.1.11- I DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 111111111111111111111111111111 11111111111111111111111 08 71 00 Door Hardware This Section includes hardware for swinging, by-passing, and sliding doors. Submittals: Door Hardware Schedule: Submit door hardware schedule prepared by or under the supervision of door hardware supplier, Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. Handicapped Accessibility: Comply with The Americans with Disabilities Act and local requirements. Butt Hinges: Standard Weight, Ball Bearing, 5 Knuckle, Steel: Complying with BHMA Al 56.1 A8112. Butt Hinge and Offset Pivot Hinge Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated: Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to and including 60 inches. Three Hinges: For doors with heights of greater than 60 inches to and including 90 inches. Four Hinges: For doors with heights greater than 90 inches to and including 120 inches. Provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches. Finish: Match lock and latchset finishes. Locks and Latchsets: Heavy duty Grade I mortise locks with cast lever and rose trim typically throughout. Heavy Duty Grade I cylindrical locks with lever and rose only where scheduled. Removable cores and core cylinders throughout. Finishes for lock and latchsets shall be as scheduled. Provide strikes for locks and latches. . Closers: Overhead surface applied, cast iron body, types meeting BHMA Al 56.4, Grade 1. Finishes: Primed for paint (USP) at typical doors, US26D satin chrome plated at natural finished wood doors. Accessory Hardware Items (Floor and Wall Stops, Holders, Flushbolts, Dustproof Strikes, Push and Pull Plates, Kick and Armor Plates, Hold Open Devices, etc.): Match lock and latch set finishes. Glass Door Entries: Trim and Pulls: Heavy duty bar stock trim. Closers: Overhead concealed closers for doors weighing less than 250 pounds inclusive of glass, rails, and operating trim. Heavy duty floor closers for doors equal to or greater than 250 pounds. I Finish: US32D for vertical pulls, exposed accessories and trim. i i 08 80 00 Glazing i This Section includes: This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where i i glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: i Interior borrowed lites. Submittals: Not required. Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and � whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. I I Safety Glass: Comply with the applicable requirements of the laws, codes, ordinances and regulations of Federal and Municipal authorities having jurisdiction, wherever requirements conflict the more stringent shall be required. Obtain approvals from all such authorities. As a minimum provide Category 11 materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 (Consumer Product Safety Commission "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials", as published in the Code of Federal Regulations) and ANSI Z97. I. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. GANA Publications: GANNS "Glazing Manual". Products Primary Float Glass Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent glass, fiat), Quality q3 (glazing select). IHeat -Treated Float Glass I General: Heat treat glass where required to meet safety glazing requirements. I Fully Tempered Glass: Provide glass complying with ASTM C1048 Kind FT and meeting the requirements of ANSI Z97.1. Surface compression shall be equal to or greater than 1 0,000 psi (69 MPa). Fabrication Of Glass and Other Glazing Products Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard, to comply with system performance requirements, Glazing, General Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. All glass units shall be installed in accordance with the glass manufacturers recommendations. Protection and Cleaning Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way and from any source, including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 22 16 Non -Structural Metal Framing This Section includes non -load-bearing steel framing members for non fire -rated wallboard partitions, bulkheads, soffits, ceiling transitions, ledges and coves and suspension systems for wallboard ceilings Submittals: Not required. Performance Requirements: System Deflections: Typical Walls: Wall assemblies shall be constructed for deflection not to exceed 1/240 of the wall height when subjected to a positive and negative pressure of 5 psf.Walls with Tile Finish: Wall assemblies to receive tile finishes shall be constructed for deflection not to exceed 1/360 of the wall height when subjected to a positive and negative pressure of 5 psf. Ceilings, bulkheads, soffits, ceiling transitions, ledges, and coves shall be constructed for a deflection not to exceed 1/360 of the distance between supports. Project Conditions: Comply with ASTM C840 requirements or wallboard material manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. Metal Framing: Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 (Z120), hot -dip galvanized, unless otherwise indicated. Grid Suspension System for Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct -hung system composed of main beams and cross -furring members that interlock. Product Reference: Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, in minimum depth indicated in partition type details. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: Typical: As required to comply with deflection criteria. Partitions Supporting Wall Mounted Casework: 16 gage minimum. Depth: As indicated. Single Long -Leg Runner Deflection Track System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2 -inch- ( deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Adhesive -backed, closed -cell, compressible, non -extruding, sound transmission reducing, vinyl foam tape stripswith approximately 13 Shore 00 hardness that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, I inch thick, in width 1/2" less than window mullion width, Product Reference: V730 Norton Sealant Tape; gray color. Installing Steel Framing, General: General: Install steel framing to comply with GA -600, ASTM C754, ASTM C840 and the gypsum board manufacturers recommendations, where standards conflict the more stringent shall apply. Installing Steel Suspended Ceiling Framing: Suspend ceiling hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, 0i other equally effective means. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so members for panel attachment are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. Installing Steel Partition And Soffit Framing Install continuous runners (tracks) sized to match studs at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. Secure runners to substrates with fasteners spaced a maximum of 24" o.c. unless closer spacing is recommended by the framing manufacturer for the floor and ceiling construction involved. Provide fasteners at all comers and ends of runner tracks. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install foam gasket isolation strip between studs and wall. Installation Tolerance: Install each steel framing and furring member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. I Frame door openings to comply with GA -600 and with gypsum board manufacturers applicable written recommendations, unless otherwise indicated, Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. I 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111 .... * , " I DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS I ----- --- 08 41 26 All Glass Entrances and Storefronts This Section includes: All -glass entrance doors - Full -height glazed lites Performance Requirements, General: Provide all -glass entrance and storefront systems meeting or exceeding the following performance requirements: Lateral Loads: The all -glass entrance and storefront work, including glass, shall be designed, fabricated and installed to withstand a maximum inward and outward lateral pressure of 5 lbf/sq. ft. for sidelights and 20 lbf/sq. ft. (0.96 kPa) for the active door panels. Seismic Loads: As required byASCE 7. Deflection Limitations: Deflections: Base calculations for the following deflections upon the combination of maximum direct lateral pressures, building deflections, and erection tolerances. The deflection of any framing member in a direction normal to the plane of the wall when subjected to the full lateral pressures specified above shall not exceed III 75 of its clear span or 3/4 inch (1 9 mm) whichever is less, except limit deflection of glass to 1/2 inch (1 3 mm). Glass, sealants and interior finishes shall not be included to contribute to framing member strength, stiffness or lateral stability. Dead Loads: Limit deflections of metal members spanning door openings to 1/300. The clearance between the member and an operable door shall be no less than 1/1 6 inch (I .5 mm). Twisting (rotation) of the horizontals due to the weight of the glass shall not exceed I degree, measured between ends and center of each span. Operational (Traffic) Loads: Design and fabricate all -glass entrances to withstand the operating loads which result from heavy traffic conditions using the specified hardware, without measurable permanent deflection. Limit elastic deflections so as to provide the normal degree of rigidity required to avoid glass breakage, air leaks and other objectionable results of excessive flexibility. Building Frame Movement: Design, fabricate and install all -glass entrances and storefronts to withstand building movements including loading deflections, shrinkage, creep and similar movements. Submittals: Product Data: Submit manufacturers specifications and installation instructions for each all -glass entrance and storefront product specified. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing scaled elevations, plans, and sections of the all -glass entrance and storefront work. Full scale sections shall be prepared and submitted for details of the assemblies that cannot be shown in the elevations or sections. Show direction of satin finish for each component receiving a directional finish. Structural Calculations: Submit, for information only, copies of structural calculations indicating complete compliance with the specified performance requirements. Calculations shall be prepared, signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the state wherein the work is to be erected. Quality Assurance Manufacturer Qualifications: The all glass entrance and storefront drawings and specifications are based on the following: Dorma-Glas systems using Viracon heat soaked clear tempered glass products. J.E. Berkowitz systems using J.E. Berkowitz heat soaked clear tempered glass products. Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following standards below, where standards conflict the more stringent shall apply: American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): "Aluminum Store Front and Entrance Design Guide Manual." American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), "Steel Construction Manual," Current Edition. Welding Standards: Welding shall be performed by skilled and qualified mechanics. Welding shall be performed in accordance with the applicable provisions ofAW D1. I "Structural Welding Code -Steel." Glass Association of North America (GANA): "Fully Tempered Heavy Glass Door and Entrance Systems Design Guide." Delivery, Storage, and Handling Packaging of components shall be so selected to protect the components from damage during shipping and handling. Storage on Site: Store all -glass entrance and storefront components in a location and in a manner to avoid damage to the components, Keep handling on site to a minimum. Exercise particular care to avoid damage to finishes of metals. Project Conditions Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of supporting structure by field measurements before fabrication so that the all -glass entrance and storefront work will be accurately designed, fabricated and fitted to the structure. Indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work, Use Contractor's lines and benchmarks as a basis for measurements. Materials Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent), tested for surface and edge compression per ASTM C 1048 and for impact strength per 16 CFR 1201 for Category 11 materials. All glass shall be heat soaked in accordance with Viracon's heat soaking procedures to obtain the specified warranty. Class 1: Clear. Thickness: 1/2 inch (1 3 mm). Exposed Edges: Flat edge (cut edge of glass is flat and surface edges are slightly amsed) with polished finish. Aluminum: AA Alloy 6063 and ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), with tempering as required to suit performance requirements and finishes specified. Stainless -Steel Cladding: ASTM A 666, Type 304. Stainless -Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304 for plate and flat bar and ASTM A 276, Type 304 for bars and shapes. Components Glass Entrances and Sidelights: Provide and extruded aluminum retained, glass and metal frame and door system fabricated and finished to suit the conditions indicated and specified. System shall be complete with all aluminum framing members, fasteners, anchors, gaskets, washers, glass and glazing, and hardware components. All aluminum members shall be dad with specified metal cladding. Glass door and sidelight framing system shall be similar to the following: Manufacturers and Systems: One of the following: Glassier Door Series 1301; Blumcraft of Pittsburgh. Total Vision Concept (TVC) Entrances; Oldcastle Glass, Rosemont, IL. Dorma-Glas Entrance Systems; Dorma-Glas, Inc., Upper Marlboro, MD. Top and Bottom Rails: Fabricate of one-piece extruded aluminum rails, retaining 1/2" clear tempered glass materials unless otherwise shown. Provide recessed aluminum headers for door head opening support. Adhesively laminate or mechanically clad rail base metal members, returning cladding around extrusions to eliminate exposed edges. Fabricate rails with continuous bosses, or serrated edges, to receive dry gaskets to secure the glass in the rails in lieu ofwet glazing materials. Provide end caps to close off rail ends fabricated from stainless steel. I Sidelight Channels: Recessed aluminum head channels for concealed sidelight head and sill support. Channels shall be fabricated with continuous bosses, or 1 serrated edges, to receive dry gaskets to secure the glass in the channel in lieu of wet glazing materials. i I Anchors and Fastenings: Material: Steel. Anchor and Fastener Metal Alloy Types, Designations and Standards: Alloys as recommended by fabricator for the application(s) indicated. Spacers, Setting Blocks, Gaskets: Permanent, nonmigrating types of material and in hardness recommended by all -glass storefront and entrance manufacturer and complying with the performance requirements. Slip and Separator Gaskets: Adhesives and Epoxies: As required for laminating cladding to base components. Hardware, General: Heavy-duty hardware units in sizes, quantities, and types recommended by manufacturer for all -glass entrances indicated. For exposed parts, match cladding metal finish unless scheduled otherwise. Concealed Overhead Closers, Basis -of -Design: Dorma RTS 88 Series, single -acting, center hung. Bottom Pivots: Rixson Model 370 bottom pivot. Push -Pull Set, Basis -of -Design: as specified Overhead Angle Stops: Provide one overhead angle stop per door opening. Floor Bumper Provide one floor bumper per door leaf. Cast half dome design with rubber bumper. Overhead Magnetic Devices: Where scheduled, provide one surface mounted electromagnetic lock per door leaf. Card Readers, Door Releases, and Passive Infrared Detectors: By Ownees security vendor. Fabrication General: Fabricate the all -glass entrances and storefronts to the designs, shapes, and sizes shown using the materials, and components, specified and shown to produce assemblies which meet or exceed the performance requirements. To the greatest extent possible complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware applications and other work before shipment to Project site. I : ! ; : $* : � : ; dililift ; lm� � I 11 ; . I � I I I � 11 I ­�' I : I ,� ; � . � I � � -��'. r I , I -, � I , "I i I .. 11 � � � , � , ; � , 1 : e. i ` 0 M PAS S : ; : : I ; � : 0, U ; : : : 4 I - - I : : ; ; : : � ; ; : : : � ! � : ! � . i I : 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE � ; : : ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 : ; : : ; TOWN OF RYE BROOK : : : : : � WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 : : : : : ; ; ; : ; : : : ; ; : ; � � � � : : ; : : � � : � : ; : : : : : : : � : : : ; � ; : ; I ; � � � ; � ; : , Gensler ; i � : � : ; ; Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 � : � 1 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 Provide holes and cutouts in glass to receive hardware, fittings, rails, and accessories before tempering glass. Drill, countersink, and chamfer holes using tooling, i � : materials and methods which are selected and applied to prevent spalling of the cut glass surfaces at holes and cutouts. The internal surface of holes and cutouts ; ; : ; shall be smooth with minimal roughness from drilling operations. Do not cut, drill, or make other alterations to glass after tempering. i � : i : Fully temper glass using horizontal (roller -hearth) process and fabricate so, when installed, roll -wave distortion is parallel with bottom edge of door or lite. Heat :: t : Soaking: After tempering, expose I 00% of all fabricated glass units to the heat soaking process, which is based on European Union heat soaking standards, to ; : : : eliminate inclusion related glass breakage. Factory assemble components and factory install hardware to greatest extent possible. ; : . A I -Dale. . iption _ .. I Desce I-- ... I ... ...... ­­.. ..... ­­­ -1-11-11 � � � : ' Seal / Signature ri to accommodate the swing direction shown. Metal components of all -glass entrances and storefronts shall be cut, reinforced, drilled and : : ...... � ... � .......... � ......... - .... � ..... ­­ .... --- tapped in strict accordance with the printed door hardware manufacturers templates and instructions. Provide solid carbon steel hardware reinforcements, securely :: ; : : fastened to doors and frames where door hardware is to be attached. : : ; : : ; � : Joints in Metal Work: All exposed metal work shall be carefully fitted and matched to produce continuity of line and design, with all joints, being accurately fitted for : hairline contact and rigidly secured. Where additional rigidity or strength is required to satisfy the performance requirements reinforce entrance components with : : : v�ED A ; aluminum or carbon steel shapes, bars, and plates. : : ; ; � A, LA fabrication ; : ; ; : 0 1%1�1 I Shop Assembly: As far as practicable, all fitting and assembly work shall be done in a shop. : ; : , I I Exposed Fasteners: Not permitted, : ; ; : . � I - 11 I . I. 4 ; : � 11W t - " i ; � Stainless -Steel Finishes � : .111, - , , I , , , - �� General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. : � ; � �, \ ,,, �, ­ .�', I 11-- "I : %"`--"'�'�", : "', ,, .:, ,� ,?;� ,- I ,.-.,- ;� -A� � I Stainless -Steel Finish: No. 32D, brushed stainless steel. : , ,�, : <�' r - I : - _j,- " C ! i I- N ,- I Anodized Finish: Medium matte (non -directional) finished, clear natural anodized complying with AA-MlOC22A21 finish. ; : : I Post Anodizing Finish (Sealing): Anodized finishes shall be fully sealed by the manufacturer or processor according to procedures recommended by the licensor of : : : I I the process. : : : ; : : Installation : : ; : General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting, handling, and installing all -glass entrance and storefront systems. Do not install damaged : w I Project Name � ; : ; � components. Fit frame joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. : : ; " - - - -- I.".�-,���I.I..�.I.�'..�,�l.:�.� ...... ­­­­ ................ - ... - ..... - ... ­­­­ .... - ........ I ... ­.. Entrance Doors and Sidelights: Doors and Sidelights shall be securely anchored in place to a straight, plumb and level condition, without distortion. Adjust doors to ! i COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT : � operate smoothly, without binding, with hardware functioning properly. Hardware movement, shall be field tested and final adjustment, and lubrication, madefor i ; : � proper operation and performance of doors. ; : : Install surface -mounted hardware according to manufacturer's written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. ; � : : I Project Number 1 Maintain uniform clearances between adjacent components. : � ; � - ;, � I I I I I � i 59,6358,000 Erection Tolerances ; � � : The all -glass entrance and storefront systems shall be fabricated and erected to accommodate the dimensional tolerances of the structural frame, while providing ;� : ; . . the following as installed tolerances. � � � � � � Scale � ; Variation from theoretical calculated position as located in plan or elevation in relation to established floors lines, column lines and other fixed elements of the i : 1- --- ­­ .- - ... - - - ..... ­­ � ­; ... � ...... � ........ � ...... � .......... ­­­­­­­ .... � ... - ....... � ....... - � i 1 1 ; = -Off � 1211 structure, including variations from plumb, level, straight and member size: +/- 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) max. in any 20 foot (6 m) run, column -to -column bay, or floor- : ; � ; to -floor height. i : 7 i Alignment: Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/1 6 inch (1.5 mm). Where surfaces meet at corners, limit offset from true alignment � I : : : . I � to 1116 inch (1.5 mm). : Description : ; : : I I I I I I I : I I I I I I : : � SPECIFICATIONS vanation Yom piumb: -/- lio inch �3 mm) max. in I 0 foot k3 m) run or story heignt, non -cumulative. :1 ; : Variation from slope, or level, shown: +/- 1/8 inch (3 mm) max. in any 20 foot (6 m) run or column -to -column bay, non -cumulative. : ; : : : : : : : Cleaning : : ; ; Clean metal surfaces promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to factory finished exposed surfaces. Wash glass on both faces not more than 4 : ; � days prior to date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. : ; � ! A00n5l @ 2015 Gensler .......... .......... DIVISION 11 •, 113100 Pantry ARpliances This Section includes pantry appliances. Submittals: Provide product data and roughing in diagrams for each type of appliance required indicating compliance with requirements. Include complete operating characteristics, dimensions of individual appliances, finishes for each appliance, and maintenance instructions for each appliance. Quality Assurance: UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electrical appliances that are listed and labeled by UL and that comply with applicable NEMA standards. Pantry Appliances: Provide product listed in Equipment Schedules and on the Drawings. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 122124 MANUAL AND ELECTRONIC INTELLIGENT ROLLER SHADE SYSTEM SECTION INCLUDES Provide manually operated, sunscreen and blackout roller shades as applicable. Provide electrically operated, sunscreen and blackout roller shades as applicable. Work includes local, group and master control systems for shade operation with addressable, encoded, electronic drive units (EDU). Related Sections: Division 09 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Coordination with gypsum board assemblies for blocking, installation of shade pockets, closures and related accessories. Division 09 - Acoustical Ceilings: Coordination with acoustical ceiling systems for blocking, installation of shade pockets, closures and related accessories. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: -Styles, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, profiles, features, finishes and operating instructions. -Mounting details and installation methods. -Typical wiring diagrams including integration of audiovisual systems as applicable. Shop Drawings: Plans, elevations, sections, product details, installation details, operational clearances, power and control wiring diagrams, and relationship to adjacent work. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, one complete set of shade components, unassembled, demonstrating compliance with specified requirements. Shade cloth samples and aluminum finish sample as selected. Mark face of material to indicate interior faces. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Engage an installer, which shall assume responsibility for installation of all system components, with the following qualifications. Installer for roller shade system shall be trained and certified by the manufacturer with a minimum of ten years experience in installing products comparable to those specified in this section. Fire-Test•Response Characteristics: Passes NFPA 701-99 small and large-scale vertical bum. Materials tested shall be identical to products proposed for use. Electrical Components: NFPA Article 100 listed and labeled by either UL or ETL or other testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, marked for intended use, and tested as a system. Individual testing of components will not be acceptable in lieu of system testing. Where applicable, system components shall be FCC compliant. PVC -Free Shadecloth: With Environmental Certification Requirements for Electronic Hardware, Controls, and Switches: Roller shade hardware, shade fabric, EDU, and all related controls shall be furnished and installed as a complete two-way communicating system and assembly. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations: Install roller shades after finish work including painting is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER Basis of Design Manufacturer for Window Shade System: Products by MechoSystems; Long Island City, NY ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION Fabricate shade cloth to hang flat without buckling or distortion. Fabricate with heat -sealed trimmed edges to hang straight without curling or raveling. Fabricate unguided shadecloth to roll true and straight without shifting sideways more than 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) in either direction per 8 feet (2438 mm) of shade height due to warp distortion or weave design. ROLLER SHADE COMPONENTS Motorized Shade Hardware and Shade Brackets, as scheduled. Manual Operated Chain Drive Hardware and Brackets, as scheduled. ROLLER SHADE SCHEDULE Roller Shade Schedule: Refer to the Drawings for locations. Motorized interior room darkening blackout roller shades in all exterior / interior windows of rooms and spaces as shown on referenced Drawings, and related EDU control requirements systems. Include the following as scheduled and as indicated on the Drawings: Shade pockets. SHADECLOTH Visually Transparent Single -Fabric Shadecloth: MechoSystems, EuroVeil@ "5300" or EuroTwill@ "6000" Series: 0.010 diameter (0.254 mm), Opaque, non -raveling vinyl/polyester yarn, fabric thickness 0.025 inches (0.635 mm). Extra Dense Twill Weave "6000" series, 2-3 percent open. Color: Selected from Manufacturers standard colors. Color: Selected from manufacturer's standard colors or custom color as selected by Architect. 45 ca 0 2 ry (n to CU CL E C� 00 LO Cn co I,— C� a) ras 09 9123 Interior Painting This Section includes interior painting. Submittals: Provide product data for each scheduled product. Provide stepped samples on hardboard or cardboard; three for each color. Quality Assurance Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore). Duron Paints & Wallcoverings (Duron). M. A. Bruder & Sons, Inc. (M. A. B. Paint). PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). Paint Materials, General Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. VOC Classification: Provide materials, including primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials, that meet the following criteria for VOC classification: 100 grams/liter or less for flat coatings. 150 grams/liter or less for non -flat coatings. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best -quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint -material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturers material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. Colors: Provide custom colors of the finished paint systems to match Architect's samples. Preparation Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturers written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Examination Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. Application General Application: Apply paint according to manufacturers written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. Cleaning Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. After completing painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. Protection Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. Provide 'Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. Painting Systems Interior Wallboard: Prime and two finish coats of latex eggshell. Gypsum board ceilings: Prime and two finish coats of flat latex. Metals: Prime and two finish coats latex semi -gloss. Wood doors indicated for field painting: Prime and two finish coats latex semi -gloss. DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10 44 00 Fire -Protection Specialties This Section includes portable fire extinguishers and recessed fire extinguisher cabinets. Submittals: Submit product Data. Fire extinguisher cabinets: Semi -recessed cabinets with vertical duo panel doors with tempered glass and surface applied identification of use graphics. Fire extinguishers: Multi-purpose dry chemical type UL Rated for 2-A:1 O:B:C, 5 pound nominal capacity. .......... ................... DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 6813 Tile Carpeting This Section includes carpet tile. Submittals: Provide Samples for each type and color of carpet the scheduled. Quality Assurance: Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following: The Carpet and Rug Institute "The Carpet Specifiers' Handbook." The Carpet and Rug Institute "CRI 104 Commercial Carpet Installation Standard." Installer Qualifications: Engage a carpet installer, who has completed a minimum of three (3) projects over the last 10 years which were similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for the project - as determined by the Architect — and which have resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance. Delivery, Storage, And Handling: Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling." Project Conditions: Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet tile until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. Do not install carpet tile over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. Carpet Tile Types: Provide manufacturers commercial grade carpet tile for 100% glue down installation as scheduled. Installation Accessories Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Portland cement -based formulation provided by or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. Do not use gypsum based compounds. Carpet Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew resistant, and nonstaining, high solids, low VOC emitting formulations that are specifically recommended by the carpet manufacturer, as verified through compatibility and adhesion testing for the intended substrate and application, and that comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet. Carpet Edging: Provide homogenous vinyl or rubber composition carpet edging in single lengths wherever possible, keeping the number of joints or splices to a minimum. Floor Sealer: Type as recommended and manufactured by the carpet tile manufacturer for the applications indicated. Preparation Examine the substrates, adjoining construction and the conditions under which the Work is to be installed. Verify recommended limits for moisture content and alkalinity of concrete substrates with carpet manufacturer. Installation General: Comply with the manufacturer's instructions, specified industry standards and recommendations, and as required to match the accepted sample installations. Apply adhesive in accordance with adhesive manufacturers directions. Adhere all full size, perimeter tiles, and cut tiles, with a full spread of adhesive. Dry fit cut tiles and apply adhesive to tile back after tile has been cut. Use full uncut tiles down the center of corridors and, where necessary, cut perimeter tiles to butt walls. Butt carpet tile tightly together to form seams without gaps or entrapped pile yarns and aligned with adjoining tiles. Edge Strip Installation: Install edge strip at every location where edge of carpet is exposed to traffic, unless otherwise indicated. Unless otherwise directed by Architect install in single lengths and secure in accordance with manufacturers directions. Traffic over adhesive installations shall be restricted until adhesive has properly cured in accordance with the adhesive manufacturers recommendations. Cleaning and Protection Cleaning: As the carpeting is installed, remove and dispose of all trimmings, excess pieces of carpeting and laying materials from each area as it is completed. Vacuum carpeting with a commercial vacuum, having a cylindrical brush or beater bar and high suction. Remove adhesives, stains, and soil spots in accordance with the carpet manufacturers recommendations. Protection: Protect carpeting against damage of every kind as damaged carpeting shall be rejected. Use non -staining cover material for protection. Tape joints of protective covering. Plastic and polyethylene sheet protective coverings shall not be permitted. Remove and replace rejected carpeting with new carpeting. At the completion of the work and when directed by the Architect, remove covering, vacuum clean carpeting and remove soiling and stains (if any) to the satisfaction of the Architect. 09 72 00 Wall Coverings This Section includes: wall coverings. Project Conditions Environmental Limitations: Do not install wallcoverings until wet -work in spaces is completed and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and hunidity conditions are and will be continuously maintained at the levels indicated when the site is occupied for its intended use. Do not install wall covering until a permanent level of lighting is provided on the surfaces to receive wall covering. Examination Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for levelness, wall plumbness, maximum moisture sontent, and other conditions affecting performance of work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Preparation Clean substrates of substances that could impair wall covering's bond, including mold, mildew, oil, grease, incompatible primers, dirt, and dust. Prepare substrated to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. At gypsum board prime with primer recommended by wallcovering manufacturer. At painted surfaces treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semifloss, and eggshell finishes with fine sandpaper. Install wall liner, with no gaps or overlaps, where required by wall covering manufacturer. Form smooth wrinkle -free surface for finished installation. Do not begin wall covering installation until wall liner has dried. Acclimatize wall covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. Installation Comply with wall -covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to produts and applications indicated, except where a more stria requirements apply Install metal molding true to line with contact adhesive. Use full stock lengths. Keep joint to a minimum, buff joints to form tight hairline cracks, miter Cleaning Use cleaning methods reccommended in writing by the wall covering manufacturer. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned Remove all droppings, trimmings, and other debris, and protect the installation so that it is clean and without indication of damage. 09 96 66 Clear, Write•and-Erase Finish This Section includes clear, write -and -erase wall coating. Submittals: require product data and sample Refrences Gypsum Association (GA): GA214, "Recommended Specification: L:evel of Gypsum Board Finish." Product Technical Information and Test Results Suitable Substrates: Gypsum board, smooth sealed wood, previously painted surfaces, and others in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations Colors Available: Finish is clear Finish: Gloss 92 at a 60 degree Maximum VOC: Less than 50 grams per liter, EPA Test Method 27 Fire Rating: Class A or Class 1, ASTM 84 Scrub Resistance: 10,000+ scrub cycles, ASTM D 2486 Stain Removal: Excellent rating Basis of Design: Product specified is "Wink" as manufactured b y Master Coating Technologies. Items specified are to establish a standard of quality design, function, materials, and apperance. Equivalent products by other manufacturers are acceptable. The Architect will be the sole judge of the bz of what is equivalent. Accessories: Provide accessories as recommended by the manufacturer, including, but not limited to the following: a: Markers: Expo Low Odor or Bold Dry Erase Markers. b: Cleaner/Wipes: Expo Dry Erase Board Cleaner and/or Cleaning Wipes _A&L WP Aam C S M AS G R 0 U PQ 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 [q_111nM Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 @ 2015 Gensler co Cn 0 0 M 0 e; co co g 0 cs 00 0 Cn Cn h .a 2 3` ti 4` 5 ...... .......- _.... ....... 6 ......,. 7 SHEET NOTES 01 HEAT PUMP UNIT TO REMAIN - COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS A SHADED AREAS INDICATE AREAS NOT IN CONTRACT. COORDINATE WITH ENGINEERS DRAWINGS FOR FULL EXTENT OF DEMOLITION. B CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING MECHANICAL UNITS TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION. C CONTRACTOR TO SURVEY EXISTING PERIMETER AND CORE WALL SURFACES FOR AREAS OF DAMAGE OR SURFACES INCONSISTANCIES. PATCH AND REPAIR AREAS TO MANTAIN INTEGRITY OF THERMAL ENVELOPE AND TO PROVIDE SMOOTH AND EVEN WALL SURFACE. D GC SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT'S RULES AND REGULATIONS AND COMPLY WITH THEM IN ALL MATTERS RELATED TO THE SCOPE OF THE WORK. E ALL CARPET AND RUBBER WALL BASE IN SCOPE TO BE REMOVED & EXISTING RAISED FLOORING TO BE PREPPED/ADJUSTED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH. F GC TO SURVEY FLOOR SLAB/RAISED FLOORING FOR LEVELNESS AND PROVIDE LEVELING TO ALL AREAS THAT FALL OUTSIDE OF THE ACCEPTABLE RANGE. G SALVAGE ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AND REUSE IF FEASABLE. H REMOVE ALL EXISTING CEILING SYSTEMS, LIGHT FIXTURES AND DEVICES U.O.N. COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK I ALL WALL COVERING IN SCOPE TO BE REMOVED & EXISTING WALLS TO BE PREPPED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH AT REMAINING PARTITIONS. L ERECT AND MAINTAIN DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT SPREAD OF DUST, FUMES, AND SMOKE, ETC. TO OTHER PARTS OF THE BUILDING. ON COMPLETION, REMOVE PARTITIONS AND REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. Jam C 0 M P A G R 0 U Ps 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 N= Seal / Signature Description Project Name WALLLEGEND COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT MEMO �r� ,� r � Project Number ,ry AREA NOT IN CONTRACT 59.6358.000 EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN 0502 INS ago r Am Scale 1/8" =1 "-0" Description DEMOLITION PLANS ............ I ................... ---- I -- O 2015 Gensler I Iff mc IN I CENTER LINE OF MULLION i CENTER LINE OF G I CENTER LINE OF MULLION H I CENTER LINE OF 2 3 !-_,N ---N ........... 4 5 ............. 6 ­/ 7 �"bi M01441 1L Le -1 I 01 LANDLORD PROVIDED UNISEX ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM 02 CARD READER 03 RECESSED TV 04 SURFACE MOUNTED TV 05 GLASS INFILL FROM FACE OF WALL TO MULLION 06 FULLY RECESSED WHITE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET - LARSEN 2409 -RI - SOLID DOOR 07 AVENUE C PRODUCT - OWNER PROVIDED 08 ALIGN WITH CEILING TRANSITION ABOVE A DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, NOTIFY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PARTITION INSTALLATION. B GC SHALL RE -INSTATE THE INTEGRITY OF ALL RATED SYSTEMS. C ALL PARTITION TYPES TO BE A3A UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE D ALL NEW PARTITIONS TO BE CENTERED ON EXTERIOR MULLIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE E ALL DIMENSIONS AND ALIGNMENTS ARE TO FINISHED FACE OF WALL, INCLUDING FINISHED FACE OF MILLWORK PANELING WHERE OCCURS F GC TO DETERMINE EXACT LOCATION OF FLOOR CORES AFTER COORDINATING WITH FURNITURE VENDOR G PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED 3/4" PLYWOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR: WALL HUNG MILLWORK, EQUIPMENT, WALL HUNG SCREEN DISPLAYS, ARTWORK AND PRIVATE OFFICE FURNITURE OVERHEADS; H REPAIR, PATCH AND PAINT ALL PERIMETER WALLS AND EXISTING COLUMNS GWB I GC TO COORDINATE SOUND MASKING WITH OWNER AND AV CONSULTANT J DOORS NOT INTEGRAL TO GLAZING SYSTEM TO BE HELD 4" OFF OF ADJACENT WALL. K LOCATE DOORS WITH CLOSERS NO LESS THAN 1'-6" TO EDGE OF DOOR FROM INTERSECTING PARTITION ON PULL SIDE AND 1'-0" ON PUSH SIDE. L G.C. TO SURVEY FLOOR SLAB FOR LEVELNESS AND PROVIDE LEVELING TO ALL AREAS THAT FALL OUTSIDE OF THE ACCEPTABLE RANGE M ABANDONED POKE THROUGH TO BE FILLED IN, PATCHED AND SMOOTHED MEETING THE FLOORS REQUIRED FIRE RATING. N PATCH / REPAIR GWB AT ALL AREAS AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION. 0 PATCH/REPAIR EXISTING COLUMNS WHERE ANY MILLWORK/BUILDOUTS WERE REMOVED WALL LEGEND g I I .go a I M 1111 I I I MEAN ... AREA NOT IN CONTRACT - NEW NON - RATED PARTITION 10 0 R 0 U P6 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS& ZUCK P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Project Name Project Number 59.6358.000 Scale ........... 1/8" =1"-0" Description CONSTRUCTION PLAN 0 2015 Gensler M CO F0 �4 D E F OFFICE OFFICE '419:4 11140 1110 Eel N WAIA 0 E I 9NA rI.............. — ............... 2 3 ............r 4 ............. 5 SHEET NOTES 01 CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR - GC TO COORDINATE PROPER SUPPORTS 02 CEILING RECESSED MOTORIZED PROJECTION SCREEN - GC TO COORDINATE PROPER SUPPORTS 03 CEILING RECESSED MANUAL MECHOSHADE ALONG GLASS WALL - OMIT AT DOOR A ALL CEILINGS TO BE 9'-0" A.F.F, U.N.O. B CENTER LUMINARIES IN TILES AN/OR EVENLY SPACE IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILING, U.N.O. C DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS BY ELECTRICAL ENGINEER. VERIFY ALL LIGHTING TYPES AND QUANTITIES. IN CASE OF CONLICT, NOTIFY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. D VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE OF ALL ACCESS PANELS IN GWB CEILING WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. E REFER TO ENGINEERS DRAWINGS FOR DIFFUSERS, EXIT SIGNS, SPRINKLERS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND OTHER ITEMS IN THE CEILING. F ALL LIGHTS, SPRINKLER HEADS, SPEAKERS, EXIT SIGNS, AND OTHER CEILING -MOUNTED DEVICES IN PANEL/TILE CEILING TO BE CENTERED IN TILE IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. G ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE FULLY RECESSED WITH WHITE COVERPLATES H PROVIDE ROLLERSHADES WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS, AND AS NOTED TO BE MANUAL OR ELECTRIC. REFER TO SECTION DETAILS & FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SHADE FABRIC MATERIAL. I ALL GYP CEILINGS TO BE PAINTED P1, U.N.O. Ashok 0 M P A, S L"31 G R 0 U Pe 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 I Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202,352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 N�= 6 Seal Signature ................. ............ RCP LEGEND 7 OPEN CEILING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE - PAINT STRUCTURE AS SCHEDULED .w: PAINTED GYP BD CEILING APC1 WALL LEGEND WIN AREA NOT IN CONTRACT 0 0114 6*1 0 A . • a I HOUR RATED PARTITION loss man § I I IVAN Project Name .. .. ....... ... COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 59.6358.000 Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" Description REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2015 Gensler 5 ca U) w 0 -114 8 :1 ? M (D ('' (n aco E 8I C> C�CD 00 MLO Iq 0') 9 CIO r-- ro I- -; <D -a � (D 0) .5 (2 :0 8 2 0 CU �0 L.: (D rn a (D :F L ' ' . . . . . � ' � - . . - . L . . . . . . � . . . � ' . ' � . . . � ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � . . . . . . . . . .. , , . . ........ , - � � . , . . - - L I . � I . .- . -� I . � . I . . . I I . . . . . I I - . . � . � I -1 ­'� I,. - -, - 1--. 1/1 I 11 -," / "I,-, " /' -1 /' '.1 /1' � : : z : H ; ' I C ' f D F " � A I : : ! i : ; : : OFFICE I . OFFICE . I . : : I � : z : ; 2036 � . � ----- - T�-- 10*02 : CPT2; ! : : : � ; i : : : : : : ; . I : : : . : : : � t ; � : I : OFFICE <� > <� > . : i ; : : : OFFICE : : OFFICE � 2028 : ; <� > : : i i , > <� > : � I : : : � : ; 2035 ======A Ir I I OFFICE .1 ; : i : <� : : : : : : � � : : ; . I . I OFFICE . I . <� T � - : : --- OFFICE : - : i i : : ! . � � : : : * ; ; z . F20311 : : : . : : ! : : ! : ; <�e> ! � *-----t- I . . 2034 s- ' 0 OFFICE 2026 . I <�CAFE : : : ROOM : CORRIDOR : � : : : ; : : � : i ; t : : CONFERENCE 4 <� > : t : <� > : <� > : : ; : : � : : t : I : : : . F2-0-32-1 IT Ir � IT Ir : ; 0 < - --------------------.- I I � : : : 1 I L 1. . - ---- ... -11*-.1 I 4 i- --- :m-11.-. :��- -1- '-�4' 1'--.1----.1- - --- - -1- -------- -- .1 --- - ..' ....... I ........ - ... I --- - � ....... � ... -- . -1-1 ------- I ... --- ,V:.-,. �--. * - . I I .. .... �4- -1. 4 1 . -- .... .... .�.'- -1- ........ L ...... ­' ....... *' "- "***, ... * .............. ** ..... L ------ ... ­ ----------- � ........ 10 ------- ­­ ............. ...... ­ -------- L ------------ L% ----- � - J- - ---- � - I ----- � � - --- * I �� . . I . . , I , IN - ' ' 'L ' �� - . . . �A ' ! - �' � � L - - I ' . E ---- ......... .. � ..... ..... ..... .1 � ------ ... -- - ........ � . --- ...... .... - ------------ - ..... ------ I - ----------------------- � ------ ------- - -------- %. I '-- � - �� -:-. -,- � -� .... . � i- : .. .... *� -"",--. ....... �­%' , - ­­"­'�- % , , - "'., .- .. .... ��---A--'-�--- -:.Ii� - W.�_e� - . % ...... 1-1- . . - .... � - - � I I � � � . , , . . 1. � ' L ' : , -. # � . . I jL ' ' L.� z : <� 1 I ' I I .1 4 . . . . , % I :' . - '. . I � . %<� > : ; �' � I � . OFFICE : : _ ­ i. . .� L : . , . I .. . : .�� ; : ; " I dl,% , .:'� . . � I I L �L . ; � � . � I I . , . 4 : L . 11 � : i : I I � ' : : I. . . � , '<' CPT2 . A� � , - : � ­ �� � � 1, L � , * . .* 'j, - , , 1. , I : % . : . � - . , � L I- - . � � L . : % : L L . . ; � ; I I , � : , ' L . - : , , L " � 1� � - . I . -. �L . � , .. . � : . � I . . '� , .. .' L * I ,� . : ! ': ,. , L ' . . - � - : % . . 1. . - � I _ � . � !, . , ; 41 .. z � 4 � '� � 1. -.. ; 2059 ; : : I �.' ','� *' .L - ,� � � '. . ; ; -1 - I ; . �- .1 � ', ' - : . , ; I � , : �*4 ,I i. I - ; - I . � - . : 4 ' . L .. .e � L . . _4 - I . i . I � I L I I . I . , - , -� . :� : L L I , - 0 . . I I % .�. � � . . ' . - a I � . � . I ' .-.4. * I i . - 4 . , . , . . � 4 � . . , . ,L ' � '�- � . . I ' I . , . . t . I : L L J��' ��'L I-.4 . � 4 1, � 4 . S 4 - 4. : 4 � 1 i , . . � . % � . I I . � , - , . . , . - , , : . I % . L I ' . I I I . � �' . * ' . � L , * 4 � 1� :_ � , , . L - . . - - � - 4 .. .11 : �' � , L, . . � , : . � . � I . <� ' :. z , I � . I "I " : i L , . � , �L L ' I I . . L ,� _. .� � - " . L L , . � % 4 1 . , � . . : , : . . . I � I . I .' . 4 . �.' .. I ; ; � �: .1 ' - � , � : t 4 : . . �' L , * � L L ` , ; : : I : < : <CPT2� > . P4 .;L, I . ". , , - %, � - . . - ;� , : ' :. � . . : ; ------ - - : I : - � 4 � � ' : : . :. , � , L � � � ' , � : ' ' �- 1 : 1. � . z �. � - : " : . .� I : f I . . , .4 OFFICE : . ,,� ,. .i � � . ! : -.�RB1 J . - , : . 4 . . �' '. .1 _ L - * . , - ' 4 ' : : L . _ :. L � :.; '4 � � I - I ;: , . : � . 1. i . � I I : . . . . I . . 4 I . , I � . . L ! : I i P4 0 I- � . � : . , � . � . I '. L. . . I . I " .i'.4 ' � -� ' � � " - �L�!� : " �4� � * . � . 11 I . . � , '? . : : : . I I . � ,4 . � . � I * L : ; , . . � . . � I � 11 ; ; ; . � -. I � - . .': i . . , 4 . � .i 7 . . I . , I . � 2025 � 11 11 L � . I L4 � 4 . I ' . . AL . � � I , ' : : ; . � : " - . . " . I .. , � : I - . . - .. � . L� - . - _ : : : RBI B2 . � . .. I :' � I � ; : , � � . � I � (I . '.. � :� ". : '� L . 1, 11 -i' . I . - I *- TR4 . . . . SCI , A _ � - � . i 1 i! . I L � - - -7-0 ; - ; - .4 .- I I . 1. , . � . , . I . " � , : : ' L � , I . : � . 1. -� I . '4 ; . . % I ! --,� , 1. . - ' �L .� .1 ; I I I ' 4 --� T1 . : - 'd . L I I I - " I I : . . t L .. I - . ' : ' � I : ' . . : I �' - L � . � : I ; . � I � . . � � I - I � , :". . �L : ., I . ! ' L' . : L I \ . �e � I � . ' 'L .' . � � I I : . I . % L . � . . I I OFFICE I . 1 4, 1 I _ . , - I I . '� 4 : % I i , :. : , L �' L �. '� A ' � . i . . . I 41� - .4, . - I : . : ' � i : : - I L � . � L ' 4 , '�� � , . ��;� � " 4 . . I.: � -, 4. � TR4 -- % L I I ; , ' . - � . � � ,. 4 1 , : � - : - : L ' � - - . . .: � , . .� . - I - : - L '� " , - . - . �. � � I . I %. � a - I � , I I .. < > . - . �: I I , . � '. : . . I : :� � . , ,. . : , , . � . � - 4 1 CPT2 . . : ' , L * . - � - I , - - . � I - � . I ' ' .: �' " I 'A ' 4 4 ' . , . �.' 4 , .* . L . , I � � : : . ; . i , . ' L L I _ , L , 4 , . i 1 4 '� ' L � , , . L , L 'i . ' . - 1 , .. �d - , � , ! . , , 4 . : . : . � - X • . 1, I I � I I I I . : . I . I : � -'4 � � , , ' A . _ 4. . , ..' I � I I � L . . . � I L I . A� . " ; I . , , � I : . I , _ � : I ; � . � , A � � � , � L . : � , . 44 ; . � . -- ' . : . " I i , . .i 4 1 L� . , -L - I � : % I . I - ' : 4 - : 1- 2058 I e lo ' I . . - : I . I : - � , � � . . w�- - � ; , � , - � � --- � � , � � ... � : I :-1 �. . . t . � I I : I � . , . . i I i : . � : �;, , �4. ; . I : -- , � ,- . ' . , I . \\ � L. .1 I I I 11 .- I . '� . .� . . I I � � -L. , L. I 0 , . � , 11': � . :; : : : " � �: .I -� ,� 4. : I � �-�---'.� � � 4- �-' I I .- 11 I I ! , . L . I � d : A . � �4 .. . . ; I � I . I - 11 I . I . *. . I � .1 : 4. �� � , L w. : .1 . I I I . � : I . I I � -� i ' .. I � - ;. � , . ------ - � - - . I : TR4 I . . . % . '. .- : , ,4 - !I L �. I : ir I . . - I . . . I L i. Is � / \,\ . . ----, � ,� . I , .:4 . - �, ,� 7 'i , . L .. - . . : . I ". , : ­ �L '�; L" TR4 . L : \ � . I � � 1 4 L L. � . . , , 'f. � � � . . . . . .. . I , 4, � # � .. , , ' 7 ' ' � ' . '�. . L 1 4 : � A . I . : I It, ,� 7 , . L : 4 - L , L . . : . 4 1 . L : * � " , . - , I . 11 * . . I � , , L . :" : L �L I - ' I I ' � L 1� , L . ' . . .. �L * . : . I . � I : 1 "- , , . . . ; 4 . . w , � � I L . �'� � " - � W. , . -< > . : . � : . L � <� > I , ... - . . . � , , . . � . � � L CPT2 �" .� � ' . . I � _ I - L. - - � w ' A , . . " - L - � ' . I . I � � . . . , 7 . " 4 . � :' . :' . . L I L . . � � I I I , , , , , . . I . I I I L I _ L, - I •a - ' L � 4 ' 4 ' I � - � � � • I L . . I � I � . L , � . 41 ' : . , - '� . * ; - - , . � -� � � ' , �4 4 . , - �'� . . I _ . _ �L ,� L ' ' ' -� * - � : " L I � . ' � 4 � ; t . I � : . ,- : . ' L . I : I., : , .. _ , , . , . 1 4 . I � CONFERENCE� . "i 4 1 1 % � , '� •. I , ': \1 : . � L' �4 � . ' ­ . �1. L � I I * � I � - � � ,.� . 'i , � - � : 7 4 . . . � " �� L , , � ' I ' . �' . .. ,4 - . � I I I. I . .. � � , . � . - 4 : 74 ' I I ' . 4 - - � L 6� : A ' .. L I : I . '-, I � , ,i : : � . . � 4 � � : . � , , L .. � . � . . , . - 4 , � . . - - � I � , - - I � . 4 � � . � a . t L , : % 1 , , L ^4 � . .. - :� I - , . . . �� � - , � * f I i W * : ; � � . . . ' I � . � ': � . : I . . 4 , : � : ' ! , , ' ' \ . 'i -i - . . - . ',4 , � , r - , I I L ' . I . - : �� . I . . ; - . I - - , . � i 4� '� ' . I I . - � . - � . : , . . 4 � . .. � % I � - . , - . . . . .. - , i , � .. I L I 4 . . - ' L � I . , �' .. - � � . . . . � ' � ` 1 "/ �4 ,�: L . . - I , : , . . � � � . --a- - IL -11 : - : . . � _ - I . , .� - � . I I . 1. . � , I . I , o I . � I � , . L I . , . I � , .. I . I � � I . , ;A 1 . .. . �� � ' � - I , � .- . . - . . ' ' . � L ' . " � * I : � -.1 I - 1 4 � � , . �J A - � . I . . 4 ' . � , , - .- '. * � : ' .. � . I 11 4L . . . '. , � ' ; � . I A.. � a . . ' ' , 4 A : : . . L . I I � I -� 'L '.14 L �� ; , - � , I L �� I I I . , I � . I A : I E 4 , i - ��A - . �" - . � 1. I , I I . - I , * - -• 4 . . . . .. - . 'i . � , . . : . I 1. � 4 4 "�, _ - � . , E 2024 ; . ': 1 .. . . , ' , � �L4. . � _ � ' > I . I ­: . I �' I " .' : . . - . 74 . i . 7, � 7 L , '. ' . - - : �:' '� � I I - � . , I I I � , , ./\,, : - - I . � 4 - . P ; � - � '. ' !- . I * � . ' I L .. � :� L , 1. I , , I � - - � . -' �� I . : I , I 'L I : ' L,4 . L � �, � , . - - I - . ' � L i . ; � . , - 4 - � I . I , I 4 � I I I :: L . . , . : . , � 4 . � � ' I . ' . 11 I , � I - . . . . A . . . , , A i . ' � :'L . � <SC1 / : ' I 1 4 . , � . I I . � . I , ,- . . I I I _ " L . '� I . * - - ' Z' . . -� :� : 1. . .1 . % . L ' . � . . . , � , � , . , , � ! � � � I . I ' ,.4 L , . . 4 � . � - 1% , . I I I . % I . ; I I � � . I . . � I � ; , . , . � , L . , . . I ' : . * - I ' ' : ;1 � , . * I - 4 % '_ . - , . I I . � . � I - I � � I : - � : - : - �* 1. . I . , � I :' : � * ! � I .. ' . � . � , 4 1 �i' � -- : '41 �� � � - �i- . - - . ' ' .: �- � � I I " . 1, �, L � '. � �. , , : 4% . \/ A � : � I . � , I ' . , - 4 . - �' � , . :� � I �L /'�p � , � _ , � % . .. I . . �. . , . '� . I . : , � : I - - , 4.'. � q L. � . 1. . � � * �� . ,- � I L � I- I I I � 4... - . . � , .L I � I � , I , I . :.. , , . I % I . 4 . OFF : � . , - " ' ' ! , . - ' L . I . 4 I .� . � : ��4 ' - - r Rv- � � � . - . . 4* . ' -: ' OPEN.' ICE` ' � � * * k' .' . � , , . , 1 -L 4 �' . : �. -, : I , I . I :& , � � 4�- - �4 4 4 . ' ' . . . w' � . : - _ L � ' L � � . . . ! ' I I A , : �.- , � � L ' , : , .L .. . . , , P2 � ; - " I I . I I . L . . 1 I ; I.: 1A . , , , . . :. I - 4 - � : . A.� . . . . I % : ' �' : , L 4 1 . , I -' . � . . , .. .� I : � A I I . � . , : . � - - � , , , � � . I : . I * I . . , � ' - � 4 . Off � ' I I . � . � . I . : � � ' � : - ; ,4, L . . . '. v I .* 0 , b , I - - I I 4 . . - , I � I - % . � . : . ' , /' 7 . . �i' L �"'. , . I � .1 • - V ` - . I . . . ; . � , . : , 15 �: . , I . � I i - ' -. L ' . , I . . I 11 % I : A ' . ; . . .. I - I . I . � , � ; , I . . . 4 � .. %� " * i . � I � , I � , - L �. .. , , , , a � . -� �B� .. ': � e� . � I ! : � I � '� - , . . � .. . . � . . 4 : -# : �- - , : . - : . � 4 • . I I , � � . - / � '� , � I L " 4 : . -� A. 4 ". . 1. - . I . -1%1'�\-`--_ B1 - 7, �.7"'�.� � . �" � ::, : � �'. " .� , I I � . .- .. % � . .* � w <�C �1' , . I . - . . . I �L. . �' : '4 . . . . I I I I " *. I � : ' �' / . - - . i 1� . . . I . I I . ' ' ' .. . ' I L : , . . . . : � . A � I � . 4� �L I . � I . , . . � .� . !� I .� . . � , �L . , , - ' , . VIDEO CONFERENCE . - � . -, � - : ,. - . I 't . I , ... . I - - . , � . _ � � , L - .1 1 13 , I - ' - 11 A , I . , . - - . ': � . I � 4. � � � . 4 . .. � , I , , I .. : . ' - . % , : , I : - , .. � , - � �� , I . - 0 . i � L '. . - . : < T>2 L � �s' . ' L - . �� I -JZ� . . � I ". ' , - I I I - , " . ' . 1. I I I � �' - I L . � : 1� I - I � : - I . - ' I I I * � ` L - ' * .: - ' .4 A 1� � . - �* , 'L ' , ..' �f ". ---- : � I I ; ' :1 - . . I 11 . I � I ,-, . � ! . - - � JIM 4: - L ', L * . ., , - . � .. �' % I I - '. . . . �' : ... ­ 4 , ­� �' ­:' '17� ..... I..-,._. '.�* ...... �' , : � - . � , ---- - . � .... - ... .............. - I -1.1 I , ._'%. � ' . - - A -.: . I � - ' �1 --- ... - , ' '� �4 ' . . � :' - - ' - L ,� � : . , . I - I I " I , , - " ' .1 , � - I - , .. , L � : . � � , . -' " '. . L � A . . a , ' . , � , I , " , - - , -17 .. ....... W .. . .... �:---4 1 1 1 __:: ­ 4 --.-- I - ------ - - TR�4-.... L ------------- - '-- � --.- " , .'. -<TR4 . ... -- .. ..... III ............. ........ - -- ­ --- ­--­­­- . - . �"' , L ", --"-. LL --- �' .. I - -.1.1- ... ­ -:� f�--_;- �-'- �-.--.- ­­ .... - '- .... .- - � . I . � , f . 11 ----------- -- - -------------. - �- I T . � - " _. ­"]." -i ...... 1. --- . :� � .. ') -'. . 4 FOCUS Room . - t , - . . . " t:�� - L : ,� I . 'L I I .1 . . � I L. � L.'. i I , ----1-11 I . . 1, ­ . 14 , .- , S. , '� �' : - I � . : . L - � .' . L - - : . . : _ I : A - : , . � I : : I � L .� - CPT2 .7114 : 1011 MINE . . . R4 : � " - - - - -' " I 4'A . I q L v I ; � � - . �- . : . " :. . I �: � . � . i : I. . : . i . I... : I : ; , L, .. - - 4 1 � . - : 1, : : gg- '... m : . � . , . ,/;V : 055 .r CPT � i � ; : <� > I '� � '11 11 . S/M , "'. " ; R4 111111 : : .. . ; : M � : TR4 : OFFICE 4 : LL � : � � , ::::::d z � .. � Iv : : : � : . . ; : MAIUMARKETING ; : ; : ! ! . 2023 : ! ; . I : ; z : ; : : : z I I206 . - ; 1: .: : : z . I : OFFICE I - <� . . - ; I > : ; , I ; � : ! : : ! ; � <� > 11 I I - . - < T2 ! z ; : ! ; : : IT_ : : I I < X .. . ; - ! : : 4 ; > ; : . . : : : : : i � : OFFICE : ; z : � . � . . ; ; SERVER � I < > � - : �. : U : OPEN OFFICE ' ; - ; w ; OFFICE - . I CORRIDOR ---] I : � <�e> : F2064 � IT-- ; -� : � i L� ; : � ==3A ; z - D��fl t 1� : � F2065] ; ; <� > 4 . z : ; i : .. 'r- : . . : � i : : I : . � . ... : � . rr OFFICE ; � ! < > .1 : <� ; : : r -O � < > I i ! : .L. , - - � � I [i - 7 ---------- ---- .... 1- - ... ... --- ----- � ..... -. - -.. � - - ...... --11 ..... -- � - - ...... -- ........... - I-- - .... 11--1---.1. I .... 11 L ----- � ... � -------- -.- .... .. �.... ­ ............. ­ ........ - .... I-- .......... � - --- - - - -- - --- --- � .. .. ... - - w! I --1 ........ /*--''*, - ; =I ---- - ...... - - ... I - -.1- - ... I ... 1-- ---- L ------ � ... ------- ... IN -11,11-11, -1-1111 -1 "' ­ ---- ---------- a --- %-- L ----- � ....... % --------- : : , : i a I I ; 4 . < > --- I ... � I -111 , , / . - , : - :zzzzz:zzzz:zJ : ! , � : OFFICE � L-� : - � ; ! : ! : ============d � <� > . L ! : IT- "' ' - Di -fl- 11 I I - -� T- I IM I I IT- T I I - - I - -*,, < T>2 . IT I 2 0 . I I - 1 -fl I ZB2 I < '> : * - , - - - - . - , . -,-. . " . � ����� < 4> ..,.-., . .. . i I . . '. �6> IT-- -A � <� > ]A .-. U . Ir-"' P4 __�,J T. I -- DB _ " V-1�7 �-'- - ' "' I k '* - Z'TR4 '5� 1 L� L TR4 � � �- ' l. TR, ' �'/ I I � ' ", ' ' ' ' / / 0 ' I I II/ / � � � 1 � `f�//' - -/ le I 11(/ 11�1 I � 111 "- I P, '- "� lime" I , '.' I 11 �'�.".. I , " . 'I'le . W.. �. 0// , I � 1�� / I I '�o ' " �'/ ' ­/ / -, - I 1�1 FILES �./,�-,�//�,(/,/�,/"""/-"�/,�-",%"?O, ; �� : rr . : OCUSROOM � : : I2063! ; � : : :i i OFFICE : : : 1 ; : ! : : : � : : z : 2061 <� > : : : : I z ; ; - . : - --- : : 11rr rJ : . I . <� > <� > � : < : CPT2 lr__ I � 0 . PRINT : . : : : /^\ P �T2 : � . . � I : i . I I 0-------- � : ; ! : 14 : ; : : � : : : : f -C-- ; 4 1 1 . -- <� > L/I N\Yl' ��' � , > 1 011, 4 0 ; ; � � 0 1 ; ! � . I inn -- --Ik\-\-��X-iw�.=-.�=.==,.�-�=-�,.-=--I-- : � I ; ^ wml.e rDTQ L ; - : � : : : : TR4 In . � I <CPT>2 : I : : 11 I : <� > , %4 I �' 11 I . . . � - : ' � I '�'� � , , , , � ' . I .� 1. � �- -' I . � '. . I . 11 I "I rwci� 7 7 � �.. 1 � .��. � I 1?11�p . I.,. I .. WC1 � P4 . . �B2 \ 1: � '4 WB1 I � �� . . . I t � ' .' d - 1. � RB1 RBI � � : 01 , I , • " : � CPT2 � - 1 I . � I , 4 A - 11 I � ' I , I I I ' I ' : . GPT2; ' ' : : \ � < > � I . iii , > 4�:' � � . - -� : � . � I � - I . :� . ' 11 \ z <� > %. � 7" \/S '. 11 ::: C 1 - I � � � I I - � t � il � - :� � I -a. . . . A I : � . .. .� , � . WD1 . L , :. �. . - . : . 40. � . . I . . I I - .. . ' '�'P ' : . . A � 4, , I I , . I I � . i � t 4 . . " � 4 i 4 I . - . � I i 4 1 A I 14 � , �' : , , P4 . ��' I . � . . * ' , : _ . . � " � I . / �.-- � M I / I - I � . .� - , . 4 � , *1 � , I I I . ' �. � '� . � - 7 , :i . i � * ? , ' � . Aj , . .! . . .' " ' � � - � �. . - . , . � � I . . I . . 1 � . I ' :v � I � I .. - i � - , ' . I - � ' . i 4 � - , . : , , � . . . a' .a. ,� . I . - - . : 4 .' - - -�� , .' . I 1. I . -� I I I _ � . : - � I I �l � . - : I � . � � .. , I . . . I . .. � � -� %� - � - - - - � , � . , � I i . . 4! 1 1 ed- � I 4 .� � � I .1 . a -.1 � I � I . .. � - . � . :' �� 11 . �� I ; . . I ..tea . �4 , ' * � ' . I . , .. , , . - � � --: . , � - � ' , ' 11� - . ' ' . : * I . . I . I . � I 4 I 4 . -- - . . . ' I- ' I - , �. � : 4 4 .' !-, � . , � . I , - - a � , . , � - � �' , � �: I - , � . . I � I � - - � , - - � . I I �. , : . . � , -� . . , . , � . . . � , 1 4 - 11 . I I . , I '. . . d , . . I � 4 � v. : : - - 7 ., - . � � I I . . . - 4 ; . I - � I � 7��;!"-� �' - ��- I I . � � -i � I , �� : . . � ; - ' : � ' - ' � � . � � I ., . I � . �;' . I GPT2 : .� '� I , . � . , � ' ' . I I . '. , .- � I . � . .. t� " . . - - I � .. 1, . . � : ' . � 42 . . � .. . : I . � "I . � � I - . 4 � . , . I I I I A , . : � . , . � . I .� . - -� .� : : . � .� , � : .� , - :1 . . . . - ' I ' , : .' . . . . � I I I - . 1, � . I � : 1. I : , � , I I � � � : I . " . % . 4 � . � . � . . I � . 11 . � � � - I I . . 4 . � . : . - � � � : . . .� � I , , .. '-� , SCI , 1, , . :' 4 � , . . � ,. . �� - ' ' I � , " . ; . - ' 11 � '. , , I I , . . . . � . : . � . � , . '. � � I . :' � , , � . � ; . : �' i . , �. � � � , , : . I " -A �, . � I . � ... � . :' ,. I . I � . . I , , , - . � � � .- . I 4 ' .1 . I - I . i � , 4 � � I . I . 4 �. " , 4' I A .' . ; . � � � , � � . . . �� . . 11 f I . ; --� I I . ; � , , . , , I . I . I 4 : , , , I . . . . . . . I " lr� . � � ' I I � 1 .14. � . . , . : , 4 � . 1� 4 . � , , � - <� > I 1 4 , I � �: . I -rpl - i '4 , � , � . . � : , . . I � . � �9 I I . : : , � A. ; - I � ' - - � I I � � , , . : . � � : : .�� : � 1 4 . . 4 - , . , :� I I 'o . . I , I * _ � . , � �.4 � A � . . � . : 4 � � .. I . � , I . 1. ': ' I � . � . I , I .1 . I 1. . , . � '. � _ . � . 4 1 - I � . � , . � . � : - � A - . . . ! I -� . � , . . � I I - � . . � � I , . , � I I ' � I ,� I : . 1 ' A, . . 1. �' . . I � -------��- -- - ��-�� ' ' � - I . . , '� � . � '� I 4 A : * ' ' I - � , I <� > .4 - �: ,': 4 ,i ' I .:. . . � k� . � � . '. � �Bl � I . . I . A 4 . . � ,� . . - . . . . - . - .. � ' '4 1 : -.4 : : - ' � . . � , . . I -� . I: : . � � .".. . , . � I . I . ' ' .� - ' 4 � - . . A' . 4 4' � , ." . - I � � � ,� .. . . � I . * .1 1 4 ' � � - . I I . � . : . . I � 14 � � , � 1 -4 1 A� . : . � . 1� . , , � �' � i� � , .. � . . . , : . 4 : 4 . , . , - � � � � .� � 1 4 "! I � �, � ,- I A -� � I �, I 1, , . 4 ' ' '� . . -1 I -! I � I �� , � . 4 , , . - � , � , A : - . . I . � . I . . 1 * ' EXP :' _ , - 1,4 �-:' , � I I ' , : - -------I -'-�'�.' ... -1-1. : - - - -- I - ' - -�- : '. . - � I 4 . . - - - . , �- �.4 _�.... - °....'. .�� 4 ------ - 11-17 1: .� --�Z- 4- �i -, -'. ..'.. - I;?- � f .1 � � 11 ..... ;- - �-'-- ��.' . . . - ... - .... - -- ... I I. I -- � I Im � - . � .... . -L--:�i� . : .. M ---- - -.. -- - - ... L��I E : .. .. �� I . --. - -on= - . .1 .:' . ,. �. I I �. � � 7- i . - � , , , . I � 4 1. . � : - I � 14 : . - , 6 . : � , ; . q 7 - �i.::. � 4% . I . � I - m=T1 ; ! C. .... . - . . I I . - � . I I I :- .. . � � , 1� � 1! - - . - . . � � � - " �!� .: . �am-. , .. . A I � I � -� . : 4, ., ' - . I :I I � I : , � . . & . A -�., . - - '. ': � .' 1, I I I . ,. , . I �4 � , 4 . I I I - . , . , � ' I . I I I z �- RECEPTION COATS :: CORRIDOR CONFERENCE OFFICE ; TR4 I . - : I i : : --- --- --- --- --- CPT2 : : : 2017 : : TR4 F2020] ; E26191 F20501 : F20181 F2049] � : : <� > � t ; ; : ! : . I I - ... - -- -1-1- ... � ... .1 ....... 1. ... I .......... -1.. ! : 16-== -11- - ... � ... - ... --f�� -- - - E ----------- .... E�1' '11.---:�t� I .....- . � ... R ... 11.1--.1.1. .... ! : I . : I RUM 111M - ... - .... I ........ � i I . �! •�� OFFICE Y 72005 - OFFICE F2-0-4-0-1 --- - ....... 11---- ... * ._.I ...- OFFICE C1f OFFICE 2041 OFFICE 1�1OFFICE F2-00-71 OFFICE -24j43 'r OFFICE ... - . ..... ,,,..2044.. ... , --T OFFICE -181 OFFICE IDF CLOSET , : � i ; 4 t � � I . I F -20-7--1i OFFICE 12r : : ! : : : MOTHERS ROOM i ?I " --- F20721 - OFFICE - : � : I- : : : ; : - - - ------ -- ---- -- - -- ----- - - 2010 I : � I : . ; : � OFFICE OFFICE - F20-461 ; � : 1- ; : : : : : t VIDEO CONFERENCE : � ---1 F2047 . : : OFFICE di I I F2-01-1-1 il I OFFICE -121 COFFEE ................. F2 -0 -48 -1, - OFFICE F2-01-31 OFFICE F2414 /-"""\ i I ...... --- ........ 3' , � -.- /'--'1\ , -- - ------ I-- ,, 4 " ' . '--" /� � I --- ----.1 k 5 '-11' ."-", / " � I-- -----� . 6 ) � � I -." /.-"�' , 1-1- I ------------ - il "7 ) "--� : : : i ; � I ; ; ! SHEET NOTES : : two : ; : F : �1!0- " . ; I 01 ALIGN TRANSITION WITH CEILING TRANSITION '*0I '*0 I � awl, ".f� ABOVE : ; I ; : I ; ; 1 02 INSTALL CARPET IN DIRECTION AS SHOWN : 0"' UUMPASS GENERAL NOTES I I I I A PAINT WALLS P1, U.O.N. B ALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS SHALL OCCUR AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR U.O.N. C COORDINATE EXTENT OF FINISHES WITH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS D ALL CARPET TO BE CPT1 U.O.N. ! : ! ; 4 1 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Ana71 -� rr � i Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 : : : : : 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 � ; � ; New York, NY 10020 1 : ; United States p T ; � : i � ; i : ; : : : : : : : i � ; : M:1 � : � : 14111warft Sit wk Z ; I ; I : EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. ; MEPF Engineering � : � 30 Oak Street � � : Stamford, CT 06905 ; I ; ; Tel 202.352.1717 ; � ; : Fax 203.352.1818 � Date I Description - ....... I ... -1 ... -----1-------- ... ---.11-- - : I : ; Project Name : I : : I : ... --- ... -1--l-1-1-1-1-11 ..... -1 ----- W.- .... -- ... � .... � ....... � ............... - � ... -- - � ..... --- ...... � ............... - ..... � ; ; : : WALL LEGEND : COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT � : : . � ! Project Number ; x : : � I AREA NOT IN CONTRACT ; I I � ; � : : � 59.6358.000 : ; � ; : EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN ; � : Scale I i : : : . � , ... --- ...... : : NEW NON - RATED PARTITION ��- - -10, * ' ' ' ' "', * "' - - ' - - ' " " ' ' - ' ' - - -- ' ' ' "'*' ; -011 ; : 1/8" = ; : : I : � KXAKKBKXMKN I HOUR RATED PARTITION . . � ; � Descripion I : ; t 1 a a M a LRE-1XX 2 HOUR RATED PARTITION FINISH PLAN ; � : : : � : : � : ; � � ;■: FINISH PLAN - LEVEL 02 1 � : ; AU4nU1 � : ; ; : : � I ; i � : : : 1 0;# ; : � SCALE: 1/8" = I'- .1 ..... I-- .... � ...... ---- ........ - .......... � ...... - -1-11-1- 1-1-1-1 -- � - ... ---- --1.1.1-1- ... -.1 ... - ..... - ... I ... ......' ...... 1-1-1-1.111--- ... � ... - ... � .... � ......... --l-1-1 ........ �,�.��,�-���.I.��.�.�.,���,�..'� .... � ......... � ......... - .... -- .... --- .... � .... - ......... - .... � .... � ....... � ...... � ... � ... -- ...... --- C 2015 Gensler �g CU co 2 M C=? 00 LO Cn CLs co r -- co r-- CD cll r CO CO Kil .......... 2 ............. 3 4 6 7 SHEET NOTES COMPASS G R 0 U PO 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 GENERAL NOTES A THE FURNITURE PLAN SHOWN ON THIS SH IS ISSUED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO THE FURNITURE PLANS PREPARED BY THE FURNITURE VENDOR(S) FOR FURNITURE LAYOUT INFORMATION. WALL LEGEND E KIM= AREA NOT IN CONTRACT ON EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN NEW NON - RATED PARTITION I HOUR RATED PARTITION EK13MEEKJMK33M 2 HOUR RATED PARTITION Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 @ 2015 Gensler 00 I 1 ENLARGED PLAN 2 SCALE: " = 1/4 V-0" 751=9" D F I IAUV.V I Sim • 01 LANDLORD PROVIDED UNISEX ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM 02 CARD READER 03 RECESSED TV 04 SURFACE MOUNTED TV 05 GLASS INFILL FROM FACE OF WALL TO MULLION 06 FULLY RECESSED WHITE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET - LARSEN 2409-R1 - SOLID DOOR 07 AVENUE C PRODUCT - OWNER PROVIDED 08 ALIGN WITH CEILING TRANSITION ABOVE Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Seal I Signature Project Name WALL LEGEND COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 'Ell AREA NOT IN CONTRACT 1 59,6358.000 EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN Scale NEW NON - RATED PARTITION ... .. ..... .. . .... . . ..... ........ ...... . i As indicated EELLJNLA I HOUR RATED PARTITION Description 2 HOUR RATED PARTITION ENLARGED PLANS A06mOl 2015 Gensler �CU a AQ 0E 4� NMI � { j _ _ _ _ rax zw.ou-iow Seal I Signature RCPLEGEND OPEN CEILING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE -PAINT STRUCTURE A8SCHEDULED PAINTED GYP 8DCEILING APC1 Project Nome COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPRT Project Number i 59.6358.000 Scale As indicated ! Description _�-�--' -'- -- --- _ ENLARGED CEILING PLANS UZ7 vi so 0- 'r ",- w "" "' w w 'b- w w ' `8-8- SCALE: 3/8" -LLe% PRINT/COrM- TN/ ffZ062 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" '15 I z 19"-4n 05 CORRIDOR #2067 - SOUTH WALL SCALE: 3/8" 0212 am CAFE #2033 - EAST WALL SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" I--- I 01 CORRIDOR#2067-1 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" 4 Ni I I 10 CAFE #12033 - BAR COUNTER 1'-0" I OPEN OPEN Z OPEN 1/2`° CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS GLI I i 1/2"CLEAR I TEMPERED GLASS I GLI J CE) J RB1 z 19"-4n 05 CORRIDOR #2067 - SOUTH WALL SCALE: 3/8" 0212 am CAFE #2033 - EAST WALL SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" I--- I 01 CORRIDOR#2067-1 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" 4 Ni I I 10 CAFE #12033 - BAR COUNTER 1'-0" I 1 GLASS FILM PATTERN - TYPE I 2 GLASS FILM PATTERN —TYPE 2 * ALL GLASS FILM PATTERNS T.B.D. OFFICE GLASS FILM OPTIONS SCALE: 3/8" = 1-0" 3 GLASS FILM PATTERN - TYPE 3 SHEET NOTES 01 RECESS FOR WALL MOUNTED TELEVISION 02 1/4" V REVEAL 03 CONTINUOUS DOOR SLIDER TRACK HARDWARE 04 FULL HEIGHT SLIDER DOORS, PAINTED P4 05 COMPASS LOGO, STAINLESS STEEL PIN MOUNTED 06 INSTALL WOOD (WD1) STARTING WITH FULL WIDTH BOARD AT CEILING A. CABINETS TO REFERENCE HARDWARE HW1, U.O.N. Jam I I elwmp'ww�' "1190 P It S S UUM A G R 0 U Pt 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 51= Rockefeller enterTe! 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Seal / Signature dwl"M711- F, §MOM' 'E'' Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 59.6358.000 Scale .......... -- .............. 3/81' =1'-0'" ............ Description INTERIOR ELEVATIONS U1 I MA 0 2015 Gensler OPEN OPEN Z OPEN 1/2`° CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS GLI I i 1/2"CLEAR I TEMPERED GLASS I GLI J J 1 GLASS FILM PATTERN - TYPE I 2 GLASS FILM PATTERN —TYPE 2 * ALL GLASS FILM PATTERNS T.B.D. OFFICE GLASS FILM OPTIONS SCALE: 3/8" = 1-0" 3 GLASS FILM PATTERN - TYPE 3 SHEET NOTES 01 RECESS FOR WALL MOUNTED TELEVISION 02 1/4" V REVEAL 03 CONTINUOUS DOOR SLIDER TRACK HARDWARE 04 FULL HEIGHT SLIDER DOORS, PAINTED P4 05 COMPASS LOGO, STAINLESS STEEL PIN MOUNTED 06 INSTALL WOOD (WD1) STARTING WITH FULL WIDTH BOARD AT CEILING A. CABINETS TO REFERENCE HARDWARE HW1, U.O.N. Jam I I elwmp'ww�' "1190 P It S S UUM A G R 0 U Pt 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 51= Rockefeller enterTe! 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Seal / Signature dwl"M711- F, §MOM' 'E'' Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 59.6358.000 Scale .......... -- .............. 3/81' =1'-0'" ............ Description INTERIOR ELEVATIONS U1 I MA 0 2015 Gensler I 1- 6" 10 CAFE #2033 - FEATURE WALL NORTH SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" I I 05 CONFERENCE #2049 - WEST WALL SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" C_- 06 CONFERENCE #2032 - EAST WALL SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" P ' 84111 � I 1100 7saRkTolljo,1111 k a 02 CORRIDOR #2018 - SOUTH WALL SCALE: 3/8"= V-0" I ---- I .1 4! - 9 5/8" 1 03 RECEPTION #2019 - EAST WALL SCALE: 3/8!'= V-0" 1 04 OPEN OFFICE #2068 - WEST WALL SCALE: 3/8"= V-0" 6"1 ON I 9 -AA ilk L41 9 01 RECESS FOR WALL MOUNTED TELEVISION 02 1/4"V REVEAL 03 CONTINUOUS DOOR SLIDER TRACK HARDWARE 04 FULL HEIGHT SLIDER DOORS, PAINTED P4 05 COMPASS LOGO, STAINLESS STEEL PIN MOUNTED 06 INSTALL WOOD (WDI) STARTING WITH FULL WIDTH BOARD AT CEILING GENERAL NOTES COMPASS 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 I AS Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS& ZUCK P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Al Date I Description ----t .......... t.-- ..................... Seal/ Signature ................. 2015 Gensler PARTITION BEYOND 3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE TOP, BACK AND SIDES ADJUSTABLE PLASTIC LAMINATE SHELF DUTORM: NOTE: ALL EXPOSED AND SEMI EXPOSED SURFACES OF THIS CABINET TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE FIXED PLASTIC LAMINATE SHELF SCHEDULED PARTITION SCHEDULED PULL PLASTIC LAMINATE DOOR RE: ELEVATION FOR QUANTITY WHITE MELAMINE, ALL INTERIOR SURFACES 06 40 23 COUNTERTOP, PLAS LAM z 0 i 10 1/2" i z PLASTIC LAMINATE DRAWER ♦ LU EQ PROVIDE WASTE/RECYCLE 0 RE: ELEVATION FOR QUANTITY RECEPTACLE WHITE MELAMINE, ALL PLASTIC LAMINATE ALL UJ CONTINUOUS PLASTIC INTERIOR SURFACES LAMINATE BASE SCRIBED TO FLOOR PROVIDE BLOCKING TO HOLD WASTE BASKET IN PLACE SCHEDULED OUTLET DEVICE(S); UJ U- REFER TO ELECTRICAL SIDE MOUNTED HEAVY DUTY ■ DRAWINGS. NOW FULL EXTENSION SLIDES ARCH WOODWORK, SCHEDULED FINISH PLAS LAM SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR .......... FLOOR . ............ CONTINUOUS PLASTIC SCALE: 11/211 1 #-Oil ........... ............. ........... .......... LAMINATE BASE SCRIBED TO FLOOR i • 14 WORKROOM ISLAND TABLE SCALE: 11/2" 1'-0" �®IT111 ............ ............. .............. ............ ............... .......... REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR BACKSPLASH LOCATION. WHERE NO BACKSPLASH IS INDICATED, SCRIBE AND RE:PLANS SEAL COUNTERTOP TO PARTITION AS REQUIRED. SCHED. PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTER 7�4 4 '�::;;;4=77777777 3/4" REVEAL TYPICAL @ PLASTIC LAMINATE TO GYP. BOARD U.N.O. *wUNWHI 412 [WON 'SHELF, PLASTIC IATE AT :XPOSED SURFACES F, PLASTIC LAMINATE AT :XPOSED SURFACES I SHELF SUPPORT, TYP fIDE SUPPORT LEG AT 4'-0" AX SPACING, TYP SCHEDULED PARTITION SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR 12 CLOSET SHELF & ROD SCALE: 11/2" = V-01' ........... .......................................... .. FOR BACKSPLASH LOCATION. i IS INDICATED, SCRIBE AND :ARTITION AS REQUIRED. SCHEDULED PLAM COUNTER IVA 1'AAAAAAAAAAAAAVVVVVVVVVVVV0 04 1 I 1010 11 -------- 504 W, 2rd, 01 "M FA 0 111 a C _2 rmd[414111 0 NOTE: NO SIDE OR BACKSPLASH. ♦ LU TO WALL AS REQUIRED PLASTIC LAMINATE DRAWER RE: ELEVATION FOR QUANTITY z WHITE MELAMINE, ALL INTERIOR SURFACES CONTINUOUS PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE SCRIBED TO FLOOR UJ 0 SCHEDULED OUTLET DEVICE(S); UJ U- REFER TO ELECTRICAL ♦ ■ DRAWINGS. NOW ARCH WOODWORK, PLAS LAM SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR 0 4 EQUIPMENT CABINET W/ QS TOP SCALE: 11/211 1 #-Oil ........... ............. ........... .......... ----------------------------------------- i • IVA �®IT111 00 1 1 IMPIrOAo mo, PENN P/r I , dim'zi.4.4 Fr '00 a x6fil lk a*] I 1: 2 1 RTIM I I IWAYM: 4 OIL, 9 a N WMI, lk A A 3/4" REVEAL TYPICAL @ PLASTIC LAMINATE TO GYP. BOARD U.N.O. *wUNWHI 412 [WON 'SHELF, PLASTIC IATE AT :XPOSED SURFACES F, PLASTIC LAMINATE AT :XPOSED SURFACES I SHELF SUPPORT, TYP fIDE SUPPORT LEG AT 4'-0" AX SPACING, TYP SCHEDULED PARTITION SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR 12 CLOSET SHELF & ROD SCALE: 11/2" = V-01' ........... .......................................... .. FOR BACKSPLASH LOCATION. i IS INDICATED, SCRIBE AND :ARTITION AS REQUIRED. SCHEDULED PLAM COUNTER IVA 1'AAAAAAAAAAAAAVVVVVVVVVVVV0 04 1 I 1010 11 -------- 504 W, 2rd, 01 "M FA 0 111 a C _2 rmd[414111 SCHEDULED PULL LU SCHEDULED PARTITION 0 NOTE: NO SIDE OR BACKSPLASH. ♦ LU TO WALL AS REQUIRED PLASTIC LAMINATE DRAWER RE: ELEVATION FOR QUANTITY z WHITE MELAMINE, ALL INTERIOR SURFACES CONTINUOUS PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE SCRIBED TO FLOOR UJ 0 SCHEDULED OUTLET DEVICE(S); UJ U- REFER TO ELECTRICAL ♦ ■ DRAWINGS. 06 40 23 ARCH WOODWORK, PLAS LAM SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR 0 4 EQUIPMENT CABINET W/ QS TOP SCALE: 11/211 1 #-Oil ........... ............. ........... .......... ----------------------------------------- 00 1 IMPIrOAo mo, PENN P/r I , dim'zi.4.4 Fr '00 a x6fil lk a*] I 1: 2 1 RTIM I I IWAYM: 4 OIL, 9 a N WMI, lk A A 1 y 1 SCHEDULED PULL LU SCHEDULED PARTITION SCHEDULED QUARTZ COUNTER WITH MITERED EDGE SCHEDULED PULL SCHEDULED PARTITION z 0 NOTE: NO SIDE OR BACKSPLASH. ♦ LU TO WALL AS REQUIRED PLASTIC LAMINATE DRAWER RE: ELEVATION FOR QUANTITY z WHITE MELAMINE, ALL INTERIOR SURFACES CONTINUOUS PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE SCRIBED TO FLOOR UJ 0 SCHEDULED OUTLET DEVICE(S); UJ U- REFER TO ELECTRICAL ♦ DRAWINGS. 06 40 23 ARCH WOODWORK, PLAS LAM SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR 0 4 EQUIPMENT CABINET W/ QS TOP SCALE: 11/211 1 #-Oil ........... ............. ........... .......... IMPIrOAo mo, PENN P/r I , dim'zi.4.4 a x6fil lk a*] I 1: 2 1 RTIM I I IWAYM: 4 OIL, 9 a N WMI, lk SCHEDULED QUARTZ COUNTER WITH MITERED EDGE SCHEDULED PULL SCHEDULED PARTITION z 0 NOTE: NO SIDE OR BACKSPLASH. SCRIBE AND SEAL COUNTERTOP LU TO WALL AS REQUIRED PLASTIC LAMINATE DRAWER RE: ELEVATION FOR QUANTITY z WHITE MELAMINE, ALL INTERIOR SURFACES CONTINUOUS PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE SCRIBED TO FLOOR ------------ ------- - --------- INTERIOR SURFACES TO BE 1/2" MELAMINE. REMOVABLE 1/4" MELAMINE. (TYPICAL) 1/4" CONTINUOUS REVEAL TO SUPPORT DIVIDERS (TYPICAL) 3/4" DRAWER FACE, FINISH AS SCHEDULED U) z 0 06 40 23 LU 0 DRAWER FRONT, PLAS LAM LU U- ui 06 40 23 PULL 06 40 23 DOOR PANEL, PLAS LAM 06 40 23 HINGE, CONCEALED 03 SINK CABINET W/ QS TOP SCALE: 11/2" -1-0" REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR REFER TO PLANS BACKSPLASH FINISH - - - 06 40 23 - - COUNTER TOP, QUARTZ SURFACE MATERIAL G R 0 U P" 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United s zMak, EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Seal/ Signature Project Name ............ .............. COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number — 59.6358.000 Scale 11/2" -1'-0" . .. ..... . .... . Description MILLWORK DETAILS I� SCHEDULED PARTITION EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED z 0 UJ 0 SCHEDULED OUTLET DEVICE(S); UJ U- REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 06 40 23 ARCH WOODWORK, PLAS LAM SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR 0 4 EQUIPMENT CABINET W/ QS TOP SCALE: 11/211 1 #-Oil ........... ............. ........... .......... G R 0 U P" 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United s zMak, EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Seal/ Signature Project Name ............ .............. COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number — 59.6358.000 Scale 11/2" -1'-0" . .. ..... . .... . Description MILLWORK DETAILS I� I p 797TI :i AS REQ'D FOR FIXTURE ! t i LATERAL SUPPORT WIRE WITHIN 3" SCHEDULED LINEAR OF EACH CORNER OF LIGHT WALL GRAZER LIGHT FIXTURE. SPLAY WIRES AS SHOWN FIXTURE; COORD. AND FASTEN TO BEAM OR PURLIN. RECESS WITH LIGHT MIN. OF 3 WIRE TURNS EA FIXTURE CONNECTION POINT. 09 29 00 FIXTURE SUPPORT WIRES AT A MIN HANGER ROD OF 2 CORNERS LOCATED DIAGONALLY @ EA FIXTURE. FIXTURE SUPPORT WIRE SUPPLIED 092900 BY CEILING CONTRACTOR, HANGING CLIP Mai �a LO cr ALIGN EXTEND GWB UP TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE @ EXPOSED CEILING AREA i mill 092216 HANGER . 'ir 092216 SUSPENSION SYSTEM 4 7/8" l� #• 29 ## .flGYP BU 09 51 13 EDGE MOLDING 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING 09 51 13 HANGER ROD 09 51 13 SUSPENSION SYSTEM 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING 09 51 13 EDGE MOLDING LAY -IN LIGHT FIXTURE HOUSIING TO CEILING - TYPICAL CEILING DETAIL - WALL TO APC SYSTEM WITH SELF CEILING DETAIL �C�C�D ACCENT WALL CEILING :DETAIL PERIMETER OPEN CEILING AP (J1 �, _ � � � �, _SCALE: 3" = 1'_0,. TAPPING METAL SCREWS , SCALE: 3 1 -0 SCALE: 3 — 1'-0" CEILING LOCKING CROSS TEE CEILING MAIN RUNNER092216 AV NOTES: 1. ALL FIXTURES MUST BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. THE ATTACHMENT DEVICE MUST BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND 100% OF THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE ACTING IN ANY DIRECTION (CISCA 3-4 PG 2, SECT 2). 2. CROSS RUNNERS SUPPORTING THE ENDS OF LIGHTING MUST HAVE THE SAME CARRYING CAPACITY (16LB/FT) AS THE MAIN TEES OR REQUIRED SUPPLEMENTAL NO 12ga HANGER WIRES ATTACHED TO THE GRID MEMBERS WITHIN 3" OF EACH CORNER OF EACH FIXTURE SUPPORTED BY THE CROSS TEE (CISCA 3-4 PG 2, SECT 1 & 2). 3. FIXTURES WEIGHING 56LBS OR LESS MUST HAVE TWO 12ga WIRES ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS. THESE WIRES MAY BE SLACK (CISCA 3-4 PG 2, SECT 2). 4. FIXTURES WEIGHING IN EXCESS OF 56LBS MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE (CISCA 3-4 PG 2, SECT 2). 5. PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURES MUST BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE USING 9ga WIRES. THEY MAY NOT USE THE CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORT (CISCA 3-4 PG 2, SECT 2). 6. CROSS TEES SUPPORTING LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE THE SAME LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY AS THE MAIN BEAMS OR BE INSTALLED WITH SUPPLEMENTAL HANGERS WITHIN 3" OF EACH CORNER OF EACH FIXTURE (CISCA 3-4 PG 2, SECT 2). _ILING a vvrvvLn uLnu EXTEND GWB UP TO UNDERSIDE i' CEILING ,.., #r 29 #+ HANGER 'it 092900 HANGING CLIP ,951 13 ACOUSTICAL 'ANEL CEILING ; F.11 III Lei 101 M21414 I raw:r. J � M141me Miff] r* � 1 I Lei�► REFER TO RCP 1,12216 ANGERrr r i 1,12216 i 9 51 13 COUSTICAL PANEL EILING i• •#! .1P I _M111.011 5/8 " DRYWALL 0 9:1011 W ki P14 0 OV: 4: 10 1 oil: :1 ..i A r : i A it i. SCHEDULED LINEAR WALL GRAZER LIGHT FIXTURE; COORD. RECESS WITH LIGHT FIXTURE Vo c.a VV GYP BD GRAPHIC ON SCHEDULED PARTITION VL GV VV GYP BD TINUOUS IT FIXTURE 1061=29:01 %jL;1L11'07 Leflomo-110 I i A: IM11.6411118101 c1 / M COMPASS G R 0 U F''@'. 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 11 0 =-I w 4 1 Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 :4111LIECI 15 I sAM , a 2015 Gensler �9 WC WC, P3 WC, wc� 04 PLAN DETAIL @ TV -1 SCALE: 11/2" = V-0" oR PLAN DETAIL @ TV -2 SCALE: 11/2" = 1'41 LUT111"T 16114190161: 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD w- I I a Mal r0#111114 E_— I 06 PLAN DETALIL @ WOOD DETA-111. SCALE: 11/2" = V-0" J 0/0it METAL ML Z)I UM^ 6"METAL STUDS BACK WALL TO P3 COLO CORDINATE WITH AV VENDOR N 1/4" REV COORDINATE TV BRA4 STEEL FRAMING SUPPORT FOR CUSTOM BARN DOOR 30TTOM OF FRACK @ 9'-0" ,10 ALIGN WITH \DJACENT 'dEILING r, Li D L a Is won= WD1 WC FINISH I FRT PLY 3/4" MILLWORK PANEL STAINED TO MATCH W131 3 5/8" METAL STUDS WD1 WOOD FINISH ON 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD L 2'-0- L 01 SECTION - CAFE #/2033 TV WALL SCALE: 11/2" = 1'-0" 6" METAL RUNNER ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL WALL END CAP. WIDTH SIZED TO FIT SCHEDULED PARTITION WITH NO GAPS. HEMMED ENDS. PAINT TO MATCH PARTITION FINISH CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT ON EACH SIDE OF NEOPRENE. COLOR TO MATCH MULLION. THERE ARE TO BE NO GAPS BETWEEN MULLION & END CAP 1/2" MINIMUM THICKNESS CLOSED CELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" REVEAL NEOPRENE ISOLATION STRIP W1 DOUBLE CL OF MULLION SIDED TAPE ON EACH SIDE. (COMPRESS OF PARTITION AS FAR AS POSSIBLE.) WOOD BASE EXISTING EXTERIOR GLAZING SYSTEM NOTE: NO MECHANICAL FASTENERS PERMITTED INTO MULLION 03 SECTION - CONF. #2'032 & CAFE TV WALL 02 TYPICAL WALL CENTERED @ MULLION SCALE: 11/2" = 1'-0" SCALE: 3" = 1-0 e" -Ask, wp COMPASS G R 0 U P" 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States *Zwk EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Seal / Signature Project Name .......... COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 59.6358.000 Scale As indicated Description DETAILS @ 2015 Gensler A <- FI-, - :L7 - - - - - - - 4 -1- L 11 mirmodol" I ----- 611 I i - - r Fl- 61# LU UJ NJ (D Lu cr_ LU UJ I CL %-1 M CL 0 UJ F 8 LU 0 0 0 0 C) 0 CD L 4 -- 1- ----- -- WC1 I---- TITION AS I EDULED 1/4" REV COORDINATE TV BRA4 STEEL FRAMING SUPPORT FOR CUSTOM BARN DOOR 30TTOM OF FRACK @ 9'-0" ,10 ALIGN WITH \DJACENT 'dEILING r, Li D L a Is won= WD1 WC FINISH I FRT PLY 3/4" MILLWORK PANEL STAINED TO MATCH W131 3 5/8" METAL STUDS WD1 WOOD FINISH ON 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD L 2'-0- L 01 SECTION - CAFE #/2033 TV WALL SCALE: 11/2" = 1'-0" 6" METAL RUNNER ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL WALL END CAP. WIDTH SIZED TO FIT SCHEDULED PARTITION WITH NO GAPS. HEMMED ENDS. PAINT TO MATCH PARTITION FINISH CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT ON EACH SIDE OF NEOPRENE. COLOR TO MATCH MULLION. THERE ARE TO BE NO GAPS BETWEEN MULLION & END CAP 1/2" MINIMUM THICKNESS CLOSED CELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" REVEAL NEOPRENE ISOLATION STRIP W1 DOUBLE CL OF MULLION SIDED TAPE ON EACH SIDE. (COMPRESS OF PARTITION AS FAR AS POSSIBLE.) WOOD BASE EXISTING EXTERIOR GLAZING SYSTEM NOTE: NO MECHANICAL FASTENERS PERMITTED INTO MULLION 03 SECTION - CONF. #2'032 & CAFE TV WALL 02 TYPICAL WALL CENTERED @ MULLION SCALE: 11/2" = 1'-0" SCALE: 3" = 1-0 e" -Ask, wp COMPASS G R 0 U P" 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States *Zwk EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Seal / Signature Project Name .......... COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 59.6358.000 Scale As indicated Description DETAILS @ 2015 Gensler 3D RECEPTION DESK 1 SCALE: 2'- 10" 4, **bi 24 M a a A T in 01�- I 6" 8" 6 V. 4- I a 5 )D1 A 0.1 :141 a :1 N w L, I *i E :4 1 MITI I W 0 ri :11 0 111 214 Oki Vil 11 Lp, SHEET NOTES 01 LAQUER PANEL PAINTED P3 COLOR 02 COVE LIGHT FIXTURE AS SCHEDULED 03 MONITOR WELL 04 CONTINUOUS CABLE MANAGEMENT TRAY BEYOND 05 OPEN SIDES FOR CABLING 06 SLIDING PRINT TRAY 07 FILE CABINET WITH FOLDER HANGING HARDWARE 08 PLASTER COAT TO MATCH POLISHED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 09 WIRE MESH 10 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD W141 iL Cog A FILL AND SAND ALL JOINTS& CORNERS FOR A MONOLITHIC LOOK 0 4w or - COMPASIS G R 0 U P6 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler Rockefeller Center Tel 212.492.1400 1230 Avenue of the Americas Suite 1500 Fax 212.492.1472 New York, NY 10020 United States EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 N Seal I Signature Description Project Name I ............ COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 59.6358.000 Scale --.11- .......... As indicated Description RECEPTION DESK A1' I] 2015 Gensler iS °r RIM CD— CD- RM No (A nun fn\ mrrmair-n-m TWO (2) PERIMETER HEAT PUMP UNITS REMAIN GENERAL NOTES 1. REMOVE EXISTING PERIMETER HEAT PUMP UNITS AS SHOWN. EXISTING PERIMETER 22X4 CEILING DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK TO REAMIN. 2. SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING ASSOCIATED WITH DEMOLISHED HEAT PUMP UNITS SHALL BE VALVED AND CAPPED. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. 2 3 441 5 7 COMPASS G 9 0 U PQ 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704,377,2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States 17Z EdwaWw& Zvick EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203,352.1818 Description I Seal / Signature I I Project Name I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale 1/811 =1' - Oil Description MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN DMwl 01 2014 Gensler (, f D g i C} 3 1 i j i I • ww • . ssw....rw� )! e � � 1 1 � rwu ^LiGR1vM1L r 1 �;} KEY NATES: AS PER DIRECTION FROM LANDLORD, TIE NEW CWS&R PIPES TO SERVE NEW CEILING HEAT PUMP UNITS. INSTALL NEW BALL SHUT—OFF VALVES AT EACH XWS&R TAKE—OFF CONNECTION. 1 ♦♦'i " 1 ♦'1 1 1 1 C 1 � 1 .. .♦ ♦ ♦ 1 ♦ 2. COORDINATE MOUNTING OC CEILING HEAT PUMP UNITS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND INSTALL AT AS HIGH AN ELEVATION AS POSSIBLE CLOSE TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE. ADD NMNATE #1 REMOVE FROM ZONESA♦ PROVIDE FOR EACH OF ♦ - ZONES INDICATED. 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 I Description ♦{r���♦�o, iy w� ��♦ & 01. D♦ � e ♦ r h- I Seal 1 Signature I j Project Name I I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT i Project Number f 005801001 Scale /� 1/8" = 1'- 0" Description MECHANICAL NEW WORK FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. INSTALL ALL NEW WORK IN A NEAT WORKMANUKE MANNER READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. B. CODES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS: 1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, LAWS AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING OR RELATING TO ANY PORTION OF THIS WORK SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO AND MADE A PART OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS TO INFORM ENGINEER OF ANY EXISTING WORK OR MATERIALS WHICH VIOLATE ANY OF THE ABOVE LAWS AND REGULATIONS. ANY WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL EQUIPMENT APPROVALS AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. PERMITS SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER AT JOB COMPLETION. C. SITE VERIFICATION: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE TO ASCERTAIN THE ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THE WORK INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED HEREIN. DISCREPANCIES, IF ANY, SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID, AND IF NOT RESOLVED TO SATISFACTION, SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS A WRITTEN QUALIFICATION OF THE BID. SUBMISSION OF A BID SHALL BE EVIDENCE THAT SITE VERIFICATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. D. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF A FORMAL BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT INCLUDING GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER AND SHALL INCLUDE ANY WORK REQUIRED IN THE BID WHICH IS INDICATED OR IMPLIED TO BE PERFORMED BY THIS TRADE IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THE WORK. 2. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF WORK AND APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, REGISTERS, THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, SWITCHES AND ANY WALL MOUNTED DEVICES. ALL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT. 3. IF A CONFLICT OCCURS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MORE STRINGENT SITUATION SHALL APPLY. E. GUARANTEE: 1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THIS WORK. FINAL ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE DEFINED AS THE TIME AT WHICH THE MECHANICAL WORK IS TAKEN OVER AND ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER, AND IS UNDER CARE, CUSTODY, AND CONTROL OF THE OWNER. ENGAGE THE SERVICES OF VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS SUPPLYING THE EQUIPMENT FOR THE PROPER STARTUP AND OPERATION OF ALL SYSTEMS INSTALLED. INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL IN THE PROPER OPERATION AND SERVICING OF THE SYSTEM. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE TO REPLACE OR REPAIR PROMPTLY AND ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL EXPENSES INCURRED FOR ANY WORKMANSHIP AND EQUIPMENT IN WHICH DEFECTS DEVELOP WITHIN THE GUARANTEE PERIOD. THIS WORK SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL INCLUDE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL EXPENSES INCURRED IN REPAIRING AND REPLACING WORK OF OTHER TRADES AFFECTED BY DEFECTS, REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 3. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION OF ALL SYSTEMS UNTIL THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. 4. ALL AIR CONDITIONING UNIT COMPRESSORS AND REFRIGERATION COMPONENTS SHALL HAVE A 5 -YEAR WARRANTY. F. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION AIA DOCUMENT A201, LATEST EDITION, OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ARCHITECT'S DOCUMENTS, AND/OR THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, ARE PART OF THIS CONTRACT. A. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND CONTRACTOR'S SERVICES NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE, SAFE INSTALLATION OF ALL MECHANICAL WORK. THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF ITEMS AS REQUIRED. 2. RELOCATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT. 3. DUCTWORK AND DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES. 4. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (AIR OUTLETS, VAV BOXES, FAN POWERED BOXES, ETC.). S. PIPING AND PIPING ACCESSORIES INCLUDING ALL VALVING. 6. EQUIPMENT -INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, AIR CONDITIONING UNITS, HEAT PUMPS, VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES, ETC. 7. INSULATION OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK. 8. SOUND ATTENUATORS AND SOUND LINING. 9. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. 10. TESTING AND BALANCING. 11. CUTTING AND PATCHING. 12. SHOP DRAWINGS. 13. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. 14. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 15. FULL COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 16. WARRANTY AND GUARANTY. 17. PHASING AS REQUIRED BY OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR BUILDING MANAGEMENT. 18. PREMIUM TIME FOR WORK TO BE PERFORMED AFTER-HOURS AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING MANAGEMENT AND/OR OWNER. 19, FILING, PERMITS, SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. 20. FULL TESTING AND STARTUP OF ALL SYSTEMS. B. SECURE CERTIFICATES, PAY ALL FEES AND CHARGES FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED, CERTIFYING COMPLIANCE WITH ALL AUTHORITIES. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND OBTAIN ALL APPROVALS. DELIVER CERTIFICATES TO OWNER FOR SIGNING BEFORE FILING. 1.03 COORDINATION WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT A. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THE BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION TO DETERMINE THE REQUIREMENTS AND THE EXTENT OF PREMIUM TIME WORK REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING. B. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING OWNER FOR ANY SERVICE INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING SYSTEMS AND GIVE NOTICE AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS, OR CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) DAYS NOTICE PRIOR TO ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED, WHICHEVER IS THE MORE STRINGENT. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS CERTIFIED BY ALL TRADES THAT COORDINATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED. SUBMIT ALL CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT CUTS WITH CONSTRUCTION WIRING DIAGRAMS AND AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMISSION SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. DUCTWORK - PROVIDE DUCT SHOP STANDARDS AND LEAKAGE TEST CERTIFICATION, AS REQUIRED, AND 3/8 SCALE DUCT LAYOUT. 2. PIPING LAYOUT AND APPURTENANCES - PROVIDE PIPING, VALVING, CHEMICAL TREATMENT, SHOP STANDARDS AND 3/8 SCALE PIPING LAYOUT WITH ALL VALVING. 3. INSULATION FOR DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT. 4. EQUIPMENT CATALOG CUTS FOR ALL ITEMS TO BE UTILIZED ON PROJECT (FANS, HEAT PUMPS, AC UNITS, VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES, VAV BOXES, ETC.). 5. AIR OUTLETS (DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, ETC.). 6. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAGRAMS, DEVICES AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. 7. CERTIFIED AIR AND WATER BALANCING REPORT. 8. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS AT PROJECT COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLED CONDITION OF WORK. 1.05 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. SUBMIT FOUR (4) ;LOOSE-LEAF BOUND OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS WITH INDEX AND INDEX TABS TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ON ALL SYSTEMS. 2. MANUFACTURERS' CATALOG CUTS ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 3. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS WITH SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS, CATALOG CUTS OF ALL DEVICES AND POINT-TO-POINT WIRING DIAGRAMS. 4. CERTIFIED FINAL AIR AND WATER BALANCING REPORT. 5. DUCT AND PIPING AS -BUILT DRAWINGS WITH VALVE CHART AND KEY PLAN DRAWINGS INSERTED IN BINDER. 6. ALL ITEMS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW IN SHOP DRAWING SECTION. 1.06 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN RECORD DRAWING PRINTS ON JOB SITE AND RECORD, AT TIME OF OCCURRENCE, DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DUE TO FIELD COORDINATION, BULLETINS, OR ADDENDA. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE SHOP DRAWINGS TO CONFORM TO RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT AS -BUILT CONDITION (PIPING AND DUCTWORK) DRAWINGS UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. FINAL SUBMISSION OF REPRODUCIBLE AS -BUILT DRAWINGS ARE TO BE SIGNED AND CERTIFIED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR THAT THIS IS THE AS -BUILT CONDITION OF THE WORK. 1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS A. NO SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURER OF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT A FORMAL WRITTEN SUBMITTAL TO THE ENGINEER WHICH INCLUDES ALL DIMENSIONAL, PERFORMANCE AND MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS. ANY CHANGES IN LAYOUT, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS, OR DESIGN DUE TO THE USE OF A SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER AS PART OF THIS PROPOSAL. THE CONTRACTOR TAKES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SUBSTITUTION AND ALL CHANGES RESULTING FROM SUBSTITUTION. ALL ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUBMITTAL OF THE SUBSTITUTION. ANY SUBSTITUTION MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH AN EXPLANATION AS TO WHY A SUBSTITUTION IS BEING UTILIZED. IF THE SUBSTITUTED ITEM DEVIATES FROM THE SPECIFIED ITEM, THOSE DEVIATIONS ARE TO BE IDENTIFIED ON A LINE -BY-LINE BASIS. IF THE SUBSTITUTE IS BEING UTILIZED FOR FINANCIAL REASONS, THE ASSOCIATED CREDIT MUST BE SIMULTANEOUSLY SUBMITTED. 1.08 ACCESS DOORS IN GENERAL CONSTRUCTION A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL A PLAN INDICATING THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL CONCEALED EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, VALVES, DAMPERS AND CONTROLS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLATION OF ALL ACCESS DOORS IN FINISHED CONSTRUCTION AND INCLUDE COSTS IN THE BID. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE OF ADEQUATE SIZE TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO CONCEALED ITEMS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, WITH A MINIMUM SIZE OF 18" X 18". PART 2 PRODUCTS/PLICATIONS 2.01 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES A. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, LATEST EDITION, SMACNA HVAC AIR DUCT LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL, LATEST EDITION, NEPA 90A LATEST EDITION, AND 2010 NEW YORK STATE BUILDING CODE. THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT OF ANY CODES SHALL APPLY. B. PROVIDE ALL SUPPORTING AND HANGING DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEW YORK STATE BUILDING CODE AND SMACNA. C. DUCTWORK LAYOUT AND ROUTING IS SCHEMATIC AND THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DUCT SIZE CHANGES AND RELOCATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPACE AND STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS. OFFSETS AND TRANSFORMATIONS SHALL PRESERVE THE FULL INSIDE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF DUCTWORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. D. DUCTWORK (NEW AND EXISTING TO BE REUSED) SHALL HAVE PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION, SEALING REQUIREMENTS AND LEAKAGE TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA AND AS LISTED BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 1. 2" CLASS: ALL LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK. SEAL CLASS C, LEAKAGE CLASS 24 (RECTANGULAR) OR CLASS 12 (ROUND). A. MATERIALS: 1. SHEETMETAL: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED, DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED SHEETMETAL WITH 60 COMMERCIAL COATING ACCORDING TO ASTM 653 AND A924. 2. ALUMINUM: PROVIDE DUCTWORK OF ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION, WHERE INDICATED. DUCTWORK SHALL BE ALLOY 3003-H14, OF THICKNESS REQUIRED BY THE SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. PROVIDE FOR ALL DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO WEATHER AND MOISTURE INCLUDING OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS WITHIN 10 FEET OF LOUVERS AND DISHWASHER EXHAUST. 3. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT FANS SHALL BE NEOPRENE COATED, FLAME RETARDANT GLASS FABRIC (COMPLYING WITH NEPA 90 AND 96), 30 OZ./SQ. YD. WITH SOWN AND CEMENTED SEAMS. 4. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE USED ON THIS PROJECT. 1. CONFORM TO SMACNA REQUIREMENTS FOR METAL THICKNESS, REINFORCING, JOINTS, AND SEALING FOR MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURES INVOLVED. ALL SEAMS AND JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED AND TAPED. 2. ELBOWS SHALL CONFORM TO SMACNA REQUIREMENTS AND THE FOLLOWING: A) PROVIDE LONG RADIUS TYPE WITH CENTERLINE RADIUS MINIMUM 1.5 TIMES DUCT WIDTH. PROVIDE SHORT RADIUS OR SQUARE ELBOWS WHERE INDICATED OR WHERE REQUIRED TO FIT RESTRICTED SPACES. PROVIDE DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES ON ALL SHORT RADIUS AND MITERED ELBOWS. CONFORM TO SMACNA FOR THE NUMBER OF VANES FOR FITTINGS. 3. BRANCH CONNECTIONS: PROVIDE 45 DEGREE ENTRY OR CONICAL TAPS. PROVIDE RADIUS TYPE FITTINGS FOR DIVIDED FLOW BRANCHES. C. ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCTWORK: 1. PROVIDE MAT -FACED GLASS DUCT LINER, 1 -INCH THICK -2 LB/CF DENSITY. DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE CLEAR (NET) INSIDE DIMENSIONS. FOR DUCT VELOCITIES GREATER THAN 2,000 FPM, FACE DUCT LINER WITH 24 GAUGE PERFORATED ALUMINUM OR GALVANIZED STEEL, FULLY COVERING DUCT LINER, AND SUPPORTED 12" ON CENTER. DO NOT EXTERNALLY INSULATE ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCTWORK. CONFORM TO SMACNA REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCT WHERE LISTED BELOW AND/OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS: A) ALL TRANSFER DUCTS. B) WITHIN A MINIMUM OF 20 FEET OF ALL AC UNIT DISCHARGES. C) WITHIN A MINIMUM OF 20 FEET OF FAN INLET AND DISCHARGES. D) WITHIN A MINIMUM OF 15 FEET DOWNSTREAM OF THE TERMINAL BOXES (VAV, DUAL DUCT, CAV OR FAN POWERED). D. VOLUME DAMPERS: 1. GALVANIZED STEEL OR SAME AS DUCT CONSTRUCTION. CONFORM TO SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, 1995 OR LATEST EDITION, OPPOSED BLADE TYPE. PROVIDE BEARING AT BOTH ENDS OF DAMPER ROD AND QUADRANT, WITH LEVER AND LOCKSCREW, AT ONE END. INSTALL WITH LEVERS ACCESSIBLE THROUGH INSULATION. SPLITTER DAMPER OR AIR EXTRACTORS SHALL NOT BE USED ON THIS PROJECT. 2. PROVIDE MANUAL BALANCING VOLUME DAMPERS AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY BALANCE THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. IF THE LOCATION OF BALANCING DAMPERS ARE NOT DEFINED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN: A) LOW PRESSURE: ALL SUPPLY AIR MAIN BRANCHES FROM TRUNK, EACH SPLIT, AND ALL SUB -BRANCHES FROM MAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BALANCING DAMPERS. B) LOW PRESSURE: ALL EXHAUST AND RETURN BRANCHES FROM TRUNK, EACH SPLIT AND ALL SUB -BRANCHES FROM MAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BALANCING DAMPERS. C) LOW PRESSURE: ALL BRANCHES AND TAKEOFFS DOWNSTREAM OF TERMINAL BOXES (VAV OR FAN POWERED) SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BALANCING DAMPERS. D) AS NOTED ON PLANS. A. DUCT rii' 1. CONFORM TO SMACNA WITH PIANO HINGES, TWO SASH LOCKSAND ri•• GASKETS. SCREWED ACCESS PANELS ARE ! r PROVIDE • DOORS WHERE r••' SWING CANNOT ACCOMMODATED. 2. SIZE: MINIMUM 20"X14" EXCEPT DUCTS LESS THAN 16", ONE DIMENSION 20" AND THE OTHER DIMENSION, 2" LESS THAN THE DUCT WIDTH. 3. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS: AT ENTERING AND LEAVING SIDES OF COILS IN DUCTS; AUTOMATIC DAMPERS ON LINKAGE SIDE, MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS 2 SQ. FT. AND LARGER, FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, SMOKE DETECTION HEADS, FAN BEARINGS ENCLOSED IN DUCTS, SUCTION AND DISCHARGE SIDES OF CEILING MOUNTED FANS, FILTERS, REHEAT COILS, AT ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. F. FIRE DAMPERS: 1. STATIC FIRE DAMPERS: A) FUSIBLE LINK STATIC RATED FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS AND/OR AS DESCRIBED ON SCHEDULES. DAMPERS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 80, 90A & 101 AND FURTHER SHALL BE TESTED, RATED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF UL STANDARD 555. DAMPERS SHALL HAVE A UL555 FIRE RATING OF 1 1/2 HOURS OR 3 HOURS. B) DAMPERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH A GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME, GALVANIZED CURTAIN STYLE BLADES IN GAUGES REQUIRED BY UL LISTING. EACH FIRE DAMPER SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS A SINGLE ASSEMBLY WITH A FACTORY SLEEVE. EACH FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A FACTORY INSTALLED HEAT RESPONSIVE DEVICE, FUSIBLE LINK (REPLACEABLE), RATED TO CLOSE THE DAMPER WHEN TEMPERATURE AT THE DAMPERS REACHES 165 F. C) DAMPER SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH FACTORY RETAINING ANGLES SIZED TO PROVIDE INSTALLATION OVERLAP IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S UL LISTING. D) DAMPER SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY POTTORIFF MODELr • (1-1/2 HR. RATED)•- MODEL r • • i OR OR APPROVEDEQUAL. 1. COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS AND/OR AS DESCRIBED IN SCHEDULES. DAMPERS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 80, 90A, 92A, 92B, 101, & 105 AND FURTHER SHALL BE TESTED, RATED, AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF UL STANDARDS 555 AND 555S. DAMPERS SHALL HAVE A UL555 FIRE RATING OF 3 HOURS AND BE OF LOW LEAKAGE DESIGN QUALIFIED TO UL 555S LEAKAGE CLASS I. 2. EACH DAMPER /ACTUATOR COMBINATION SHALL HAVE A UL555S ELEVATED TEMPERATURE RATING OF 250' F MINIMUM AND SHALL BE OPERATIONAL AND DYNAMIC RATED TO OPERATE AT MAXIMUM DESIGN AIR FLOW AT ITS INSTALLED LOCATION. EACH DAMPER SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH AN APPROPRIATE ACTUATOR (EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL, ENGINEER TO CHOOSE) INSTALLED BY THE DAMPER MANUFACTURER AT THE TIME OF DAMPER FABRICATION. LINKAGE SHALL BE CONCEALED IN JAMB. DAMPER ACTUATOR SHALL BE: ELECTRIC TYPE FOR 120 (24 OR 230) VOLT OPERATION. EACH DAMPER ACTUATOR TO BE PROVIDED WITH END SWITCHES. A 1. ! r • • r' • ! r r. ••• • • •' ra - : r •• r • 4. THE DAMPER MANUFACTURER'S SUBMITTAL DATA SHALL CERTIFY ALL AIR PERFORMANCE PRESSURE DROP DATA IS LICENSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMCA CERTIFIED RATINGS PROGRAM FOR TEST FIGURES 5.2, 5.3, AND 5.5. DAMPER AIR PERFORMANCE DATA SHALL BE DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF AMCA STANDARD 500-D. DAMPERS SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE AMCA AIR PERFORMANCE SEAL. 5. DAMPER MUST BE RATED FOR MOUNTING VERTICALLY (WITH BLADES RUNNING HORIZONTAL) OR HORIZONTALLY AND BE UL 555S RATED FOR LEAKAGE AND AIRFLOW IN EITHER DIRECTION THROUGH THE DAMPER. EACH DAMPER SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH A 165° F RRL. 6. EACH FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS A SINGLE ASSEMBLY WITH AN INTEGRAL FACTORY SLEEVE, INTEGRAL END SWITCHES AND RETAINING ANGLES SIZED TO PROVIDE INSTALLATION OVERLAP IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S UL LISTING. 7. THE DAMPERS TO BE MANUFACTURED BY PORTOFF MODEL FSD-200. H. AUTOMATIC CONTROL DAMPERS: 1. PROVIDE DAMPERS WITH PARALLEL BLADES FOR 2 -POSITION CONTROL, OR OPPOSED BLADES FOR MODULATING CONTROL OF CONSTANT OR VARIABLE VOLUME SYSTEM. 2. AUTOMATIC DAMPERS TO BE VERY LOW LEAKING TYPE WITH JAMB AND BLADE SEALS RATED FOR SMOKE DAMPER APPLICATION. CONSTRUCT BLADES OF 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL. PROVIDE HEAVY-DUTY MOLDED SELF-LUBRICATING NYLON BEARINGS, 1/2- DIAMETER STEEL AXLES SPACED ON 9" CENTERS, BLADES TO BE MAXIMUM 10" HIGH. FRAME SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 16 GAUGE X 4 -3/8 - GALVANIZED HAT SHAPED STEEL PROPERLY BRACED WITH GALVANIZED STEEL FINISH AND ALUMINUM TOUCH-UP. 3. DAMPERS INSTALLED IN ALUMINUM DUCTS SHALL BE ALUMINUM WITH WEATHERPROOF COMPONENTS. 4. DAMPERS TO BE MANUFACTURED BY IMPERIAL OR APPROVED EQUAL. 1. SEAL OPENINGS AROUND DUCTS THROUGH•i OR OTHER NON-COMBUSTIBLE SEAL ALL DUCT PENETRATIONSTHROUGHWALLS AIRTIGHT. J. ALL DUCTS •i TO MOISTURESLOPED AND DRAINED AND SHALL NOT LINED. K. EXISTING DUCTWORK • BE REUSED: 1. THIS CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS, EXISTING DUCTWORK ! BE REUSED. EXISTING DUCTWORK i BE REUSED SHALL CONFORMTO SPECIFICATIONS•- NEW DUCTWORK r HEREIN. ALL REQUIRED WORK SHALL BE PARTOF BID. 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Description I seal / Signature I Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 Project Name { I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number C 1 005801001 Scale 1/8"=V-0" Description ' MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 OF 4 1 � 1 1 2014 Gensler 2.02 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES A. PROVIDE ALL PIPING, FITTINGS, VALVES, SPECIALTIES, THERMOMETERS, AND PRESSURE GAUGES REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATING AND MAXIMUM PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE OF THE PIPING SYSTEMS. B. ALL PIPING SHALL BE NEW, STANDARD SIZE, FREE FROM SCALE OR RUST WITH ENDS CAPPED FOR DELIVERY AND STORAGE. EACH LENGTH OF PIPING SHALL BE PROPERLY MARKED AT THE MILL FOR PROPER IDENTIFICATION WITH NAME OR SYMBOL OF MANUFACTURER. C. PIPE APPLICATION SCHEDULE: JIT NICE 52E MATERIAL WEIGHT STANDARD TYPE CONDENSER, COLD CONDEN- ALL HARD TYPE L ASTM A88 BRAZE OR SATE DRAINS COPPER SLIVER MISCELLANEOUS SOLDER DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- REFRIGERANT ALL HARD TYPE ACR ASTM B280 OR BRAZE OR (AIR COOLED AND COPPER REFRIGER- ASTM B-88 SOLDER COMMERCIAL ANT OR REFRIGERATION) TYPE L ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- COPPER TUBING 4" & SOLDER 15-5-80 WROUGHT COPPER STANDARD HARD DRAWN SMALLER SILVER REFRIGERANT PHOSPHOROUS SYSTEMS TYPE COPPER AWS ACR A5.8 OR BRAZING ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- RED BRASS ALL SIZES THREADED CAST BRONZE 125 AND 250 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- PROVIDE DIELECTRIC FITTING AT ALL PIPING CONNECTIONS JOINING DISSIMILAR METALS, SUCH AS STEEL AND COPPER. D. REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS: 1. PROVIDE ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, WITH ALL VALVES, FITTINGS AND SPECIALTIES NECESSARY FOR SATISFACTORY OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STANDARD 15-1994 OR LATEST EDITION AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED ITEMS FOR CHARGING, DRAINING AND PURGING THE SYSTEM. 2. JOINTS IN REFRIGERATION PIPING SHALL BE BRAZED. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE OF THE SIZE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 3. HORIZONTAL PIPING OF THE COMPRESSOR SUCTION AND DISCHARGE LINES AND THE CONDENSER DISCHARGE LINES SHALL BE PITCHED A MINIMUM OF 1/2- IN 10', IN THE DIRECTION OF REFRIGERANT FLOW. EACH SUCTION GAS VERTICAL RISER SHALL BE TRAPPED AT ITS EVAPORATOR WITH A TRAP AS RECOMMENDED BY THE COMPRESSOR MANUFACTURER. 4. INSTALL REFRIGERANT PIPING TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE OIL FROM BEING TRAPPED IN THE SYSTEM. ANY ADDITIONAL RISERS OR EQUALIZER LINES REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF EQUIPMENT FOR THE PROPER SYSTEM OPERATION SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. PROVIDE A FULLY PIPED OIL SEPARATOR FOR EACH REFRIGERANT SYSTEM AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. VALVES SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR REFRIGERANT SERVICE. SHUTOFF VALVES SHALL BE BRASS PACKLESS TYPE. UNIONS, FLANGED VALVES OR FITTINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR DISCONNECTING EQUIPMENT, CONTROLS, ETC., FOR MAKING REPAIRS. PIPING SHALL BE RUN IN A SINGLE LAYER, WITH EACH LINE ISOLATED FROM ANOTHER TO PREVENT RUBBING. PROVISION SHALL BE MADE FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF PIPING. ALL PIPING PASSING THROUGH WALLS, PARTITIONS, ETC. SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH SLEEVES AS REQUIRED. 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING PASSING THROUGH RATED FLOORS OR DEMISING WALLS SHALL BE ENCLOSED IN A RIGID AND GAS-TIGHT CONTINUOUS FIRE -RESISTING PIPE DUCT OR SHAFT VENTED TO THE OUTSIDE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STANDARD 15-1994 OR LATEST EDITION. PIPE CONDUIT SHALL BE COPPER TUBE TYPE L WITH SOLDERED FITTINGS. 7. REFRIGERANT PIPING: TEST REFRIGERANT PIPING FOR TIGHTNESS AND LEAKS UNDER PRESSURE OR VACUUM. THE DURATION OF EACH SHALL BE TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS. TEST JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE 15-1994. THERE SHALL BE NO OBSERVABLE LEAKS OR CHANGES IN PRESSURE. IF EITHER IS OBSERVED, SEAL LEAKS, AND REPEAT TEST PROCEDURES. E. ALL INSTRUMENTAL (PRESSURE GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS) SHALL BE RATED FOR THE SAME PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE AS PIPING SYSTEM AND RATED SPECIFICALLY FOR THE SAME SERVICE AS THE PIPING. PRESSURE GAUGES ARE TO BE LIQUID FILLED WITH 1% ACCURACY. SELECT GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS SO THAT THE MIDPOINT IS AT THE WORKING PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE. INSTRUMENTS TO BE MANUFACTURED BY WEISS INSTRUMENTS OR APPROVED EQUAL. 1. PROVIDE THERMOMETERS IN PIPING AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF EACH HYDRONIC COIL, HEAT EXCHANGER AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT THAT INVOLVES A DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE. 2. PROVIDE PRESSURE GAUGES IN PIPING AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AT SUCTION AND DISCHARGE OF EACH PUMP AND AT INLETS AND OUTLETS OF EACH HYDRONIC COIL, HEAT EXCHANGER AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT THAT INVOLVES A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE. H. ALL PIPING TO BE VENTED AT HIGH POINTS AND PROVIDED WITH ASSOCIATED DRAIN VALVES AT LOW POINTS. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS WITH GATE VALVES PIPED TO DISCHARGE TO THE NEAREST DRAIN UNLESS DRAWINGS INDICATE MANUAL AIR VENTS. 1. PROVIDE CORE DRILLED OPENINGS WITH PIPE SLEEVES AT ALL SLAB AND SHAFT PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE FIREPROOFING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN WALL, SHAFT AND SLAB FIRE RATINGS. J. PROVIDE WATERPROOF SLEEVES (LINK SEAL (LS TYPE) AT ALL EXTERIOR WALL, FLOOR PENETRATIONS AND AS REQUIRED OR AS NOTED ON PLANS. K. PROVIDE LABELING OF ALL PIPING (BOTH EXPOSED AND CONCEALED) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI STANDARDS AND COLOR CODED AS PER BUILDING MANAGEMENT STANDARDS. LABELS TO BE SECURELY FASTENED TO PIPING WITH LETTERING OF SUFFICIENT SIZE FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION BY OPERATING PERSONNEL. L. ALL PIPING TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE HIGHEST ELEVATIONS POSSIBLE SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH EXISTING OPERATIONS AND SERVICE/MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS. M. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. PROVIDE ALL PIPE HANGERS, HANGAR RODS SUPPORTS, INSERTS, ATTACHMENTS, CLAMPS, GUIDES, SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL AND ANCHORS AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL PIPING SYSTEM SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE THE SYSTEM LOADS. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ARE TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MSS RECOMMENDATIONS AND TO BE MANUFACTURED BY GRINNELL OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. PROVIDE INSULATED PROTECTIVE SADDLES FOR INSULATED PIPING. 3. PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF MSS SP -69 AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES. ALL THREADED ROD IS TO BE GALVANIZED. PROVIDE 2" VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT FOR ALL HANGERS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION, BRANCH PIPING OVER 5 FEET, AND CONCENTRATED LOADS DUE TO VALVES, STRAINERS AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. M1013:10 -3 --mal 150:11 '_ 1. GENERAL A) TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED AFTER COMPLETION AND ASSEMBLY OF PIPING SYSTEM, BEFORE ANY INSULATION OR PAINT IS APPLIED TO JOINTS, INCLUDING WELDS AND PRIOR TO MAKING THE SYSTEM OPERABLE. INSULATION MATERIALS INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE TESTS SHALL BE REMOVED. B) THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY TEMPORARY PIPING CONNECTIONS, TEES, VALVES, EQUIPMENT, AND LABOR TO PRESSURE TEST PIPING AND EQUIPMENT. C) EQUIPMENT THAT IS NOT SUBJECTED TO THE PRESSURE TEST SHALL BE EITHER DISCONNECTED FROM THE SYSTEM OR ISOLATED BY A BLANK OR SIMILAR MEANS. VALVES MAY BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE PROVIDED THAT VALVE CLOSURE 1S SUITABLE FOR THE PROPOSED TEST PRESSURE. D) SUBMIT TO THE ENGINEER AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE A RECORD OF TEST PRESSURE APPLIED TO EACH PIPING SYSTEM. 2. REFRIGERANT PIPING A) THE REFRIGERANT PIPING FOR TIGHTNESS AND LEAKS UNDER PRESSURE OR VACUUM. THE DURATION OF EACH TEST SHALL BE TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS. B) TEST JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE 15-1994. THERE SHALL BE NO OBSERVABLE LEAKS OR CHANGES IN PRESSURE. 1F EITHER IS OBSERVED, SEAL LEAKS, AND REPEAT TEST PROCEDURES. 2.03 INSULATION A. ALL INSULATION SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM, NEPA, 2010 NEW YORK STATE ENERGY CODE AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. ALL MECHANICAL INSULATION (JACKETING, COVERINGS, ADHESIVES, MASTICS, FACINGS, TAPES, ETC.), SHALL HAVE RATINGS NOT EXCEEDING A AFLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50 OR LESS. B. BEFORE APPLYING INSULATION, ALL PRESSURE AND LEAK TESTS SHALL BE COMPLETED AND APPROVED. FURNISH AND INSTALL AS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. C. INSULATION FOR FITTINGS OR ACCESSORIES REQUIRING SERVICING OR INSPECTION SHALL HAVE INSULATION REMOVABLE AND REPLACEABLE WITHOUT DAMAGE. 1. FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION: ONE-PIECE MOLDED SECTIONAL FIBERGLASS INSULATION, CONFORMING TO ASTM C-547, CLASS 1, 2, 3 TO 850EF WITH 4 LB./CU. FT. DENSITY WITH A THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF NOT OVER 0.23 AT 75EF MEAN. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY -APPLIED ALL SERVICE JACKET AND DOUBLE ADHESIVE SELF-SEALING LAP. COLD WATER PIPE INSULATION JACKET SHALL BE OF THE CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER TYPE. THE INSULATION SHALL BE SIMILAR TO OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS ASJ/SSL-II PIPE INSULATION. 2. INSULATION FOR FITTINGS, FLANGES, AND VALVES: PROVIDE INSULATION FOR FITTINGS, FLANGES, AND VALVES PREMOLDED, PRECUT, OR JOB FABRICATED OF THE SAME THICKNESS AND CONDUCTIVITY AS USED ON ADJACENT PIPING. 3. PROVIDE INSULATION FOR PIPING, FITTINGS, FLANGES AND VALVES OF THE THICKNESS LISTED BELOW: TO • TO 6" LARGER CONDENSER, REFRIGERANT FIBERGLASS 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1 /2" 1-1/2" (BELOW 40 DEG F) COLD WATER DRAINS FIBERGLASS 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2- 1-1/2- 1-1/2- 1. -1/2" 1. GENERAL A) INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED WITH MASTICS, ADHESIVES, COATINGS, WITH COVERS, WEATHER -PROTECTION AND OTHER WORK AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. DO NOT INSULATE SOUND LINED DUCTWORK. MATERIALS SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ADHESIVE AND SEALANT COUNCIL STANDARDS AND SMACNA. B) ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS AND PLENUMS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF R-5 INSULATION WHEN LOCATED IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES, A MINIMUM OF R-8 INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED WHEN LOCTATED OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING. WHEN A DUCT OR PLENUM IS LOCATED WITHIN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE ASSEMBLY, THE DUCT OR PLENUM SHALL BE SEPERATED FROM THE BUILDING EXTERIOR OR UNCONDITIONED SPACES BY A MINIMUM OF R-8 INSULATION. 2. CONCEALED DUCTWORK A) INSULATE SUPPLY AND FRESH AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS IN CONCEALED SPACES AND RETURN DUCT NOT IN CEILING PLENUM WITH AT LEAST 1-1/2" THICK FIBROUS GLASS DUCT WRAP, WITH A MINIMUM R VALUE OF R-5 AND FOIL -KRAFT FLAME RESISTANT VAPOR BARRIER. 2.04 ELECTRICAL WORK A. GENERAL 1. ELECTRICAL POWER WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT; CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE BY THE HVAC CONTRACT. CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE DEFINED AS ANY 12V, 24V, OR 120V WIRING INSTALLED FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN PROVIDING PRIMARY ELECTRICAL POWER TO EQUIPMENT. 2. MOTOR STARTERS AND VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE EQUIPMENT SECTION FOR 3. YWWUW9U§fYCEDRk&WI -REQUIRED, SHALL BE PROVIDED BY AD WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, AND MOUNTED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL ELECTRICAL CONTROL WIRING SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODE, ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE PROJECT ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 5. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN QUANTITY OF CONTROLLERS REQUIRED AND COORDINATE WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL OPERATING REQUIREMENTS, INTERLOCKS AND CONNECTIONS FOR STARTERS. 6. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL POINT-TO-POINT, COMPLETELY COORDINATED WIRING DIAGRAMS AND INDICATE ALL SOURCE POWER REQUIREMENTS AND ALL FIELD WIRING TO BE PERFORMED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 7. WHERE EXISTING STARTERS ARE TO BE REUSED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL EXISTING CONTROL CONNECTIONS. WHERE NEW STARTERS ARE TO BE PROVIDED TO REPLACE EXISTING, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY THE EXISTING CONTROL CONNECTIONS AND PREPARE AN EXISTING CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM PRIOR TO DEMOLITION FOR SUBMITTAL TO THE ENGINEER. THE NEW STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE NECESSARY CONTACTS AND RELAYS REQUIRED TO RECONNECT THE EXISTING CONTROLS. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED CONTACTS FOR UNIT START/STOP AND FIRE ALARM. 70 u• •i 1. MOTORS SHALL HAVE THE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AS LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL MOTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEMA MG -1 STANDARD AND SHALL BE OF THE HIGH EFFICIENCY TYPE AND MEET THE 1992 EPA ENERGY EFFICIENCY ACT AND UTILITY COMPANY REBATE REQUIREMENTS. 2. MOTORS FOR VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR USE WITH VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES AND COMPLY WITH NEMA MG -1 PART 31.40.4.2. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE MOTOR AND VFD MANUFACTURER, 3. IF CONTRACTOR ELECTS TO SUBSTITUTE OR INCREASE MOTOR HORSEPOWER OVER THAT WHICH IS SPECIFIED, THE COST OF MOTOR AND ELECTRICAL CHANGES SHALL BE BORNE BY THIS CONTRACTOR. C. STARTERS: 1. EACH MOTOR EXCEPT AS NOTED, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A COMBINATION FUSED DISCONNECT AND ACROSS -THE -LINE MAGNETIC STARTER WITH PUSHBUTTON STATIONS MOUNTED ON THE COVER. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FOR AUTOMATICALLY OR REMOTELY CONTROLLED MOTORS, FURNISH HAND OFF AUTO (HOA) SELECTOR SWITCHES IN PLACE OF THE PUSH BUTTONS. 2. FURNISH MANUALLY OPERATED MOTOR STARTERS OF THE PROPER SIZE FOR ALL MOTORS LESS THAN 1/2 HP WHICH ARE NOT AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED. STARTERS FOR MOTORS 175 WATTS OR LESS SHALL CONSIST OF A SNAP SWITCH WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION WHERE SUCH PROTECTION IS NOT AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE MOTOR. 3. COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS FOR ALL MOTORS SHALL HAVE THERMAL OVERLOAD, PILOT LIGHT, LOW VOLTAGE PROTECTION IN ALL THREE PHASES. INCLUDE A CONTROL TRANSFORMER FOR EACH MAGNETIC STARTER TO PROVIDE 120 VOLT CONTROL POWER WITH THREE (3) SETS OF SPARE NORMALLY CLOSED OR NORMALLY OPEN CONTACTS. 4. ALL STARTERS SHALL BE ASSEMBLED AND INTERNALLY WIRED WITH ALL DEVICES IN CONFORMANCE WITH NEMA STANDARDS. 5. DISCONNECT SWITCHES ARE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IF NOT INTEGRAL WITH EQUIPMENT - !.ENCLOSURES: 1. PROVIDEENCLOSURES is STARTERS w... , ! VFD SUITABLE FOR OPERATING w .A.. ENVIRONMENT. ENCLOSURES VENTILATEDSHALL BE NEMA 1 SHEETMETAL FOR INDOOR APPLICATION. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH ON ENCLOSURE• r FOR 2.05 VIBRATION ISOLATION PRODUCTS A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY VIBRATION ISOLATORS, VIBRATION HANGERS, MOUNTING PADS, RAILS, ETC., TO ISOLATE VIBRATION AND SOUND FROM BEING TRANSMITTED TO THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. ALL VIBRATION ISOLATION PRODUCTS SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THEIR INTENDED USE. B. MANUFACTURER OF VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. DETERMINE VIBRATION ISOLATOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS. 2. PROVIDE SUITABLE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS. 3. GUARANTEE SPECIFIED ISOLATION SYSTEM ATTENUATION AND DEFLECTION. 4. PROVIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, DRAWINGS AND FIELD SUPERVISION TO ASSURE PROPER INSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE. STARTERS SHALL BE SELECTED TO SUIT MOTOR RUNNING AND STARTING CHARACTERISTICS. B) ISOLATION SYSTEMS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY MASON INDUSTRIES OR APPROVED EQUAL BY THE ENGINEER. C) MOUNTING TYPES: 1. STATIC DEFLECTION OF • •• OF ••% EFFICIENCY. PROVIDE •-,• • PROTECTION FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED OUTDOORS. 2. MOUNTING OF CEILING -SUPPORTED FANS, IN-LINE PUMPS, HEAT EXCHANGERS, AND AIR HANDLING UNITS - SPRING • •- i 3. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL FANS AND DUCTWORK (REFER TO DUCTWORK SECTION FOR SPECIFICATIONS). •6 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK ! • RESTRAINED TO RESIST SEISMIC FORCES. SPECIFICATION IS IN ADDITION TO THE SPECIFIED VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR THIS PROJECT. RESTRAINT DEVICES SHALL BE DESIGNED AND SELECTED TO MEET SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS AS DEFINED IN THE LATEST ISSUE OF THE STATE ! LOCAL CODE1 • ! UNIFORM BUILDING•l ANCHORB. BOLT CALCULATIONS,! AND STAMPED BY ! PROFESSIONAL. SUBMITTED SHOWING ADEQUACY OF THE BOLT SIZING AND TYPE. CALCULATIONS SHALL INCLUDE ANCHO EMBEDMENT, ! DISTANCE r MINIMUM CENTER DISTANCE.DESIGN"` FORCES SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED PROPORTION r•r•► • • DISTRIBUTION OEQUIPMENT. CALCULATIONS BE FURNISHED FOR ANCHORS OR RESTRAINT DEVICES,• • AND ON ! r EQUIPMENT. THE SEISMIC DESIGNER MUST PERFORM FINAL JOBSITE INSPECTION TO VERIFY ANCHOR INSTALLATION. C. RESTRAINT OF rLY MOUNTED PIPING! DUCTWORK • •. TO "NATIONAL UNIFORM INSTALLATION GUIDELINES", OR "GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS,- SMACNA. D. ••w SUPPLY w SUPPLEMENTAL w REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT, w DUCTWORK ! PIPING INCLUDING ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. E. ALL ISOLATORS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL MEET OSHPD REQUIREMENTS AND CONTAIN APPROVAL FROM OSHPD. F. MANUFACTURER TO BE MASON INDUSTRIES, OR APPROVED BY 2.07 TESTING AND BALANCING A. GENERAL: 1. TESTING AND BALANCING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT COMPANY (NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE HVAC CONTRACTOR), AABC CERTIFIED OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. APPROVED COMPANIES INCLUDE MERENDINO ASSOCIATES, R.H. MCDERMOTT, INTERNATIONAL TESTING AND BALANCING OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER AND BUILDING MANAGEMENT. 2. AFTER ALL PROJECT HVAC WORK IS COMPLETE, TESTED, AND IN FULL WORKING ORDER, THE AGENCY SHALL PERFORM THE BALANCING AND TESTING OF THE PROJECT HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS. 3. UPON THE COMPLETION OF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, THE BALANCING AGENCY SHALL PERFORM TESTING AND BALANCING AND COMPILE ALL TEST DATA IN A CERTIFIED REPORT AND SUBMIT FOUR (4) COPIES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL TO THE ENGINEER. 4. THE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE DESIGN AND ACTUAL READINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND LOCATION PLAN INDICATING WHERE ALL WORK HAS BEEN PERFORMED, AND METHODS OF BALANCING AND DETAILS OF INSTRUMENTS USED. 5. IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST IN THE REPORT THAT REQUIRE FIELD VERIFICATION, THE TESTING AND BALANCING COMPANY IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ENGINEER SHALL VISIT THE JOBSITE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF THE REPORT. 6. AFTER SUBMISSION OF THE FIELD VERIFIED BALANCING REPORT, THE AIR BALANCING COMPANY SHALL RETURN TO THE JOB SITE TO PERFORM TWO (2) OCCUPANT COMFORT BALANCES AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER OR ENGINEER. 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Description I Seal / Signature Li 11 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 Project Name I I i�COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT I I Project Number , I 005801001 Scale 1/8" =1' - 0°' Description I II MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 OF 4 1 Mw 6-1, �1 INE AF 0 0 2014 Gensler 7. THE FINAL REPORT AFTER THE COMFORT BALANCE IS TO BE INCLUDED IN PROJECT OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. 6. THE TESTING AND BALANCING AGENCY SHALL INCLUDE AS PART OF THEiR WORK AN EXTENDED WARRANTY OF 90 DAYS AFTER COMPLETION OF TEST AND BALANCE WORK. THE ENGINEER AT HIS DISCRETION DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD MAY REQUEST A RECHECK OR RESETTING OF ANY EQUIPMENT. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TECHNICIANS TO FACILITATE THIS WORK. 9. THE BALANCING AGENCY SHALL PERMANENTLY MARK ALL ADJUSTMENT DEVICES (VALVES, DAMPERS, ETC.) TO ENABLE THE SETTING TO BE RESTORED. A. AIR BALANCING 1. PRE -CONSTRUCTION AIR TESTING: MEASURE PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE, AND VOLUME OF AIR FROM THE EXISTING BASE BUILDING SYSTEM BEFORE STARTING WORK. TRAVERSE MAIN SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS BEFORE WORK TO OBTAIN TOTAL FLOW. SUBMIT REPORT TO THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY AFTER COMPLETION OF THE TEST. 2. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT A FIRST SET OF AIR FILTERS ARE iN PLACE, WHENEVER FANS ARE RUNNING AND REPLACED WITH A NEW CLEAN SET OF FiLTERS BEFORE TESTING IS COMMENCED. 3. TEST, ADJUST, REPLACE SHEAVES, AND BALANCE ALL EQUIPMENT AND AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE AIR QUANTITIES INDICATED ON PLANS WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT. 4. TEST REPORT SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A) FLOW, LEAKAGE CLASS, TEMPERATURE, STATIC PRESSURE OF AIR AT ALL TRUNK DUCTS SERVING AREAS OF WORK. B) TEMPERATURE OF AIR LEAVING OUTLETS AT TWO (2) TYPICAL AiR OUTLETS. C) QUANTITY OF AiR AT EACH AIR INLET AND OUTLET AFTER BALANCING. D) PROVIDE FOR ALL FANS, FAN MOTOR HP, AMPS, VOLTS, FAN RPM, CFM, INLET AND DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE, SHEAVE POSITION. PROVIDE FOR ALL HEAT PUMP UNITS, SUPPLY OUTSIDE r AIR CFM. PROVIDE OUTSIDE AIR, MIXED AIR AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES (DRY BULB - COOLING AND !!LING). INDICATE UNIT OPERATING MODEDURING F) CALIBRATE ALL NEW AND EXISTING TO BE REUSED TERMINAL BOXES (VAV OR FAN POWERED) AS REQUIRED i MEET SPECIFIED MINIMUM/MAXIMUM CFM. G) LISTING OF DESIGN AND ACTUAL READINGSDATA, •` EQUIPMENT. A. PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES OF THE SiZES AND CAPACITIES AS SCHEDULED AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, INSTRUCTIONS, AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. C. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND/OR MOUNTINGS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWING, IN VIBRATION SPECIFICATION AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT - PROVIDE DIMENSIONS FOR A 4" CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD WITH ALL REQUIRED WATERPROOFING TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. EQUIPMENT ON FLOOR STANDS - PROVIDE FLOOR STAND OF STRUCTURAL STEEL OR STEEL PIPES AND FiTTINGS AND BOLT TO FLOOR. 3. ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT - PROVIDE PRE -FABRICATED ISOLATED ROOF CURB WITH INTEGRAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS. 4. CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT - PROVIDE SUPPORTS WITH APPROVED SUITABLE ANCHORS SUSPENDED DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. 5. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL AS REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY SUPPORT THE EQUIPMENT LOAD. D. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH VIBRATION ISOLATION, REFER TO VIBRATION ISOLATION SECTION. E. DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS 1. GENERAL A) GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STANDARD 70-1991 OR LATEST EDITION. THE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE PUBLISHED PERFORMANCE DATA FOR ALL AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO BE USED ON PROJECT AS PART OF THE SUBMISSION. B) THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS WITH OTHER TRADES AND WITH CEILING AND WALL CONSTRUCTION. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY THAT ALL DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS ARE COMPATIBLE WITH CEILING CONSTRUCTION TO WHICH THEY ARE TO BE INSTALLED. C) COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE EXACT LOCATION, LENGTHS AND FOR FRAMING AND MITERING ARRANGEMENTS THAT MAY DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON HVAC DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, FRAMING, BLOCKING, PLASTERING AND SUPPORTS TO MATCH CEILING, SOFFIT OR WALL CONSTRUCTION AS PART OF THE PROJECT. D) ALL AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO BE STEEL OR ALUMINUM IF EXPOSED TO MOISTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FINISHES TO BE SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. E) DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY TITUS, ANEMOSTAT OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. AiR INLET AND OUTLET DEVICES: A) PROVIDE DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS FOR SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST INLETS AND OUTLETS, OF THE SIZE, TYPE AND DESIGN INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B) ALL SUPPLY RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AND GRID (ADJUSTABLE THROUGH THE FACE) FOR TRIM BALANCING. C) SUPPLY REGISTERS SHALL HAVE TWO SETS OF DIRECTIONAL CONTROL BLADES. D) ONLY 4 -WAY DIFFUSERS SHALL BE USED. PROVIDE BLANK -OFF SHEETMETAL BAFFLE FOR ALL 1 -WAY, 2 -WAY AND 3 -WAY DIFFUSERS. E) ALL LINEAR DIFFUSERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CABLE OPERATED OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER ADJUSTABLE THROUGH THE FACE OF THE DIFFUSER. DAMPERS AND PLENUM TAPS SHALL BE' SPACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 4 FEET ON CENTER. PROVIDE DIFFUSERS WITH ADJUSTABLE AIR PATTERN CONTROL VALVES. 2.09 RE -USE OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT (WORK IN THIS SECTION TO BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD) A. EXISTING SYSTEM SURVEY 1. PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM EXISTING CONDITIONS SURVEY OF SYSTEMS TO BE RE -USED. THESE SYSTEMS INCLUDE PERIMETER CONSOLE HEAT PUMPS, INTERIOR FLOOR MOUNTED HEAT PUMPS, AIR HANDLERS, AND EXHAUST FANS. CONTRACTOR IS TO: A) IDENTIFY ANY CODE DEFICIENCIES ACCORDING TO LOCAL AND STATE CODES, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. NOTE ANY REPAIRS REQUIRED,: • r ITEMS INCLUDED IN DESIGN DOCUMENTS,i RESTORE EQUIPMENT TO A FULLY OPERATIONAL CONDITION. PREPARE . ., COMPLETE r•r INDICATING CORRECTIVE ACTION FROM FINDINGS SPECIFICATIONSAND B) ABOVE. REPORT TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER AND LANDLORD FOR REVIEW. COORDINATE APPROVED WORK WITH ANY NEW OR REFURBISHMENT WORK LISTED IN THE OR PLANS. 2. PROVIDE LANDLORD A UNIT PRICE LIST FOR ANY PROPOSED CORRECTIVE ACTION. 3. .i COMPLETION i PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY ALL RE -USED EQUIPMENT •. ONE B. REHABILITATION OF EXISTING PERIMETER CONSOLE HEAT PUMP UNITS 1. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM THE FOLLOWING ITEMS TO EACH CONSOLE UNIT AS PART OF HIS CONTRACT WORK: A) VACUUM CLEAN UNIT ENCLOSURE. B) STEAM OR NITROGEN CLEAN (CONTRACTOR'S OPTION) UNIT HEATING/COOLING UNIT. C) CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITION AND REPAIR ALL COMPONENTS OF THE HEAT PUMP UNIT, INCLUDING COILS, COMPRESSOR, CONDENSER, REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT AND ACCESSORIES, FAN, FAN MOTORS, CONTROLS, SAFETIES, AND ANY OTHER PARTS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE PROPER OPERATION. PROVIDE UNIT PRICES WITH BID OF ALL INTERIOR COMPONENTS THAT MIGHT REQUIRE REPLACEMENT. D) VERIFY EXISTING HEAT PUMP UNIT r•#r CONDITION i ENSURE THAT IT IS PROPERIM SUPPORTED. PROVIDE r! PIPING, • INSTRUMENTATION, • ! CONTROLS • ! # • PROPER OPERATION AND CODE COMPLIANCE. F) RE -BALANCE UNIT TO ORIGINAL DESIGN AIR AND WATER QUANTITIES. REHABILITATIONC. OF r !. PUMP UNITS 1. .• COMPLETION • CONSTRUCTION,• i. i PERFORM FOLLOWING TO EACH HEAT PUMP UNIT AS PART OF CONTRACT WORK: A) STEAM OR NITROGEN CLEAN (CONTRACTOR'S OPTION) UNIT HEATING/COOLING UNIT. CONTRACTOR • VERIFY CONDITION ! COMPONENTS • INCLUDINGiCOMPRESSOR, CONDENSER, REFRIGERATIONAND ACCESSORIES, MOTORS,• '• AND ANY OTHER PARTS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE PROPER OPERATION. PROVIDE UNIT PRICES WITH BID OF ALL INTERIOR COMPONENTS THAT MIGHT REQUIR REPLACEMENT. I C) PROVIDE NEW PIPING, VALVING, INSTRUMENTATION, AND CONTROLS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER UNIT OPERATION AND CODE COMPLIANCE. �, ,d # •• • ♦ r r i 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFURBISH THE EXISTING FANS AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A) MOTOR AND DRIVE REPLACEMENT. B) ALIGNMENT. C) FLEXIBLE CONNECTION REPLACEMENT. D) FIELD FAN WHEEL CLEANING. E) AIR BALANCING. 2. CLEANING: DISASSEMBLE AND CLEAN ALL PARTS. IF SHOWING OXIDATION, BRUSH SCALE AND FiNISH WITH ZINC COMPOUND. THE FAN SCROLL SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF ALL BUILT-UP MATTERS. FOR AIR HANDLERS, STEAM OR NITROGEN CLEAN HEATING COIL. 3. MOTOR REPLACEMENT: MOTOR SHALL BE REPLACED WiTH A NEW HIGH EFFICIENCY OPEN DRIP PROOF TYPE MOTOR OF THE SIZES AS SCHEDULED. 4. DRIVE REPLACEMENT: PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FAN AND MOTOR SHEAVES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BELTS TO ACCOMMODATE THESE SHEAVE CHANGES. MOTOR AND FAN SHALL BE ALIGNED AND BELT ADJUSTED AS PER THE FAN MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, FOR THE NEW CFM AND RPM AS SCHEDULED. 5. ROTATING ASSEMBLY: TEST SHAFT AND REPLACE IF NECESSARY. FIELD BALANCE ASSEMBLY (STATICALLY AND DYNAMICALLY). PERFORM A FULL FREQUENCY SPECTRUM ANALYSIS ON THE SYSTEM. INSTALL NEW PILL BLOCK GREASE LUBRICATED BEARINGS AND LUBRICATE BEFORE START-UP. 6. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS. 2.10 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS A. GENERAL: 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL AS HEREIN SPECIFIED, A COMPLETE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM OF DDC AS REQUIRED AND MANUFACTURED BY SIEMENS (LANDIS DIVISION), LANDYS & STAEFA, JOHNSON CONTROLS, ANDOVER CONTROLS, OR APPROVED EQUAL BY THE ENGINEER. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. 2. ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS UNDER THIS SUBCONTRACT ARE TO BE FULLY MODULATING TYPE, EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED CONTROL EQUIPMENT, THERMOSTATS, CONTROL VALVES, VALVE ACTUATORS, DAMPER OPERATORS, RELAYS, PILOT POSITIONERS, CONTROL WIRING, CONTROL AIR PIPING, SWITCHES, INTERLOCK WIRING, ELECTRICAL OR PNEUMATIC CONTROL COMPONENTS AND ASSOCIATED PIPING OR WiRING, APPURTENANCES, ETC., TO PROVIDE THE FUNCTIONS DESCRIBED iN THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SAID DEVICE RELAY, ETC. IS SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREAFTER. 3. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE SUPERVISED AND CHECKED OUT COMPLETELY IN ALL RESPECTS BY COMPETENT MECHANICS, REGULARLY EMPLOYED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 4. ALL CONTROLS MUST BE THE PRODUCT OF ONE MANUFACTURER. ALL AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES, SENSORS AND DAMPER OPERATORS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL MANUFACTURER. 5. CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM: A) IF NEW WORK IS TO CONNECT TO AN EXISTING SYSTEM, THE PROPOSED NEW SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED SHALL BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING SYSTEM. THE MANUFACTURER OF THE PROPOSED NEW SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED INTERFACES OR "GATEWAYS" TO ENSURE THAT THEiR SYSTEM IS FULLY COMPATIBLE. 6. THE CONTROL SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OPERATIONS AND/OR DETAIL INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND AS DESCRIBED HEREIN. A) THE MANUFACTURER OF THE AUTOMATIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT SHALL SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING FOR APPROVAL: A SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF EACH CONTROL SYSTEM WHICH SHALL INDICATE THE PROPER SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AND RANGE OF THE CONTROLS FOR ALL CYCLES. A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE AUTOMATIC OPERATION OF EACH SYSTEM. THE DESCRIPTION SHOULD INCLUDE THE DUTY OF EACH THERMOSTAT, VALVE, SWITCH, ETC., INCORPORATED iN THE CONTROL SYSTEM WITH A SCHEDULE AND ILLUSTRATION OF ALL CONTROL INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING CONTROL PANELS AND DEVICES FOR EACH SYSTEM. B. ELECTRIC WIRING: 1. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK (EXCEPT FOR MOTOR FEEDERS, WiRING BETWEEN MOTORS, MOTOR CONTROLLERS, FEEDER PANELS, FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND BUS BARS) REQUIRED FOR THE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO TIME SWITCHES, DAMPER MOTORS, DAMPER SWITCHES, ELECTRIC THERMOSTATS, ELECTRIC RELAYS, E/P SWITCHES, INTERLOCKING WIRING, WIRE, CONDUIT, ETC. 2. ALL 115 VOLT POWER REQUIRED FOR CONTROL PURPOSES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTROL CONTRACTOR FROM A SOURCE ESTABLISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 3. THE CONTROL MANUFACTURER SHALL INCLUDE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN HIS SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS FULLY COORDINATED WiTH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S WORK. IT SHALL BE THE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THE FUNCTION CALLED FOR IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS, CONFORMING WITH LOCAL CODES FOR MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION. THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT'S ELECTRICAL WORK IS TO BE FOLLOWED. 4. FURNISH A CERTIFICATE INDICATING THE METHOD OF WIRING COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AS PART OF THE FIRST SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL. C. ROOM THERMOSTAT AND SWITCH LOCATIONS: 1. ALL ROOM THERMOSTATS AND SWITCH LOCATIONS (WHETHER SHOWN ON PLANS OR NOT) SHALL BE SELECTED AND SUBMITTED BY THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL MANUFACTURER FOR APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO ACTUAL INSTALLATION. SHOWN1. PROVIDE CONTROLS FOR ALL THE AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, AS SPECIFIED IN THE DUCTWORK SECTIOR, AND ON r -d 2. CONTROL MOTORS OR ACTUATORS SHALL BE OF THE ELECTRONIC OR PNEUMATIC TYPE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, OR APPROPRIATE SIZE AND QUANTITIES TO PROVIDE TWO -POSITION OR PROPORTIONING CONTROL ACTIONr PROPORTIONING TYPE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH PILOT AUTOMATICPOSITIONERS. PILOT POSITIONERS SHALL BE SELECTED FOR VARIED SPRING RANGES AND ADJUSTABLE WITHOUT DISMANTLING POSITIONER AND CONTROL MOTOR. 3. DAMPERS EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS SHALL HAVE ELECTRIC ACTUATORS• ` r ACCESSORIES. E. CONTROL PANELS: 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM, AS HEREIN SPECIFIED, CONTROL PANELS OF STEEL, WITH WELDED ANGLE IRON BRACKETS, FOR WALL OR FLOOR MOUNTING. 2. THE BASIC BACKGROUND COLOR OF THE PANEL SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND 3. PANELS SHOULD BE FULLY ENCLOSED WITH HINGED LOCKING FRONT DOOR FOR EACH PANEL. THE PANEL SHALL CONTAIN ALL CONTROLLERS, RELAYS, SWITCHES, ETC. PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES TO LABEL THE CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND FOR EACH PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICE. PLASTIC LAMINATED CONTROL SCHEMATIC DRAWINGS FOR THE SYSTEM SHALL BE HUNG AT EACH LOCAL CONTROL PANEL. 4. DETAILS OF EACH OF THESE PANELS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. LOCATIONS OF PANEL ARE TO BE CONVENIENTFOR ADJUSTMENT AND SERVICE AND ALL SUCH LOCATIONS • BE APPROVED PRIOR TOINSTALLATION. SEQUENCEF. OF OPERATIONS: 1. ALL INTERIOR HEAT PUMP UNITS SERVING RESPECTIVE VAV BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BYPASS BOX, • r IN MAIN TRUNK SUPPLY DUCT.DEVICES,• CONTROL VAV OPERATION OF i BOXES SHALL BE INTERFACED WITH THE EXISTING BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS) AS PER THE LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE MONITORING AND CONTROL •• ALL BOXES. 2. ALL CEILING HEAT • UNITS SHALL BE r WITH THE EXISTING BUILDING (BMS) AS PER THE LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE MONITORING AND CONTROL FOR ALL UNITS. 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY; NY 10573 [Or- 'I �1 V-41 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 Description ON LMIONITOMIMPT Seal / Signature I I Project Name I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPF1T Project Number 005801001 Scale 1/8" =1" - 0" Description I ( MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3 OF 4 ImAqd I Irks I M 0 2014 Gensler ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST (NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 20A, 125V DECORA STYLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - FLUSH WALL MOUNTED (� 20A, 125V SINGLE RECEPTACLE - FLUSH WALL MOUNTED 3 20A, 125V DECORA STYLE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE - FLUSH WALL MOUNTED 20A, 125V DECORA STYLE GFCI TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE -FLUSH WALL MOUNTED WP`%20A, 125V GFCI TYPE WEATHER RESISTANT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WEATHER YY PROOF ENCLOSURE SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE - FLUSH WALL MOUNTED m _~ a 20A 125V DECORA STYLE HALF SWITCHED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE -FLUSH WALL MOUNTED. BOTTOM HALF OF DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TO BE SWITCHED VIA WALL SWITCH ,C {f FLUSH FLOOR FIRE RATED COMBINATION POWER AND VOICE/DATA DEVICE FLUSH FLOOR FIRE RATED COMBINATION POWER, VOICE/DATA, AND AUDIO VISUAL DEVICE 3 CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX WITH FINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION �J FLUSH WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX WITH FINALUIPMENT CONNECTIONE f Q 0 FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX WITH FINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION 4EY UNFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH__ 30A, 3P, U.O.N. 100A.. FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH - 100 AMP SWITCH, 60 AMP FUSE, UNFUSED (EXCEPT OP 60A WHERE FUSE SIZE IS INDICATE) 3._POLE_. (EXCEPT WHERE NOTED COMBINATION MOTOR CONTROLLER AND DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. COOR. LOCATION W MECH. CONT. 10QA 60A CIRCUM BREAKER 100A FRAME/60A TRIP, 3 POLE, U.O.N. ST -SHUNT TRIP !SURGE SUPPRESSER, LIEBERT ACCUVAR #ACV-277-Y-111-RKE FED WITH 30A/3P C/B MOUNT WITHIN 3ft OF TOTAL WIRE LENGTH FROM SOURCE 4f COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER - COORD. LOCATION WITH MECH. CONTRACTOR INTERCONNECT TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MOTOR PULLBOX, SIZED PER NEC�� E DRY TYPE 480-208V TRANSFORMER DELTA -WYE WITH GROUNDED SECONDARY SIDE, LION. FLUSH MOUNTED PANELBOARD ® SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD ;GROUND BAR ,�--•-�►► 2#12+1#12G -3/4-C FOR ONE CKT. HOMERUN, U.O.N. ..--.�►►. 2#12+1#10NEUT+1#12G-3/4-C FOR TWO CKT. HOMERUN, U.O.N. �,.--►►► 3#12+1#10NEUT+1#12G-3/4-C FOR THREE CKT. HOMERUN, U.O.N. 3#12+1#12G -3j4 -C HOMERUN, U.O.N. CONCEALED CONDUIT �—+ I CONDUIT TURNING UP —� CAPPED CONDUIT FLEXIBLE EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SINGLE POLE. SWITCH___. -._________.._ 3 3 -WAY SWITCH OR TIME CLOCK OVERIpE SWITCH, TORK #SS20FTY(3-WAY #SS13F)__.__-.__ IDIMMER SWITCH, LUTRON NOVA -T #NT -2000, RATED PER LIGHTING LOAD 3 MANUAL STARTER -TOGGLE TYPE WITH THERMAL ELEMENT - 250V HP RATED, FURNISHED BY ELEC CONTRACTOR LV LOW VOLTAGEMANUAL"ON" WALL MOUNTED SWITCH IN ENCLOSED ROOMS WITH CEILING MOUNTED LOW VOLTAGE VACANCY SENSORS G_REENGATE__(GMDS-W ________ OS DUAL TECHNOLOGY VACANCY^ SENSOR, WALL MTD. GREENGATE #VNW-D-1001-MV OS _. DUAL TECHNOLOGY VACANCY SENSOR LOW VOLTAGE, CEILING MOUNTED. GREENGATE #VAC -DT -22000-R OS DUAL TECHNOLOGY VACANCY SENSOR LOW VOLTAGE, rv-CEILING MOUNTED. GREENGATE #VAC -DT -1000-R TS ^rT DIGITAL TIME SWITCH, WALL MOUNTED. WATTSTOPPER #TS -400-W POWER PACK MOUNTED IN JUNCTION BOX LOCATED ABOVE FINISHED CEILING GREENGATE_#SP20-MV, CONNECTTO 120 -VOLT CONVENIENCE CIRCUIT DIGITAL TIME CLOCK TORK DZS SERIES MULTIPURPOSE CONTROL 365 DAY ADVANCE TC SINGLE HOLIDAY & SEASONAL SCHEDULING W/ASTRONOMIC FEATUREDZS400BP pC PHOTO CONTROL SWITCH LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR, ASCO 917-12(# OF POLES)-2O(AMP)-3(12OV) OR 7(277V)1 -C (NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT) 71 GROUND CONNECTION Q I UNFUSED SWITCH - 100 AMP SWITCH ... . M _ .... _ .. ...._ ._ ..__ .._ .. _.__....___ __._ __ ._, _.___. _ ..:.__ ._ _.._.... . _...:_....._................. _.... __.... _.. UTITLITY METER WITH CT. COMPARTMENT SUB Q .._.._... ____.... __ _._. __. _ ... ___ __.___._ .____.__ __. _....._....._ _... __ ._.......... _.._.___. _.._....... .... .._._. DIGITAL SUB -METER E -MON D -MON 2000 CLASS #208400D KIT PROVIDE A ' DGP FIRE ALARM DATA GATHERING PANEL E-301 20A 3 POLE BREAKER IN LOCAL POWER PANEL _.....__ .,... __._ ..._,....,.. CHIME _.._ ._ ._... __. __.._ ._. _.__.__. _--------_.___.___ D8 j DBT =DOOR BELL PUSH BUTTON DOOR BELL CHIME AND ASSOCIATED TRANSFORMER / ... _..._ __._._..__ .. .....__._._ ..,.. I vl `0 ._P.. _....... �_.._._..........._..._._�.___.._____ _.....a_,-.._ _-.. _.._.n.__...... _.__._..-------- .__.._ _..-._...._.�_,__.__ _. _....__. _..._ .. _.._._.._ ....._.__.._ WALL MOUNTED TELEVISION OUTLET WITH 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT & DRAG ABOVE COUNTER ....___....._._.___._.__...... .... .... ..__...._____._ ..__...._._......_ LINE TERMINATED IN A 90' BEND 6" INTO NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING v VOICE & DATA OUTLET LOCATION WITH 1 EMPTY CONDUIT &DRAG LINE TERMINATED KILOVOLT _....__....___.:. ............ .._ .._.___ _ _..,_...__._._ A 90 DEG. BEND 6" INTO NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING T VOICE OUTLET LOCATION W/SINGLE GANG RING, i E. C. & DRAG LINE TERMINATED r,OltWALL ► ♦ ►s1 ' W/90 DEG. BEND & ANTI -SHORT BUSHING 6- ABOVE HUNG CEILING _.... .__.... H ADA "CALL FOR ASSISTANCE" PULL CORD SWITCH, HORN/STROBE & 24V TRANS., AIC EST EDWARDS KIT MODEL #6538-G5 OS CEILING MOUNTED ADDRESSABLE SMOKE DETECTOR �S E ELEVATOR RECALL ADDRESSABLE SMOKE DETECTOR /0-\CoCEILING \= /SB ------- MOUNTED LINE VOLATAGE (RESIDENTIAL TYPE) COMBINATION SMOKE/CARBON MONIXIDE DETECTOR WITH SOUNDER BASE �H -------- ------ .__._... _..__....- CEILING MOUNTED ADDRESSABLE THERMAL DETECTOR RATE -OF -RISE Q DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TS { SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCH WF SPRINKLER WATER FLOW SWITCH DGP FIRE ALARM DATA GATHERING PANEL E-301 MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL IN 1 LUH !•!' HOLDER AMPERE COMBINATION HORN AND R•:MOUNTED Q ADJUSTABLE CANDELA THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS FIRE R•- • r E-301 ADJUSTABI E CANDELA r�F FIRE ALARM •• • r RF FIRE ALARM PULL STATION i E0 FIRE ALARM REMOTE•- PANEL ABOVE COUNTER ....___....._._.___._.__...... .... .... ..__...._____._ ..__...._._......_ FIRE ALARM MONITOR MODULE I ®FIRE ALARM CONTROL•® KILOVOLT _....__....___.:. ............ .._ .._.___ _ _..,_...__._._ CEILING ► r DIRECTIONAL •• INDICATEDSHADED AREAS INDICATE r PROVIDE r HOT r,OltWALL ► ♦ ►s1 MOUNTED DIRECTIONAL••OINDICATED SHADED I ♦ INDICATE ILLUMINATED FACE/FACES. PROVIDE UN -SWITCHED HOT LEG. AIC ELECTRICAL POWER NOTES A. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECT IN FIELD FOR EXACT LOCATION, QUANTITY AND ELEVATION OF POWER AND TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLETS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE CIRCUITED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATED ADJACENT TO EACH DEVICE. CIRCUITRY MAY BE SHOWN IN CERTAIN INSTANCES. C. ALL RECEPTACLES SPECIFIED FOR PERSONAL COMPUTERS, LASER PRINTERS AND SIMILAR TYPES OF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A SEPARATE NEUTRAL AND GROUND CONDUCTOR. THIS IS TO COMPENSATE FOR HARMONIC CURRENTS. SHARED NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS FOR THESE HOMERUNS ARE NOT PERMITTED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. D. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM THE CONFIGURATION TYPE FOR ALL SPECIAL RECEPTACLES FOR COPIERS, DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT. ETC. WITH OWNER AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO ORDERING. E. CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE INDICATED FOR INTENT ONLY. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ACCORDINGLY IN THE FIELD, TO BALANCE THE CIRCUITS EVENLY ON ALL PHASES. F. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IS LOCATED ABOVE THE HUNG CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. EXACT LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. G. COORDINATE LOCATION FOR ALL MOTORIZED DAMPERS, DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS & MECHANICAL WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. EQUIPMENT H. WHERE APPLICABLE, RUN 1- EMPTY CONDUIT TO NEAREST ACCESSIBLE HUNG CEILING WITH GROMMETED END FITTING FOR TELEPHONE/DATA & PROVIDE DRAG LINES FOR PULLING CABLE. 1. COORDINATE THE HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DOORS WITH THE ARCHITECT & SECURITY CONSULTANT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION (I.E. ELECTRIC HINGES, CARD READERS, ELECTRIC STRIKES, MAGNETIC SWITCHES, POWER SUPPLIES, ETC) J. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME RUNS SHALL BE 2#12 & 1#12 GRD IN 3/4. OR MC CABLE AS INDICATED CONDUIT, TO PANEL & CIRCUIT INDICATED. MAXIMUM OF THREE HOMERUNS PER CONDUIT. k. MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS SUPPLYING POWER TO FURNITURE PARTITIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MEANS TO DISCONNECT POWER SIMULTANEOUSLY. • • 1 ••• A ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET AMPERE ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET KCM ELECTRICAL FLOOR POWER PLAN« THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS ELECTRICAL FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN E-301 ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULES E-401 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-402 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AC ELECTRICAL DETAILS ABOVE COUNTER ....___....._._.___._.__...... .... .... ..__...._____._ ..__...._._......_ E 3____...__.. KV _ _.._. _...._�._...___..._ KILOVOLT _....__....___.:. ............ .._ .._.___ _ _..,_...__._._ AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR KVA KILOVOLT AMPERE AIC AMP_ INTERRUPTING CAPACITY KW _KILOWATT ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH ! KWH KILOWATT HOUR AUTO ---------- AUTOMATIC _ ._ _--. _ . - __-___ _ __--_ .._ _.__ _____ LTG _. _ _____ € __ . LIGHTING - __ -- AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE MAX MAXIMUM_ BLDG BUILDING MCB 1 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER C CONDUIT I MCC t MOTOR CONTROL CENTER CU IT CIRC IT BREAKER .MIN MINIMUM S CCTV 1 i CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION MTD MOUNTED CKT ' CIRCUIT � CO CARBON MONOXIDE NIC .NEUTRAL._.. i �..— NOT IN CONTRACT COMM COMMUNICATION NTS N07 TO SCALE CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER OC ON CENTER .... .._._.._.„__. �._..._. .... .�_..... ............___._...._.. _......_.... ___.__,..,_.�. ....._........_ 7_._..__..._ ._... _.. ....._.._�..._ . ......_. .. ..__....._..____. ..,_......__..._, _. .____._._ ... ............_.... CU COPPER P POLE DEG DEGREE or k PH PHASE DGP DATA GATHERING PANEL D PNL 3 PANEL DISC DISCONNECT PWR I POWER � -.-.-_ . _ . ------ _.. DN DOWN R RELOCATED DWG DRAWING RECEPT RECEPTACLE E EX EXISITNG TO REMAIN TEL TELEPHONE __.. EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TOS TOP OF SHAFT EM EMERGENCY 3 TV TELEVISION ER EXISTING TO BE REMOVED I TYP ( TYPICAL _ FA FIRE ALARM ; LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELV -_..._ __.. _._VA I VOLT OR VOLTAGEw FL FLOOR VOLT AMPERE _ FT FEET OR FOOT VIF ! VERIFY IN FIELD GRD GROUND W _ _ WATT GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER j WP WEATHERPROOF HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE WT WATERTIGHT HP HORSE POWER XP EXPLOSION PROOF HZ HERTZ JB JUNCTION BOX i ELECTRICAL LIGHTING NOTES A. FOR EXACT LOCATION, QUANTITY AND ELEVATION OF LGHTING FIXTURES AND SWITCHES REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT IN THE FIELD. B. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE CIRCUITED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATED ADJACENT TO EACH FIXTURE. CIRCUITRY MAY BE SHOWN IN CERTAIN INSTANCES. AlAmflKegn,*�� E-001 ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET E-002 ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET E-101 ELECTRICAL FLOOR POWER PLAN« E-201 ELECTRICAL FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN E-301 ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULES E-401 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-402 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-403 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-404 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-501 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-502 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS Ft— NEO—RAY r23DR1T5H5ErGuEBs1 F2— METALUX #2RD1214T5RPUWERT F3— METALUX #2RD1328T5RPUNVEBT F4— PORTOL01 #CS04132E-4CS01U F5— FAIL—SAFE #MCS14(21)(28)T5UNV—AS REO'D—IK12EB51 F6— ACOLYTE LED #RB241,5(MATCH T5&T5HO COLOR TEMP) F7— ONEFORTYTHREE #MINT GREEN 36` HARDWIRED 120V ARCHITECT TO SELECT COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR ALL FIXTURE FINISHES, COLORS, ETC.. C. ALL JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO COVER, PROVIDE ARCHITECT APPROVED ACCESS DOORS OR PLATES AS REQUIRED IN AREAS WHERE UNOBSTRUCTED ACCESS TO BOX OR OUTLET IS NOT POSSIBLE. D. PRIOR TO ORDERING LIGHTING FIXTURES, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAW- INGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING INFORMATION OBTAIN CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. E. CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE INDICATED FOR INTENT ONLY. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ACCORDINGLY IN THE FIELD TO BALANCE THE CIRCUITS EVENLY ON ALL PHASES. F. MULTIPLE SWITCHES SHOWN IN SAME LOCATION SHALL BE GANGED TOGETHER WITH A COMMON FACEPLATE. G. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES UTILIZING ELECTRONIC BALLASTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A DEDICATED NEUTRAL OR AN OVERSIZED NEUTRAL WHEN SHARED. H. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES CONTROLLED BY DIMMER SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR. 1. ALL NIGHT LIGHTS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS SHALL BE UNSWITCHED AND CIRCUITED DIRECTLY TO ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY PANEL. j• ALL LIGHT FIXTURES DESIGNATED WITH "EM” OR ARE INDICATED TO BE PROVIDED WITH AN EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK UP BALLAST SHALL HAVE CAPABILITY OF ILLUMINATING Ali LAMPS WITHIN FIXTURE FOR A MINIMUM OF 90 MINUTES. 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL • , PARK TOWN OF RYE irOM 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 Date Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal / Signature ( I Project Name I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale 1/8" = V- 0" Description I ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET I M0 Ek IR -0.1 1 1 C 2014 Gensler ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, BUILDING DEPARTMENT, BUILDING MANAGEMENT, AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, LAWS AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING OR RELATING TO ANY PORTION OF THIS WORK SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO AND MADE A PART OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS TO INFORM ENGINEER, OF ANY EXISTING WORK OR MATERIALS WHICH ViOLATE ANY OF THE ABOVE LAWS AND REGULATIONS. ANY WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION LAWS AND REGULATIONS. ANY WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. 2. PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ViSIT THE JOB SITE TO ASCERTAIN THE ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THE WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED HEREIN. DISCREPANCIES, IF ANY, SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF HIS BID, AND IF NOT RESOLVED TO SATISFACTION, SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS A WRITTEN QUALIFICATION OF THE BID. SUBMISSION OF A BID SHALL BE EVIDENCE THAT SiTE VERIFICATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. 3. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF WORK AND APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF SWITCHES, LIGHT FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, ETC. WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOiD CONFLICTS. IF A CONFLICT OCCURS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MORE STRINGENT SITUATION SHALL APPLY. 4. PRiOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT INCLUDING GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND SPRINKLER AND SHALL INCLUDE ANY WORK REQUIRED iN THE BID WHICH iS INDICATED OR IMPLIED TO BE PERFORMED BY THIS TRADE IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THE WORK. 5. ANY EQUIPMENT, PARTS, MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, OR LABOR THAT IS NECESSARY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK, ALTHOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREIN, OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS IF CALLED FOR IN DETAIL WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. 6. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THIS WORK. FINAL ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE DEFINED AS THE TIME AT WHICH THE ELECTRICAL WORK IS TAKEN OVER AND ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER, AND IS UNDER CARE, CUSTODY, AND CONTROL OF THE OWNER. ENGAGE THE SERVICES OF VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS SUPPLYING THE EQUIPMENT FOR THE PROPER STARTUP AND OPERATION AND SERVICING OF THE EQUIPMENT. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SERVICES NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE, SAFE INSTALLATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL WORK. THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: -ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH ENGINEERING BID DOCUMENTS AS WELL AS DOCUMENTS (SPECIFICATIONS & DRAWINGS) PREPARED BY LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY ANY REFERENCED DWG'S iN THE UTILITUY CO. DOCUMENTS NOT INCLUDED SHALL BE PART OF THIS CONTRACT. -CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND ARRANGE TO RECEIVE AND/ OR TO PICK-UP SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT OUTLINED PREPURCHASE ITEMS. -REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED WHEN INTERFERING WITH NEW WORK. -INSTALLATION OF NEW RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORS. -CUTTING, CHANNELING AND CHASING REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND ROUGH PATCHING. -ADDITION OR MODIFICATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. -INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, ETC., REQUIRED FOR THE AFOREMENTIONED EQUIPMENT. -MAINTENANCE AND PROPER OPERATION OF EXISTING BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS WITHIN THE CONTRACT AREA iN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF BUILDING MANAGEMENT. -TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER DURING CONSTRUCTION. -GROUNDING OF ALL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND AS SPECIFIED. 8. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THE BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION TO DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS AND THE EXTENT OF PREMIUM TIME WORK REQUIRED BY BUILDING MANAGEMENT. FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE BID, ASSUME ANY NOISY WORK (E.G., CHOPPING, CORE DRILLING, ETC.) AND BASE BUILDING SYSTEM INTERRUPTIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED OUTSIDE NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. 9. "THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" AIA DOCUMENT A201 LATEST EDITION, OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ARCHITECTS DOCUMENTS AND/OR THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, ARE PART OF THIS CONTRACT. 10. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS CERTIFIED BY ALL TRADES THAT COORDINATION HAS BEEN HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED. SUBMIT ALL CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT CUTS WITH CONSTRUCTION WIRING DIAGRAMS. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) COPIES OF 8-1/2 X 11 SUBMISSIONS AND ONE (1) REPRODUCIBLE AND ONE (1) PRINT OF ALL DRAWINGS. SPECIFIC JOB REQUIREMENTS MAY BE MORE STRINGENT AND CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN REQUIREMENTS FROM CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR ARCHITECT. 11. SUBMIT FOUR (4) LOOSE-LEAF BOUND OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS WITH INDEX AND INDEX TABS TO INCLUDE ALL SHOP DRAWINGS AND OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ON ALL SYSTEMS.. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE SHOP DRAWINGS TO CONFORM TO RECORD DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT AN AS -BUILT CONDITION (DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, CIRCUITRY, ETC.), DRAWINGS UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. FiNAL SUBMISSION OF REPRODUCIBLE AS -BUILT DRAWINGS ARE TO BE SIGNED AND CERTIFIED BY INSTALLING CONTRACTOR THAT THIS iS THE AS -BUILT CONDITION OF THE WORK. 13. NO SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURER OF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT A FORMAL WRITTEN SUBMITTAL TO THE ENGINEER WHICH INCLUDES ALL DIMENSIONAL, PERFORMANCE AND MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS. ANY CHANGES IN LAYOUT, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS, OR DESIGN DUE TO THE USE OF A SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER AS PART OF THIS PROPOSAL. THE CONTRACTOR TAKES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SUBSTITUTION AND ALL CHANGES RESULTING FROM SUBSTITUTION. 14. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL, A PLAN INDICATING THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL CONCEALED EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, ETC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLATION OF ALL ACCESS DOORS IN FINISHED CONSTRUCTION AND INCLUDE COSTS IN THE BID. 15. REMOVAL, TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AND RELOCATION OF CERTAIN EXISTING WORK WILL BE NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW SYSTEMS. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE NOT COMPLETELY DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY THE SITE AND MAKE ALL NECESSARY CHANGES REQUIRED BASED ON EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. 16. PLAN INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK TO INSURE MiNiMUM INTERFERENCE WITH REGULAR OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. ALL SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS AFFECTING OTHER AREAS SHALL BE ORDINATED WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FEEDERS, CIRCUITRY, ETC., AS REQUIRED TO MINIMIZE DOWNTIME. 17. DISCONNECTS SHALL BE 'QUICK -BREAK' HEAVY DUTY TYPE IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE FUSED OR UNFUSED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. FUSES FOR SWITCHES SHALL BE CURRENT LIMITING TYPE WITH AN INTERRUPTING CAPACITY OF 200,000 RMS AMPERES AND OF THE CONTINUOUS CURRENT RATING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 18. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE 'THERMAL MAGNETIC' TYPE, QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK WITH NON -WELDING CONTACTS COMPENSATED FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF 10,000 AMPERES SYMMETRICAL FOR 120/280V PANELS AND 14,000 AMPERES SYMMETRICAL FOR 277/480V PANELS OR HIGHER WHERE NOTED. 19. CONDUIT SHALL BE RIGID THREADED REGARDLESS OF SIZE. 20. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, TYPE THHN/THWN INSULATED. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL HAVE 600 VOLT RATED INSULATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. UNLESS SPECIFIED ALL WIRE #10 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID. CONDUCTORS AND 8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. 21. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRE SIZE: THE MINIMUM WIRE SIZE FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE NO. 12 AWG EXCEPT 120 VOLT CIRCUITS OVER 100 FEET IN LENGTH SHALL BE 10 AWG. 22. PULLBOXES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM GALVANIZED INDUSTRY STANDARD GAUGE SHEET STEEL. 23. PROVIDE PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES iN LONG STRAIGHT RUNS OF RACEWAY TO ASSURE THAT CABLES ARE NOT DAMAGED WHEN THEY ARE PULLED, TO FULFILL REQUIREMENTS AS TO THE NUMBER OF BENDS PERMITTED IN RACEWAY BETWEEN CABLE ACCESS POINTS, THE ACCESSIBILITY OF CABLE JOINTS AND SPLICES, AND THE APPLICATION OF CABLE SUPPORTS. 24. PULLBOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SIZED SO THAT THE MINIMUM BENDING RADIUS CRITERIA SPECIFIED FOR THE WIRESAND CABLE AREMAINTAINED. ALLOW25. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICE BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, PULLBOXES AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO i THE BOX. IF NECESSARY AND APPROVED BY # PROVIDE iii- i' COVERPLATES IN AREAS WHERE UNOBSTRUCTED ACCESS IS NOTPOSSIBLE. 26. OPENINGS AROUND ELECTRICAL PENETRATION THROUGH FIRE RESISTANCE RATED WALL, PARTITIONS, FLOOR OR CEILING SHALL BE FIRE STOPPED, USING APPROVED METHODS.1 FORHOURS ff*Td I i I H 15 KI 9 ff.-T#TT,! ##• # i RECEPTACLESi • i EXTERIORREQUIREMENTS, GENERALLY 31-6" OVER i' i WALL SWITCHES • WALL FIXTURES 6$-Oo$ MOTOR CONTROLLERS• FIRE ALARM STATIONSi SPEAKER/STROBE LIGHTS 6'-8" AFF OR 6" BELOW CEILING (WHICHEVER IS i EXCEPTIONS: i OF DIFFERENT WALL FINISH MATERIALS, ON MOLDING OR BREAK IN WALL SURFACE,VIOLATION OF •r AS NOTED OR DIRECTED. 28. PROVIDE WEIGHTS, LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF EQUIPMENT IN EXCESS OF 200 LBS. SUPPORTED ON FLOOR OR HUNG FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. TO BASE BUILDING STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 29. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH HVAC, PLUMBING AND OTHER TRADES FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL MOTOR AND CONTROL DEVICES. LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE. 30. PROVIDE PRICING FOR EXTENDED WARRANTIES (2-5 YEARS) FOR THE SYSTEMS NOTED BELO PROVIDE PRICING FOR WARRANTIES BEYOND 5 -YEARS WHERE POSSIBLE. 31. PROVIDED WITH WEATHERPROOF IN # ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES A. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR NUMBER OF LIGHTING FIXTURES AND DEVICES TO BE REMOVED AND OR RELOCATED. B. SEE HVAC DRAWINGS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUIT, WIRE, SWITCHES, BOXES ASSOCIATED WITH EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. C. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. D. FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED DISCONNECT POWER AND REMOVED CONDUIT/WIRING BACK TO PANEL. E. REMOVE ALL DRYWALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AND ASSOCIATED CIRCUITING. WHERE OUTLETS ARE REMOVED AND THROUGH CIRCUITING SERVE OTHER OUTLETS BEYOND THE DEMOLITION AREA, RESTORE OR MAINTAIN THROUGH CIRCUITING. A. ALL FLOOR OUTLETS SERVICE FITTINGS SHALL BE REMOVED WITH WIRE, REMOVED BACK TO THE ELECTRIC PANEL FROM WHiCH THEY ARE SERVED. B. REMOVE FLOOR AFTERSET INSERT. PROVIDE SHEETMETAL "PENNY" AND PATCH BY FiLLING WITH CONCRETE. FLUSH WITH FLOOR SLAB. FLOOR OUTLETS - LOW TENSION A. ALL FLOOR OUTLET SERVICE FITTINGS SHALL BE REMOVED WITH DATA/TELEPHONE CABLE. REMOVED BACK TO TELEPHONE CLOSET TERMINAL STRIPS. B. REMOVE FLOOR AFTERSET INSERT, PROVIDE SHEETMETAL "PENNY" AND FILL WITH CONCRETE FLUSH WITH FLOOR SLAB. EXISTING CONDUIT A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL WALL CONDUITS, BOXES, CEILING CONDUITS LEFT AFTER WALL DEMOLITION. REMOVE ALL WIRING BACK TO EXISTING PANELS. EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS A. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE CARE IN DISCONNECTING WiRING FROM PANELS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS. CAREFULLY STORE ALL PANEL COVERS AS CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLETE USABLE PANEL INSTALLATION. EXISTING HEADERDUCT A. CLEAN OUT EXISTING HEADERDUCT FROM ALL EXISTING WiRING, TAKING CARE NOT TO DISCONNECT ANY LIGHTING CIRCUITS. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TRENCHHEADER ACCESS COVER PLATES, GASKETS AND SCREW WHiCH WiLL HAVE TO BE REPLACED IF LOST AS PART OF THIS WORK. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL CABLING FROM FLOOR CELLS AND HEADERDUCT BACK TO THEIR RESPECTIVE TELEPHONE AND ELECTRIC CLOSETS. REPLACE AND SECURE ALL COVER PLATES. EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES A. REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE LIGHTING FIXTURES AND DETERMINED IF BALLAST CONTAIN PCB. AS DIRECTED TURN OVER TO OWNER/TENANT ALL FIXTURES OR DISPOSE OF THEM IN AN APPROVED MANNER. IF FIXTURES CONTAIN BALLASTS WITH PCB REMOVE BALLASTS FROM FIXTURES AND DISPOSE OF IN AN APPROVED MANNER. C. REMOVE i ! CONDUIT,BOXES ASSOCIATED WITH EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. D. DISCONNECT POWER AND REMOVE # r BACK TO PANEL FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING FIRE ALARM A. NO EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR, PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER, FIRE ALARM BOX OR SIMILAR SERVICES INCLUDING THE ASSOCIATED WIRING SHALL BE DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION AND SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION. B. NO ACTIVE SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE COVERED OR OTHERWISE RENDERED INEFFECTIVE FOR ITS INTENDED PURPOSE. C. ALL ACTIVE SMOKE DETECTION, PUBLIC ADDRESS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR DURING CONSTRUCTION. ANY DAMAGES TO THESE SYSTEMS AS A RESULT OF CONSTRUCTION, SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR IMMEDIATELY. REPAIRS SHALL BE MADE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT. TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER: A. FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRING FOR ADEQUATE LIGHT AND SMALL POWER TOOLS FOR THE PROJECT. B. MAINTAIN THE SYSTEM IN GOOD AND ADEQUATE WORKING CONDITIONS AT ALL TIMES. C. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LAMPS, BREAKERS, AND FUSING, AS IS NECESSARY. D. REPLACE BURNED OUT LAMPS, DEFECTIVE BREAKERS, OR BLOWN FUSES. E. TEMPORARY MAINTAINANCE FOR THE ABOVE SHALL BE BASED ON OPERATION 1/2 HOUR BEFORE START OF FIRST TRADE THROUGH 1/2 HOUR AFTER END OF LAST TRADE NORMAL WORK DAY. F. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704,377.2807 Date I Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I Seal / Signature I i Project Name 1 COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT i ' Project Number 005801001 3 Scale 1/811 =1' - 0" Description CELECTRiCAL COVER SHEET i i IMN nprbsk w I C 2014 Gensler BE Im LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES: 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTIING HEIGHTS OF SWITCHES, ETC.. LIGHTING KEY NOTES: OPEN AREA LIGHTING SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA TIME CLOCK AND LIGHTING CONTACTOR (LOCATED IN ELEC. ROOM) WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCH, COORDINATE WITH TENANT FOR EXACT SETTINGS 20 LIGHTING OVERRIDE SWITCH INTERCONNECTED TO TIME CLOCK WITH ENGRAVED FACEPLATE INDICATING "LIGHTING OVERRIDE" ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REUSED EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUITS SERVING THIS AREA THAT BECOMES AVAILABLE DUE TO DEMOLITION. 0 ALL EM/NL AND EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CIRCUIT TO EXISTING PANEL H-2. "EM" INDICATES TO PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK UP TYPE BALLAST CAPABLE OF FULL LIGHT (BOTH LAMPS) OUTPUT FOR 90 MIN., LED FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EMERGENCY DRIVER BATTERY PACK. EXTEND UN—SWITCHED HOT LEG TO BATTERY. — EM/NL-DENOTE 24/7 OPERATION. ALL LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO PANEL H-2 LOCATED IN THE MAIN ELECTRIC CLOSET ON THIS FLOOR. CIRCUITED NUMBERS INDICATD ARE FOR REFERENCE AND DO NOT NECESSARILY REFLECT AN AVAILABLE SPARE CIRCUIT IN THE RESPECTIVE PANEL. D7 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL TYPE 'G' UNDERCABINET LIGHTING AND CIRCUIT TO NEAREST 120V CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. COMPASS G R: 0 U P° 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 A 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 Date I Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I Seal t Signature I I Project Name I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number i �005801001 Scale I Description I I ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PART PLAN I 0 he MMEF wull", 0 2014 Gensler 60A, 1 PH. FEEDER GRD I 941VTJ a =I Ri : I 10N I Q Lai [I M 10AAA A M PANEL DESIGNATION: PANELVOLTAGE: AMPACITY: MOUNTING: AJc* REMARKS - L28 1201208 VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE WITH 100F/oGROUND, BUS 100 AMPERE MAIN LUGS RECESSED 22K NOTES: PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP MAIN CIRCUIT BRi+iiYiEAKER II • Bosom M* I :W 111 :40 il cm • - - Hw ENSTING w4i Iz A •I I A V: 1 1.1 z OPEN OFFICE REG MINX M MIEN OWN MUMME01101MM 100100 1=0 M 101 NINE SEE NOR =01111101 OWN 011 =101 OWN 11111 11-WONNIN W91 =1111010�111011 MM 101= NONE Mw 1®ilii � � MININ MIEN � NONE N am H 1111 1111 iii+.� $ " � V • =111NE � * � � e � 101M ONION NMI SPARE .8PARE IWOM M 0111 1111131 M" NORM M101M SPARE SPARE I 11M MINES SUN 121101 SUN s d OWN BEEN SPARE�ili SPARE 11001110011001iii M MNON 1130 - M OPEN OFFICE REG 1311=11MINE MOM M101 MINOINBINEN ISO 1100100UNIZE!ice NOMINEE QKVA TRANSFORMER WAV 60A, 1 PH. FEEDER GRD I 941VTJ a =I Ri : I 10N I Q Lai [I M 10AAA A M PANEL DESIGNATION: PANELVOLTAGE: AMPACITY: MOUNTING: AJc* REMARKS - L28 1201208 VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE WITH 100F/oGROUND, BUS 100 AMPERE MAIN LUGS RECESSED 22K NOTES: PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER • Bosom M* I :W 111 :40 il cm - - Hw ENSTING w4i Iz A •I I A V: 1 1.1 z OPEN OFFICE REG MINX M MIEN OWN MUMME01101MM 100100 1=0 M 101 NINE SEE NOR =01111101 OWN 011 =101 OWN 11111 11-WONNIN W91 =1111010�111011 MM 101= NONE Mw 1®ilii ISO MININ MIEN NONE am H 1111 1111 101MIEN =111NE 101M ONION NMI SPARE .8PARE IWOM M 0111 1111131 M" NORM M101M SPARE SPARE I 11M MINES M101M 121101 SUN s d M BEEN SPARE�ili SPARE M M MNON 1130 - M 1311=11MINE MOM M101 MINOINBINEN ISO 1100100UNIZE!ice NOMINEE QKVA TRANSFORMER WAV PANEL DESIGNATION: PANELVOLTAGE: �AMPACITY: MOUNTING: AIC: �REMARKS: IG 1201208 VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE WITH 1000/aGROUND BUS 160 AMPERE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER SURFACE 22K NOTES: PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER Bosom - ENSTING MINX M MIEN OWN MUMME01101MM 100100 1=0 M 101 NINE SEE NOR 011 =101 OWN ME 11-WONNIN 111ill =1111010�111011 MM 101= NONE Mw 1®ilii ISO MININ MIEN ON H 1111 1111 =111NE NMI SPARE .8PARE IWOM M 0111 1111131 M" NORM SPARE SPARE MINES 121101 SUN s d M BEEN SPARE�ili SPARE M M MNON 1130 - M 1311=11MINE MINOINBINEN ISO 1100100UNIZE!ice NOMINEE DESIGNATION: H-2 VOLTAGE: 2771480 VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE WITH 1008/6GROUND BUS AND 10(r/61SOLATED GROUND BUS ITY: 126 AMPERE MAIN LUGS ING: RECESSED 22K 60A, 1PH. FEEDER 3#6 W. CU. & 1 #6 W. CU. GRD —1" C. 2NI-) PANEL DESIGNATION: PANEL VOLTAGE: AMPACITY: MOUNTING: AIC' REMARKS: L2C 120f208 VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE WITH 10(F/oGROUND BUS AND 1tai' ISOLATED GROUND BUS 60 AMPERE MAIN CIJRCUIT BREAKER RECESSED 22K Bosom - ENSTING MINX M MIEN OWN MUMME01101MM 100100 1=0 M 101 NINE SEE =101 OWN ME 11-WONNIN 111ill =1111010�111011 M 101= Mw 1®ilii 100M MIEN MM 1111 NMI SPARE .8PARE IWOM M 0111 1111131 M" NORM SPARE SPARE 121101 SUN s d M BEEN SPARE�ili SPARE M M MNON 1130 - M 1311=11MINE MINOINBINEN ISO 1100100UNIZE!ice NOMINEE �44-:- NI V 1411all NOMA 11L 3 COMPASS G R 0 U P@ 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 P 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203,352.1818 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 Date escription 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I Seal / Signature I I Project Name I I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801 001 Description I ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULES 0 2014 Gensler ENSTING EXSTING M MIEN 100100 1=0 101 =101 11-WONNIN SEE 1®ilii 100M NMI SPARE .8PARE OFFICE UGHTINGS SPARE SPARE SPARE�ili SPARE M �44-:- NI V 1411all NOMA 11L 3 COMPASS G R 0 U P@ 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 P 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS& ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203,352.1818 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 Date escription 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I Seal / Signature I I Project Name I I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801 001 Description I ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULES 0 2014 Gensler ISH Z_ PROVIDE DRAG LINE U 1" CONDUIT (U.O.N.) <4 F PH r, r M COMMUNICATION RECEPTACLE DETAIL (TYPCIAL) 1 T\.7'11 A A 1 INDICATOR LIGHT UNSWITCHED (EM/NL) FIXTURES HUM TYPICAL LIGHTING PANEL WALL TYPE TOGGLE SWITCH OR WHERE INDICATED LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY CONTACT TEST SWITCH AC BALLAST [; (T19WCAil►[WA .1.111AT•'1 SWITCHED FIXTURES 1. WIRING DIAGRAMS ARE APPLICABLE TO 'T-5', 'T-8 ' AND COMPACT FLUORESCENT TYPE EMERGENCY BALLAST AS MODIFIED BY FOLLOWING NOTES. 2. FOR FIXTURES WITH COMPACT FLUORESCENT TYPE LAMPS, CHARGEING INDICATOR LIGHT IS WIRED ADJACENT TO FIXTURE, WITH TEST BUTTON ON COMMON FACEPLATE. 3. ALL WIRING INDICATED EXTERNAL TO FIXTURE IS BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TO BE RUN IN CONDUIT. TEST SWITCH AND CHARGEING INDICATOR LIGHT SHALL BE WIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WIRING DIAGRAMS. 4. EMERGENCY BALLAST SHALL BE BODINE CAT.#B30 FOR T-8 AND T-12 LAMPS, BODINE CAT.# B426 FOR 2 PIN COMPACT LAMPS, BODINE CAT.# B413 FOR 2 PIN TWIN TUBE AND QUAD LAMPS, AND BODINE CAT.# 94C FOR 4 PIN LAMPS W/O STARTER. FF1 I F, 11561 001 TO REMAINING FIXTURES AND UNSWITCHED LOADS CHARGING INDICATOR LIGHT NAIN IL IBM SYSTEM EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS PER NEC TABLE 250.122 2 PANELBOARD EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT SWITCHBOARD/ PANELBOARD ENCLOSURE. GROUNDING BUSHING 5 BONDING JUMPER INSTALLED AS PER NEC ARTICLE 250 METAL CONDUIT, TYPICAL TENANT SPACE CONTRACTOR SHALL COME BACK INTO SPACE AT NEAREST WALL OR COLUMN IN RELATION TO .O LOCATION.REMAINING POWER/DATA CONDUIT RUN SHALLBE INSTALLED IN ACCESSIBLE -HUNG CEILING. PROVIDE BOXES AS REQUIRED. N.T.S. FLUSH POKE-THRU OR SERVICE FITTING N 3/4" METAL CONDUIT FOR POWER AND 1-1/2" MINIMUM FOR COMMUNICATIONS/DATA (U.O.N. TYPICAL). CONDUIT LABEL MARKED COMPANY NAME EVERY 5'-0" FT CONDUIT STRAPS INSTALL EVERY 10'-0" FT i 1 ; t G R 0 U PO 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE NOTES: TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States M4., k CONNECTION SHALL BE BURR FREE RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 2 Tel 202.352.1717 BLANK FACE PLATE OR 371)ate Description 06106/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal t Signature EW AS COORDINATED WITH = i , ` , r Project Name #12 AWG HANGER WIRE (VERTICAL AT FOUR CORNERS) NOTES.- OTES:TEL/DATA TEL/DATACONTRACTOR 005801001 ; NONE SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX (OR #12 AWG TIE WIRE DIAGONAL AT OPPOSITE CORNERS) Em401 RECESSED DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE {COLOR BY ARCHITECT} ' AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS) (45' s T—BAR GRID (TYPICAL) GYPSUM BOARD OR TILE CEILING TIE WIRE FIXTURE MOUNTING BRACKET _. FINISHED FLOOR CD CADDY T -BAR CLIP FOR SECURING FIXTURE TO T—BAR GRID (4/FIXT.) #12 AWG HANGER WIRE CONNECTED TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBER 1.l MINIMUM 4 TURNS WITHIN FIRST 11/2" (VERTICAL) 5 MINIMUM 4 TURNS WITHIN 1-1/2" OF NOTE. ALL DATA AND TEL. CABLING IS BY OTHERS FIXTURE (TYPICAL) COMMUNICATION RECEPTACLE DETAIL (TYPCIAL) 1 T\.7'11 A A 1 INDICATOR LIGHT UNSWITCHED (EM/NL) FIXTURES HUM TYPICAL LIGHTING PANEL WALL TYPE TOGGLE SWITCH OR WHERE INDICATED LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY CONTACT TEST SWITCH AC BALLAST [; (T19WCAil►[WA .1.111AT•'1 SWITCHED FIXTURES 1. WIRING DIAGRAMS ARE APPLICABLE TO 'T-5', 'T-8 ' AND COMPACT FLUORESCENT TYPE EMERGENCY BALLAST AS MODIFIED BY FOLLOWING NOTES. 2. FOR FIXTURES WITH COMPACT FLUORESCENT TYPE LAMPS, CHARGEING INDICATOR LIGHT IS WIRED ADJACENT TO FIXTURE, WITH TEST BUTTON ON COMMON FACEPLATE. 3. ALL WIRING INDICATED EXTERNAL TO FIXTURE IS BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TO BE RUN IN CONDUIT. TEST SWITCH AND CHARGEING INDICATOR LIGHT SHALL BE WIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WIRING DIAGRAMS. 4. EMERGENCY BALLAST SHALL BE BODINE CAT.#B30 FOR T-8 AND T-12 LAMPS, BODINE CAT.# B426 FOR 2 PIN COMPACT LAMPS, BODINE CAT.# B413 FOR 2 PIN TWIN TUBE AND QUAD LAMPS, AND BODINE CAT.# 94C FOR 4 PIN LAMPS W/O STARTER. FF1 I F, 11561 001 TO REMAINING FIXTURES AND UNSWITCHED LOADS CHARGING INDICATOR LIGHT NAIN IL IBM SYSTEM EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS PER NEC TABLE 250.122 2 PANELBOARD EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT SWITCHBOARD/ PANELBOARD ENCLOSURE. GROUNDING BUSHING 5 BONDING JUMPER INSTALLED AS PER NEC ARTICLE 250 METAL CONDUIT, TYPICAL TENANT SPACE CONTRACTOR SHALL COME BACK INTO SPACE AT NEAREST WALL OR COLUMN IN RELATION TO .O LOCATION.REMAINING POWER/DATA CONDUIT RUN SHALLBE INSTALLED IN ACCESSIBLE -HUNG CEILING. PROVIDE BOXES AS REQUIRED. N.T.S. FLUSH POKE-THRU OR SERVICE FITTING N 3/4" METAL CONDUIT FOR POWER AND 1-1/2" MINIMUM FOR COMMUNICATIONS/DATA (U.O.N. TYPICAL). CONDUIT LABEL MARKED COMPANY NAME EVERY 5'-0" FT CONDUIT STRAPS INSTALL EVERY 10'-0" FT 10 2014Gensler COMPASS G R 0 U PO 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States M4., k EDWARDS & ZUCK,P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 371)ate Description 06106/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal t Signature EW 40 �1 Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale NONE Description ELECTRICAL DETAILS Em401 10 2014Gensler CKT 1 - HOT, CKT 2 - HOT, CKT 3 - HOT, SHARED #10 AWG NEUTRAL, EQUIPMENT GROUND, CKT 4 - HOT, NEUTRAL, ISOLATED GROUND. RUN IN FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT. JUNCTION BOX SPLICE WITH CONNECTOR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: MULTI -BRANCH CIRCUIT SYSTEM RATED AT 20 -AMPS PER CIRCUIT. WIRING DIAGRAM (3+1) NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL WIRING AS PER APPROVED MANUFACTURERS SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. REFERENCE FURNITURE SYSTEM DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 4" THROUGH WALL FITTING ELECTRIFIED FURNITURE SYSTEM INFEED IN — FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (QUANTITY PER WORK STATION AS REQUIRED) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MAXIMUM LENGTH 36". 2700V INSULATORS r DATA/COMMUNICATIONS CABLING INSTALLED BY OTHERS 90' CONNECTOR, �ASEBC TYPICAL FINISH UTILITY. FLOOR – - -- J. w � w• f • w1 • w t yy. . y y w * w• . '. • w ' f/ O w w • _ w f w fw•. • • y • w • a •w f a• • i �� L • •y • • w w • • R wf ,�• f e A f DR 4" CONDUIT FIRE RATED POKE THRU SERVICE FITTING. REFER TO SYMBOL LIST FOR SPECIFICATION. ■► � • � �Ir 1 ■r � r► r , 1 1. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FITTING ON EACH END OF CONDUIT(S). FOR 4" CONDUITS UTILIZE WIREMOLD FLAMSTOPPER CAT No.FS4–FY. FOR 2" CONDUITS UTILIZE WIREMOLD FLAMSTOPPER CAT No.FS2–FY. AT CONTRACTORS OPTION, UTILIZE PRE–CUT 2", 4" CONDUITS, WIREMOLD CAT No.FSPCC2725 OR FSPCC4725 RESPECTIVELY. PRE–CUT CONDUITS ARE 7-5/16" IN LENGTH. PROVIDE ADEQUATE SPACING BETWEEN CONDUIT BANKS TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF FITTING. 2. DETAIL/SPECIFICATIONS APPLICABLE FOR ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLING PASSING THROUGH ALL FIRE RATED WALLS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS. 3. IF UTILIZED IN CONJUNCTION WITH CABLE TRAY, PROVIDE GROUND HARDWARE AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. ELECTRIFIED FURNITURE SYSTEM POKE-THRU FITTING ENTRY DETAIL 1. THIS DETAIL SHALL BE UTILIZED WHERE WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOXES ARE NOT POSSIBLE DUE TO EXISTING WALL/COLUMN CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IN FIELD. NOTES: GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR CONDUCTOR TERMINAL 1/ GROUND CLAMP ASSEMBLY �1 THREADED GROUND HUB OR GROUNDING BUSHING CONDUIT V WATER SERVICE PIPE 111FAL 10.'' '•i Mbw 11A" EMPTY CONDUIT WITHIN WALL CAVITY TO HUNG CEILING. II POWER BRANCH CIRCUITRY WITHIN WALL CAVITY TO 1 HUNG CEILING. , r • r • . • , # • a # r # f TYPICAL ELECTRIFIED FURNITURE SYSTEM PARTITION. unnrur�rrnurrrruuo�rnununr•S ♦, � +. IILILUHilllllillllll/;;, II I I FINISHEDFLOOR DATA/COMMUNICATIONS CABLING t --BASEBOARD UTILITY. INSTALLED BY OTHERS. EMPTY CONDUIT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ,WALL ENTRY DETAIL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL WIRING AS PER APPROVED MANUFACTURERS SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. WALL PLATE SHALL BE BRUSHED #302 STAINLESS STEEL. 3. REFERENCE POWER PLANS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 4. EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL JUNCTION BOXES AS PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 0 2014 Gensler COMPASS G R 0 U Ps 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377,2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States : fAwmds, Zuak EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 7 Date Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal / Signature Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale NONE Description ELECTRICAL DETAILS Em402 0 2014 Gensler ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 — GENERAL: 2.6 WIRE AND CABLE: 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK: C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT AND EXAMINE CAREFULLY THE AREAS AFFECTED B. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE QUICK—MAKE, QUICK—BREAK WITH NON—WELDING A. METAL CLAD CABLE (TYPE MC) FOR CONCEALED BRANCH CIRCUITRY MAYBE USED BY THIS WORK TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WITH CONTACTS COMPENSATED FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES AND SHALL HAVE A WHEN AN ALTERNATE PRICE IS SUBMITTED FOR ITS USE AND WHEN WRITTEN FURNISH ALL REQUIRED LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SERVIC— DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL ATTEND THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK. THE MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF 10,000 AMPERES SYMMETRICAL FOR APPROVAL IS GIVEN TO THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE BUILDING OWNER AND ES NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL ITEMS A 1 I— S E AS CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THIS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL. 120 280V PANELS AND 14 000 AMPERES SYMMETRICAL FOR 277 480V PANELS f f ENGINEER. 1T SHALL ONLY BE INSTALLED WHERE PERMITTED BY CODE. GATED ON THE DRAWINGS, INCLUDED BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: THIS WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN OR HIGHER WHERE NOTED. ARMORED CABLE SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY AFC OR APPROVED EQUAL. MADE, AND LATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT, OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED B. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, TYPE THHN/THWN INSULATED. ALL A. DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED INCLUDING WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HAD SUCH AN EXAMINATION BEEN MADE. C. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE "THERMAL—MAGNETIC" TYPE HAVING A CONDUCTORS SHALL HAVE 600 VOLT RATED INSULATION UNLESS OTHERWISE ALL CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT BACK TO ITS SOURCE. BIMETALLIC ELEMENT FOR TIME DELAY OVERLOAD PROTECTION AND A MAGNETIC NOTED. D. UPON REVIEW OF ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS ELEMENT FOR SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION. B. INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS INCLUDING EXIT AND EMERGEN— PROPOSAL, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE ARCHITECT C. THE MINIMUM WERE SIZE FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE NO. 12 AWG EXCEPT CY LIGHTING. AND/OR ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR REQUEST CERTIFICATION, IF D. THE CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE CONTAINED IN AN INDIVIDUAL CASE ENCLOS— 120 VOLT CIRCUITS OVER 100' IN LENGTH SHALL BE NO. 10 AWG. NECESSARY, CONCERNING THE INTENT OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO ING ONLY THE NUMBER OF POLES REQUIRED FOR THE PARTICULAR BREAKER. C. INSTALLATION OF WALL SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, ETC. PROVIDE A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. WHERE ANY INFORMATION D. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, ALL WIRES #10 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE OR DIREC11ON IS CONFLICTING BETWEEN THIS SPECIFICATION AND THE E. ANY CIRCUIT BREAKER MADE AVAILABLE DUE TO DEMOL11ION SHALL BE SOLID, CONDUCTORS #8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. D. INSTALLATION OF NEW RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORS FOR LIGHTING AND POWER. DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN DIFFERENT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, OR BETWEEN DESIGNATED AS SPARE ON PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES. DIFFERENT DRAWINGS AND CLARIFICATION CANNOT BE OBTAINED, THE MORE E. FACTORY COLOR CODING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: E. CUTTING, CHANNELLING AND CHASING REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE INSTAL— EXPENSIVE AND STRINGENT REQUIREMENT OR DIRECTION SHALL BE ADHERED F. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY ITE, WESTINGHOUSE, LA11ON OF ELECTRICAL WORK AND ROUGH PATCHING. TO. LATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT GENERAL ELECTRIC, OR SQUARE "D". 120/208 VOLT SYSTEM: PHASE 'A' — BLACK, PHASE 'B' — RED, PHASE 'C' — OR MATERIALS SHOULD THIS PROCEDURE NOT BE .FOLLOWED. BLUE, NEUTRAL —WHITE ,EQUIPMENT GROUND —GREEN.. F. ADDITION AND/OR MODIFICATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIP— 2.4 FUSES: MENT. E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS 277/480 VOLT SYSTEM: PHASE 'A' — BROWN, PHASE 'B' — YELLOW, PHASE WHOSE WORK MIGHT AFFECT THIS INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE A. FUSES SHALL BE CURRENT LIMITING TYPE WITH A MINIMUM INTERRUPTING 'C' — ORANGE, NEUTRAL — WHITE, EQUIPMENT GROUND — GREEN. G. INSTALLATION OF HVAC POWER WIRING AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO HVAC ALL PARTS OF THIS WORK AND EQUIPMENT 1N PROPER RELA11ON TO THE WORK CAPACITY OR 200,000 RMS AMPERES AND OF THE CONTINUOUS CURRENT EQUIPMENT. AND EQUIPMENT OF OTHERS AND WITH BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND ARCHITEC— RATINGS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. TURAL FINISH SO THAT IT WILL HARMONIZE IN SERVICE AND APPEARANCE. F. INSTALL AND CONNECT UP COMPLETE CONDUCTORS FOR ALL CIRCUITS AND H. INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, ETC. REQUIRED B. THEY SHALL HAVE AVERAGE MELTING TIME—CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS TO MEET WIRING SYSTEMS (NOT MORE THAN A SINGLE 3 CIRCUIT HOMERUN IN A FOR THE AFOREMENTIONED EQUIPMENT. F. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE SIZE AND GENERAL LOCATION OF WORK. SCALED THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS K 0-600 AMP CONDUIT) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE USED. THE EXACT LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF FUSES AND "CLASS L" OVER 600 AMP FUSES. FUSES SHALL BE AS MANUFAC- 1. MAINTENANCE OF PROPER OPERATION OF EXISTING BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, ETC., SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM TURED BY BUSSMAN OR SHAWMUTT. G. NO CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PULLED INTO ANY CONDUIT RUN BEFORE ALL WITHIN THE CONTRACT AREA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. CONDUIT JOINTS ARE MADE UP TIGHTLY, AND THE ENTIRE RUN IS SECURED IN BUILDING. 2.5 RACEWAYS: PLACE. WHEN REQUIRED TO EASE THE PULLING OF WIRES INTO CONDUIT, USE G. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, THE POWDERED SOAPSTONE, MINERALLAC #100 OR APPROVED EQUAL BY THOMAS AND J. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER DURING CONSTRUCTION. ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID TO DETERMINE WHAT A. ALL WIRES SHALL BE RUN IN CONDUIT AS SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER, EACH BETTS. WORK MUST BE PERFORMED AFTER NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. UNLESS OTHER— LENGTH OF CONDUIT SHALL BEAR THE MAKER'S TRADEMARK OR STAMP. THE K. GROUNDING OF ALL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY CODE. WISE DIRECTED ANY NOISY WORK (CHOPPING, CORE DRILLING, HAMMERING, PLANS INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION OF OUTLET BOXES AND CIRCUITING. H. TAG ALL FEEDERS IN ALL PULL BOXES, GUTTER SPACES, AND WIREWAYS ETC.) AND BUILDING POWER INTERRUPTIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED OUTSIDE OF THE CONDUIT RUNS FOR THESE CIRCUITS MAY BE MODIFIED AT THE 71ME OF THROUGH WHICH THEY PASS. L. MODIFICATION OF EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. CONFIRM NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS WITH BUILDING INSTALLATION TO ADAPT SAME TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. MANAGEMENT. 1. LEAVE ALL WIRES WITH SUFFICIENT SLACK AT TERMINAL ENDS FOR CONVE- 1.2 INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS: B. FOR ALL SIZES OF CONDUIT LARGER THAN 1-1/2", USE STANDARD ELBOWS; IN NIENT LOCATIONS TO DEVICES AND FOR CONVENIENT SERVICING. H. WHERE PANELBOARDS, SWITCHES, CIRCUIT BEAKERS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC. ARE SMALLER SIZES, FIELD BENDS WILL BE PERMITTED INSTEAD OF USING A. AS USED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK, EXISTING TO BE REUSED THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND REFURBISH THE MANUFACTURED ELBOWS BUT CARE MUST BE TAKEN NOT TO DAMAGE THE CON— J. MAKE SPLICES IN FEEDER TAPS IN PANEL BOX GUTTERS WITH PRESSURE TYPE CERTAIN NON—TECHNICAL WORDS SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD TO HAVE SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT. THIS SHALL INCLUDE TIGHTENING ALL CONNECTIONS, REPLACING DUIT. THE RADIUS OF THE INNER CURVE OF ANY BEND SHALL NOT BE ANY CONNECTORS — BURNDY, NEPCO, OR O.Z.E GEDNEY WITH COMPOSITION INSULAT— MEANINGS AS FOLLOWS REGARDLESS OF INDICATIONS TO THE CONTRARY IN THE DEFECTIVE MECHANISMS, EXERCISING MECHANISMS AND PROVIDING ANY LESS THAN THAT PERMITTED BY CODE. ING COVERS. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF OTHER DOCUMENTS GOVERNING THE ELECTRICAL WORK. MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS 5O THE EQUIPMENT IS IN FIRST CLASS WORKING ORDER. ALL TRANSFORMER WINDINGS SHALL BE MEGGER TESTED. C. CONDUIT SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE AND HANGERS, SUPPORTS OR K. SPLICES IN BRANCH WIRING SHALL BE TWISTED AND MADE MECHANICALLY 1. "ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR," "THIS CONTRACTOR," — THE PARTY OR FASTENINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH ELBOW AND AT EACH END OF EACH TIGHT; THEN SECURED WITH 3M, SCOTCHLOCK OR THOMAS AND BETTS PIGTAIL PARTIES WHO HAVE BEEN DULY AWARDED THE CONTRACT FOR AND ARE STRAIGHT RUN TERMINATED AT A BOX OR CABINET. WHERE RISER CONDUITS CONNECTORS, CRIMP TYPE CONNECTORS SHALL NOT BE USED. THEREBY MADE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS DESCRIBED PART 2 — PRODUCTS PIERCE FLOOR SLABS, THEY SHALL REST ON EACH FLOOR WITH APPROVED BEAM HEREIN. CLAMPS, PIPE STRAPS OR HEAVY IRON TIES WIRED TO THE STRUCTURAL L. SUPPORT CONDUCTORS IN VERTICAL RACEWAYS AT THE TOP OF ANY RACEWAY 2.1 PANELBOARDS: MEMBERS SUPPORTING EQUIPMENT. SIZE AND TYPE OF ANCHOR SHALL BE LONGER THAN 20 FEET. INCLUDE ADD111ONAL SUPPORTS SPACED AT INTER - 2. "THIS CONTRACT," "THE CONTRACT" — THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE BASED ON THE COMBINED WEIGHTS OF CONDUIT, HANGER AND CABLES. ALL VALS WHICH ARE NOT GREATER THAN 40 FEET. SUPPORT SHALL BE O.Z./GED— WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY "THIS CONTRACTOR." A. PANELBOARD BOX SHALL BE MADE OF SHEET STEEL "BENT—UP" OR RIVETED OR HANGERS AND RODS SHALL BE PAINTED WITH ONE COAT OF ENAMEL. NEY TYPE R. BOLTED TOGETHER WITH EXTERIOR ANGLE IRON FRAME." BOX SHALL BE OF 3. "EQUAL," "SATISFACTORY," "ACCEPTED," "ACCEPTABLE" "EQUIVALENT" SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ALLOW A GUTTER AT LEAST 5-3/4 IN WIDTH ENTIRELY D. INSTALL CONDUIT EXPANSION FITTINGS IN EACH CONDUIT RUN WHEREVER IT M. WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY ROME, PHELPS DODGE, GENERAL — ACCEPTABLE FOR USE ON THE PROJECT, AS DETERMINED BY THE SURROUNDING EACH SECTION OF BOARD. INCREASE SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE CROSSES AN EXPANSION JOINT AND WHEREVER THE CONDUIT LENGTH EXCEEDS CABLE, SIMPLEX, GENERAL ELECTRIC CO. OR ANACONDA. ENGINEER BASED ON DOCUMENTS PRESENTED FOR SUCH DETERMINATION. FEEDER SIZE. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE SURFACE OR FLUSH TYPE AS NOTED ON 200 FEET. EXPANSION FITTINGS AS MANUFACTURED BY OZ/GEDNEY. THE DRAWINGS. PANEL BOXES SHALL BE GIVEN TWO COATS OF GREY ENAMEL 2.7 DEVICES; 4. "THESE SPECIFICATIONS," "THIS SECTION, PART, DIVISION" (OF THE PAINT, E. RUNNING THREADS SHALL NOT BE USED. WHERE CONDUIT WITH TAPERED SPECIFICATION) — THE DOCUMENT SPECIFYING THE WORK TO BE PER— THREADS CANNOT BE COUPLED WITH STANDARD CONDUIT COUPLINGS, O.Z./GED— A. WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FORMED BY "THIS CONTRACTOR." B. PROVIDE CODE GAUGE STEEL DOORS AND TRIMS (DOOR WITHIN A DOOR) FOR NEY SPLIT COUPLINGS, OR ERICKSON COUPLINGS SHALL BE USED. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNTED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REFER TO ALL PANELBOARD BOXES. SYMBOL LIST. 5. "THE ELECTRICAL WORK," "THIS WORK" — ALL LABOR MATERIALS, F. LAY OUT AND INSTALL ALL CONDUIT RUNS TO AVOID PROXIMITY TO STEAM AND EQUIPMENT APPARATUS, CONTROLS, ACCESSORIES, AND OTHER ITEMS C. TRIMS SHALL BE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO BOX BY A FULL LENGTH PIANO HOT WATER PIPES. DO NOT RUN CONDUIT WITHIN THREE INCHES OF SUCH B. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES SHALL BE 120/277 VOLTS, RATED AT 20 AMPERES, REQUIRED FOR A PROPER AND COMPLETE INSTALLATION BY THE ELEC— HINGE. PROVIDE LOCKS AND KEYS. PIPES EXCEPT WHERE CROSSINGS ARE UNAVOIDABLE, THEN THE CONDUIT SHALL QUIET OPERATION TYPE. FINISH OF TOGGLE AND DEVICE PLATE AS DIRECT— TRICAL CONTRACTOR, BE KEPT AT LEAST 1 INCH FROM THE COVERING OF THE PIPE CROSSING. ED BY ARCHITECT. D. PANEL BUS BARS SHALL BE COPPER PROPORTIONED FOR A CURRENT DENSITY OF 6. "ARCHITECT," "ENGINEER," "OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE" — THE PARTY 1000 AMPERES PER SQUARE INCH OF CROSS—SECTIONAL AREA. PROVIDE A G. FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITRY ABOVE HUNG CEILING AND IN PARTITIONS C. THREE WAY SWITCHES SHALL BE 120/277 VOLT, 20 AMPERES. OR PARTIES RESPONSIBLE FOR INTERPRETING, ACCEPTING AND OTHER— COPPER GROUND BAR IN EACH PANEL. PROVIDE AN ISOLATED GROUND BAR IN SHALL BE RUN IN ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) UNLESS OTHERWISE WISE RULING ON THE PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PANELS AS INDICATED ON PANEL SCHEDULES. NOTED. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. MAY BE D. DIMMER SWITCHES SHALL BE LUTRON NOVA T STAR SERIES OR APPROVED DONE WITH FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT (NO LONGER THAN SIX FEET). EQUAL. UTILIZE NT SERIES FOR STANDARD INCANDESCENT AND NTLV SERIES 7. "FURNISH" — PURCHASE AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE COMPLETE E. PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NEUTRAL BARS SIZED AT 200% OF THE FOR LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING WHICH UTILIZE TRANSFORMERS. DIMMERS SHALL WITH EVERY NECESSARY APPURTENANCE AND SUPPORT, ALL AS PART OF PHASE BUS BARS AS CALLED FOR ON PANEL SCHEDULES. H. ALL CONDUIT IN MECHANICAL ROOMS, ELECTRICAL CLOSETS AND WHERE BE RATED AT 120 VOLT, WATTAGE SIZE AS REQUIRED. FINISH AS DIRECTED THE ELECTRICAL WORK. CONCEALED IN CONCRETE SHALL BE RIGID THREADED REGARDLESS OF SIZE. BY ARCHITECT. WHERE DIMMER SWITCHES ARE LOCATED NEXT TO SINGLE POLE F. A TYPEWRITTEN LIST OF CIRCUITS SHOWING CLEARLY THE LOADS SUPPLIED BY LOCK AND TOGGLE TYPE SWITCHES, THE SINGLE POLE SWITCH SHALL MATCH 8. "INSTALL" — UNLOAD AT THE DELIVERY POINT AT THE SITE AND EACH CIRCUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE INSIDE OF EACH PANELBOARD I. ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING SHALL BE INDUSTRY STANDARD THIN WALL THE DIMMING SWITCH STYLE. PERFORM EVERY OPERATION NECESSARY TO ESTABLISH SECURE MOUNTING DOOR. THIS LIST SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A STEEL FRAME UNDER A PLASTIC CONDUIT, EMT SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL ONLY. IT SHALL AND CORRECT OPERATION AT THE PROPER LOCATION IN THE PROJECT, WINDOW. EACH PANEL SHALL BE EXTERNALLY TAGGED WITH PERMANENT NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4" TRADE SIZE. IT SHALL BE USED FOR TRADE SIZE E. SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE PLATES SHALL BE PLUMB AND SHALL FIT FLAT ALL AS PART OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. LAMACOID PLATT_ INDICATING PANEL IDENTIFICATION AND VOLTAGE. UP TO 4" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AGAINST THE WALL. 9. "PROVIDE" — "FURNISH" AND "INSTALL." G. PHASE LEGS OF ALL PANELS SHALL BE BALANCED AT SUPPLY POINT. ANY J. FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT SHALL BE OF THE GROUNDING TYPE. IT SHALL F. ALL SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS SHALL BE PANEL FOUND WITH UNBALANCED LOADS SHALL HAVE ITS CIRCUITS REARRANGED CONSIST OF GALVANIZED STEEL TAPS FORMED INTO AN INDUSTRY STANDARD TAKEN FROM ARCHITECT'S DRAWING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10. "NEW" — MANUFACTURED WITHIN THE PAST TWO YEARS AND NEVER AS REQUIRED TO BALANCE PHASE LEGS WITHIN 107a. INTERLOCKING COIL. IT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4" TRADE SIZE. BEFORE USED. G. MULTIPLE DEVICES AT A COMMON LOCATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A COMMON H. PANELS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY WESTINGHOUSE, GENERAL K. RIGID METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE INDUSTRY STANDARD STEEL CONDUIT. IT MULTIGANG BOX WITH A COMMON FACEPLATE. DEBATE DIMMER SWITCHES PER 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: ELECTRIC OR SQUARE "D" OR APPROVED EQUAL. SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4" TRADE SIZE. STEEL CONDUIT SHALL BE HOT MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS WHEN GANGED. DIPPED GALVANIZED. IT SHALL BE USED FOR TRADE SIZE GREATER THAN 4" A. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SYSTEMS AND WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY OUTLETS, 2.2 DISCONNECT SWITCHES: SUPPORTS, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES TO FULFILL APPLICABLE CODES, L. THREADED FITTINGS SHALL BE USED WITH RIGID CONDUIT. SET SCREW OR 2.8 PULLBOXES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OUTLET BOXES: REGULATIONS, BUILDING STANDARDS AND THE BEST PRACTICES OF THE TRADE A. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE "QUICK—MAKE, COMPRESSION FITTINGS SHALL BE USED WITH EMT. FOR INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK. QUICK—BREAK," HEAVY DUTY TYPE IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURES FUSED OR UNFUSED A. PULLBOXES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ALL FUSES AS REQUIRED. M. EMPTY CONDUIT FOR NEW TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLETS IN PARTITIONS SHALL FROM GALVANIZED INDUSTRY STANDARD GAUGE SHEET STEEL. B. THE ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF DISCONNECT SWITCHES WHERE INSTALLED OUTDOORS OR BE 1" THIN WALL RUN CONCEALED IN WALLS, TERMINATED AND BUSHED 6" IN NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, LOCAL CODES/REQUIRMENTS, AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ACCESSIBLE HUNG CEILING AND DIRECTED TOWARDS PARTICULAR TELE— B. PROVIDE PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES IN LONG STRAIGHT RUNS OF STANDARD OF THE NATIONAL BOARD OF UNDERWRITERS, PHONE/DATA ROOM OR CLOSET. FURNISH DRAG LINE. RACEWAY TO ASSURE THAT CABLES ARE NOT DAMAGED WHEN THEY ARE PULLED, OSHA AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. WORK SHALL ALSO B. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY ITE, WESTINGHOUSE, TO FULFILL REQUIREMENTS AS TO THE NUMBER OF BENDS PERMITTED IN COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS. THE BUILDING GENERAL ELECTRIC, OR SQUARE 'D'. N. RACEWAY SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY NATIONAL WIRE PRODUCTS, TRIANGLE OR RACEWAY BETWEEN CABLE ACCESS POINTS, THE ACCESSIBILITY OF CABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS WHERE MORE STRINGENT THAN THIS SPECIFICATION, REPUBLIC. JOINTS AND SPLICES, AND THE APPLICATION OF CABLE SUPPORTS. SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THE SPECIFICATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.3 CIRCUIT BREAKERS: THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO C. PULLBOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SIZED SO THAT THE MINIMUM OBTAIN A COPY OF THE REGULATIONS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. THE A. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLTED TO THE PANELBOARD BUS BARS. WHERE BENDING RADIUS CRITERIA SPECIFIED FOR THE WIRES AND CABLE ARE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ALL CERTIFICATES OF REQUIRED ORDINANCES, AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE INSTALLED IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS. BREAKERS MAINTAINED. DELIVER THEM TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND BE COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING PANELBOARD. D. SWITCH, RECEPTACLE AND WALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE A NOMINAL 4 INCH SQUARE, 1-1/2 INCH OR 2-1/8 INCH DEEP AS REQUIRED BY CODE WITH A RAISED COVER, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. PROVIDE 3/8 INCH FIXTURE STUD AS REQUIRED. GANGED OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO SUIT CONDITIONS. 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 Date ) Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I Seat / Signature Project Name I { COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT s I Project Number' �005801001 Scale 1/8"=1'-0" Description ` 1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 FANd 101 1 0 L ,IF 4- PAF C 2014 Gensler E. LIGHTING FIXTURE BOXES SHALL BE 4 INCH OCTAGON WITH 3/8 INCH FIXTURE STUD. FOR SUSPENDED CEILING WORK, PROVIDE A 4 INCH OCTAGON BOX WITH REMOVABLE BACKPLATE WHERE REQUIRED. F. INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED JUNCTION/PULL BOXES AND OUTLET BOXES REGARDLESS OF INDICATIONS ON THE DRAWINGS (WHICH DUE TO SYMBOLIC METHODS OF NOTATION, MAY NOT SHOW ALL THAT ARE ACTUALLY REQUIRED). G. WHERE BOXES HAVE ANY SINGLE HORIZONTAL DIMENSION LARGER THAN 36", THEY SHALL BE FITTED WITH CABLE SUPPORT RACKS CONSISTING OF 3/4" DIAMETER STEEL PIPES WITH FLANGED ENDS BOLTED TO THE SIDES OR FRAME OF THE PULL BOXES. EACH PIPE SUPPORT SHALL BE FITTED WITH A CONTIN— UOUS FIBER INSULATING SLEEVE. THE PIPE SUPPORTS SHALL BE ARRANGED IN TIERS CORRESPONDING TO THE CABLES ENTERING AND LEAVING THE BOX. SUFFICIENT PIPE SUPPORT RACKS WILL BE INCLUDED WITH THE PULL BOX SO THAT NO CABLE SHALL REMAIN UNSUPPORTED FOR A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE GREATER THAN 36". IN NO CASE SHALL CABLE SUPPORT PIPE RACKS BE MOUNTED SO THAT THEY INTERFERE WITH THE REMOVAL OF SCREW COVERS. H. WHERE THE WIRES AND CABLES FOLLOWING THE SAME ROUTING ARE INDICATED AS RUNNING IN SEPARATE PULL BOXES, IT SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD THAT A SEGREGATION OF THE WIRES AND CABLES iS REQUIRED. 1. BARRIERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR SYSTEMS AS FOLLOWS: 1. BETWEEN WIRING WITH DIFFERENT VOLTAGE INSULATION RATINGS. 2. BETWEEN NORMAL AND EMERGENCY WIRING. 3. BETWEEN 277 VOLT WIRING CONNECTED TO DIFFERENT PHASES WITHIN THE SAME LIGHT SWITCH OUTLET BOX, J. BARRIERS IN JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE OF NON—CURRENT CARRYING MATERIAL OF ADEQUATE THICKNESS FOR MECHANICAL STRENGTH BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN 1/4-. EACH BARRIER SHALL HAVE AN ANGLE IRON FRAMING SUPPORT ALL AROUND. K. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICE BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, PULLBOXES AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO THE COVER. IF NECESSARY AND APPROVED BY ARCHITECT, PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR OR COVERPL— ATES IN AREAS WHERE UNOBSTRUCTED ACCESS IS NOT POSSIBLE. L. BOXES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY APPLETON ELECTRIC, CROUSE HINDS OR O.Z./GEDNEY CO. 2.9 SLEEVES AND INSERTS A. FURNISH AND INSTALL SLEEVES AND INSERTS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ALL CONDUITS AND BOXES PENETRATING WATERPROOF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE FLASHED AND MADE WATERTIGHT. B. SLEEVES FOR INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND FLOORS SHALL BE 16—GAUGE AND GALVANIZED. C. SLEEVES THROUGH FLOORS SHALL EXTEND TWO (2) INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR EXCEPT AS NOTED. ALL FUTURE SLEEVES SHALL BE CAPPED. D. ALL SLEEVES SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHORED IN PLACE AND PROPERLY CAPPED TO PREVENT SEEPAGE OF CONCRETE INTO SLEEVE. E. SLEEVES SHALL BE SEALED WITH AN APPROVED FIREPROOF MATERIAL AFTER INSTALLATION OF FEEDERS. 2.10 SUPPORTS AND FASTENINGS A. ALL SUPPORTS AND FASTENINGS NECESSARY FOR THE SUPPORT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BEST INDUSTRY PRACTICE AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL STEEL SUPPORTING MEMBERS, HANGERS, BRACKETS OR OTHER SPECIAL DETAILS REQUIRED AND NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT. C. ALL CHANNELS, JOINERS, HANGERS AND CAPS, NUTS AND BOLTS AND ASSOCI— ATED PARTS SHALL BE PLATED ELECTROLYTICALLY WITH ZINC OR SHALL BE DIPPED GALVANIZED. D. SUPPORT LESS THAN 2" TRADE SIZE, VERTICALLY RUN CONDUIT AT INTERVALS NO GREATER THAN 8 FEET. SUPPORT SUCH CONDUITS 2" TRADE SIZE OR LARGER, AT INTERVALS NO GREATER THAN THE STORY HEIGHT, OR 15 FT. WHICHEVER IS SMALLER. E. WHERE THEY ARE NOT EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, SUPPORT LESS THAN 1" TRADE SIZE, HORIZONTALLY RUN CONDUITS AT INTERVALS NO GREATER THAN 7 FT. SUPPORT SUCH CONDUITS, 1" TRADE SIZE OR LARGER, AT INTERVALS NO GREATER THAN 10 FT. F. INCLUDE SUPPORTING FRAMES OR RACKS EXTENDING FROM SLAB TO SLAB FOR WORK INDICATED AS BEING SUPPORTED FROM WALLS WHERE THE WALLS ARE INCAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE WEIGHT. G. INCLUDE SUPPORTING FRAMES OR RACKS FOR EQUIPMENT, INTENDED FOR VERTICAL SURFACE MOUNTING, WHICH IS REQUIRED IN A FREE STANDING POSITION. H. EXCEPT FOR BRANCH CIRCUITRY INSTALL ALL CONDUIT IN HUNG CEILING SPACE ON ACCEPTABLE HANGERS AND INSERTS. CONDUIT OR ARMORED CABLE FOR BRANCH CIRCUITRY SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY CLAMPS OR PIPE STRAPS SECURED TO THE CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM (BLACK IRON) OR FROM STRUCTUR— AL MEMBERS OR FROM THE DECK. 2.11 INSULATING BUSHINGS A. ALL METAL CONDUIT AND ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING 3/4" AND LARGER TERMINATING IN CABINETS, PULL BOXES AND SIMILAR BOXES SHALL HAVE INSULATED BUSHINGS. TYPE "B" OR TYPE "BLDG" (FOR GROUNDING BUSHING) AS MANUFACTURED BY O.Z./GEDNEY CO. 2.12 GROUNDING: 2. AN ELECTROSTATIC SHIELD SHALL BE INSERTED BETWEEN THE PRIMARY 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 AND SECONDARY WINDING TO ATTENUATE HIGH FREQUENCY HARMONICS. A. PROVIDE A GREEN GROUND CONDUCTOR IN CIRCUIT CONDUITS AS INDICATED. 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States fc 3. THE SECONDARY NEUTRAL SHALL BE 200% RATED WITH DOUBLE LUGS. B. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTARY GROUND BONDING WHERE METALLIC CONDUITS TERMI— 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 NATE AT METAL CLAD EQUIPMENT (OR AT THE METAL PULL BOX OF EQUIPMENT) F. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY ITE, WESTINGHOUSE, GENERAL Description FOR WHICH A GROUND BUS IS SPECIFIED. ACCOMPLISH THIS BY EQUIPPING Seal I Signature ELECTRIC OR SQUARE 'D'. E Pie THE CONDUITS WITH A BUSHING OF THE GROUNDING TYPE CONNECTED INDIVID— UALLY TO GROUND BUS. Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT PART 3 — EXECUTION C. ALL GROUND WIRES SHALL BE SUITABLY PROTECTED FROM MECHANICAL INJURY. 1/8"=V-0" Description 3.1 GENERAL 2.13 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER A. ALL CONTROL WIRING ASSOCIATED WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IS THE A. FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRING FOR ADEQUATE LIGHT AND SMALL TOOLS POWER RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. FOR THE PROJECT. THIS SHALL INCLUDE INSTALLING ALL LAMPS, BREAKERS, AND FUSING, AS IS NECESSARY. B. ALL DATA/VOICE/COMMUNICATION WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED BY OTHERS. COORDINATE WITH THE RESPECTIVE INSTALLER. B. TEMPORARY MAINTENANCE FOR THE ABOVE SHALL BE BASED ON OPERATION 1/2 C. OPENINGS AROUND ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RESISTANCE HOUR BEFORE START OF FIRST TRADE THROUGH 1/2 HOUR AFTER END OF LAST RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS, OR CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRE STOPPED TRADE'S NORMAL WORK DAY. USING APPROVED METHODS. ALL SLEEVES SHALL HAVE BUSHINGS. SEALANT SHALL BE 3 HOUR. C. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. D. PREPARE "AS—BUILT" TRACINGS SHOWING ALL CHANGES IN WIRE SIZE, CIRCUIT NUMBERING, CIRCUIT ROUTING, EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AND ELECTRI- 2.14 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: CAL WORK AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED SUBMIT "AS—BUILTS" ALONG WITH THREE (3) COPIES OF ALL APPROPRIATE MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS MANUALS TO A. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH NEW FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT AS THE OWNER. SHOWN AND CONNECT TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM VENDOR PRIOR TO ANY E. ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED AGAINST DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL INCLUDE ANY FIRE ALARM VENDOR'S YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE INSTALLATION. COST FOR 11E—IN'S, PROGRAMMING, PARTS, ETC. B. WHERE CONSTRUCTION INTERFERES WITH EXISTING FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT, OR F. FURNISH 480 VOLT DANGER SIGNS AT ALL 480/277 VOLT EQUIPMENT PER IT IS LOCATED ON EXISTING WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, IT SHALL BE THE CODE. RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY THE BUILDING OWNER AND G. AT COMPLETION OF ELECTRICAL WORK ALL "IN SLAB" TRENCH DUCT COVERS RELOCATE AT OWNER'S DIRECTION. SHALL BE REPLACED. C. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN FIRE ALARM H. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING MANAGER FOR ANY SERVICE INTERRUPTION OF SPEAKERS, STROBES, SMOKE DETECTORS, FIRE WARDEN STATIONS AND OTHER EXISTING LIGHTING OR POWER PANELS AND GIVE NOTICE TWO (2) DAYS PRIOR FIRE SAFETY DEVICES IN OPERATION AT ALL TIMES. TO ANY WORK. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DO WORK ON PREMIUM TIME 'SO AS NOT TO DISTURB EXISTING TENANTS ON OTHER FLOORS. D. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM INSTALLA11ON THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING DEVICES AND 1. ALL PANELBOARD COVERS SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE COMPLETION OF EACH SUBMIT A REPORT TO THE ENGINEER VERIFYING THAT THE SYSTEMS ARE FULLY DAYS WORK. OPERATIONAL. J. MAINTAIN GROUND CONTINUITY THROUGHOUT ALL SYSTEMS. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS THAT INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S CUT SHEETS THAT INCLUDE EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBERS, BATTERY CALCULATIONS, K. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE ANY EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR TYPE AND SIZES, AND VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS. WORK WHICH INTERFERES WITH THE NEW INSTALLATION. ALL EXPOSED ABANDONED CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL BE REMOVED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL 2.15 LIGHT FIXTURES CUT BACK ALL ABANDONED CONDUIT AND WIRING TO FLOOR, WALL, OR HUNG CEILING. THIS WORK MAY NOT BE REPRESENTED ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT A. ALL LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HARDWARE SHALL MATCH AND BE COORDINATED SHOULD BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT BY THE CONTRACTOR IN HIS PROPOSAL. WITH THE NEW OR EXISTING CEILING SYSTEM TYPE. L. INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED ON ALL EXISTING B. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS SHALL BE UL'S CLASS "P" AND SHALL CONFORM TO CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT DESIGNATED TO REMAIN. MEASURED INSULATION ANSI AND UL SPECIFICATION WITH LABELS OF APPROVAL BY UL AND CER11F1-- RESISTANCE SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF CATION BY C.B.M. BALLASTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE NEW YORK STATE THE CODE ENERGY CODE AND SHALL QUALIFY FOR ALL APPLICABLE CON EDISON REBATES. [SPECIFIER: CHANGE TO OTHER MUNICIPALITY AS REQUIRED.] BALLASTS M. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITRY FOR FOR FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE OF THE ENERGY SAVING SUPER LOW HEAT EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES THAT ARE TO REMAIN. WHERE OUTLETS DESIGN WITH HIGH POWER FACTOR (0.9 MINIMUM) AND A HIGH BALLAST ARE REMOVED AND ARE NOT AT THE CIRCUIT DEAD END, EXTEND CIRCUITRY AS FACTOR (0.95 MINIMUM), AS MANUFACTURED BY MOTOROLA, UNIVERSAL, OR REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF ORIGINAL CIRCUIT. WHERE A WIRING ESB. DEVICE IS TO BE REMOVED AND THAT WALL IS TO REMAIN THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE BRANCH CIRCUITRY FROM ITS SOURCE AND FILL—IN C. ELECTRONIC BALLASTS SHALL BE HIGH—FREQUENCY, FULL OUTPUT TYPE FOR OUTLET BOX. BLANK PLATES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. USE ON 265 MA RAPID START T-8 LAMPS. THEY SHALL HAVE A 'A' SOUND RATING OR BETTER. ALL ELECTRONIC BALLASTS SHALL HAVE LESS THAN 20 N. PRIOR TO ANY CHASING, CHOPPING, OR CORE DRILLING IS PERFORMED, THE PERCENT TOTAL HARMONIC DISTOR110N (THD). BALLASTS SHALL MEET OR CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD INVESTIGATE CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE WITH EXCEED FCC REGULATIONS PART 18. ELECTRONIC BALLASTS FOR 1, 2, 3, OR ALL APPROPRIATE TRADES TO ENSURE THAT WORK WILL BE IN HARMONY WITH 4 LAMP COMBINATIONS SHALL BE USED AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE OTHER WORK AND NOT AFFECT ANY EXISTING BUILDING SYSTEMS. THIS WORK FIXTURE DESCRIBED IN THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE. MUST BE APPROVED BY BUILDING MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. D. PROVIDE LAMPS SUITABLE FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES IN WHICH THEY ARE USED AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE "RAPID 3.2 SHOP DRAWINGS START' AND SHALL DELIVER NOT LESS THAN 3150 LUMENS. COLOR SHALL BE WARM WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INCANDESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE A. SUBMIT SIX (6) SETS OF SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THE FOLLOWING: INSIDE FROSTED AND RATED AT 130 VOLTS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. LAMPS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY G.E., SYLVANIA, PHILIPS UNLESS 1. PANELBOARDS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. 2. LIGHTING FIXTURES. 3. DEVICES. E. REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR TYPES. 4. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM EQUIPMENT. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT 2.16 TRANSFORMERS A. THREE PHASE TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE 480 VOLT DELTA PRIMARY AND 208/120 A. ALL PANELBOARDS, CONTROL PANELS, AND CABINETS SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL BE VOLT WYE SECONDARY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION, VOLTAGE AND AMPERE A MINIMUM OF TWO 2-1/2% FULL CAPACITY PRIMARY TAPS ABOVE AND FOUR 2— RATING, EQUIPMENT SERVED AND ORIGIN OF THE INCOMING FEED. CONTROL PANELS 1/2% FULL CAPACITY PRIMARY TAPS BELOW NORMAL PRIMARY VOLTAGE. SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH SYSTEM NAME. IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE BY WHITE ON BLACK PLASTIC NAMEPLATE WITH 1/2- MINIMUM LETTERING ATTACHED BY SCREWS. B. TRANSFORMERS 15 KVA AND ABOVE SHALL BE 115 DEGREE CENTIGRADE TEMPER— ATURE RISE ABOVE 40 DEGREES CENTIGRADE AMBIENT. ALL INSULATING B. JUNCTION BOXES, SPLICE BOXES, ETC., SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH PANEL AND MATERIALS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA CIRCUIT NUMBERS, FOR CIRCUITS CONTAINED THEREIN. FACEPLATE OF SWITCHES C. ALL COILS SHALL BE OF CONTINUOUS WOUND COPPER CONSTRUCTION AND FOR EQUIPMENT SUCH AS PANTRY EXHAUST FANS, MOTORIZED SCREENS, ETC., IMPREGNATED WITH NON—HYDROSCOPIC, THERMO—SETTING VARNISH. ALL CORES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH THE NAME OF THE DEVICE CONTROLLED. IDENTIFICATION TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF HIGH GRADE, NON AGING SILICON STEEL WITH HIGH SHALL BE BY INDELIBLE MARKER IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS AND ADHESIVE ('P' MAGNETIC PERMEABILITY AND LOW HYSTERESIS AND EDDY CURRENT LOSSES. TOUCH TYPE) LABELS IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS. EMERGENCY DEVICES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED IN RED AND UPS DEVICES IN BLUE. D. THE TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE IN A HEAVY GAUGE, SHEET METAL VENTILATED ENCLOSURE. C. EMPTY CONDUITS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH TAGS AT BOTH ENDS INDICATING THE E. IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE TRANSFORMERS SUPPLYING PERSONAL COMPUTERS, LOCA11ON OF TERMINATION OF THE OPPOSITE END. LASER PRINTERS AND SIMILAR TYPE OF EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOW— ING CHARACTERISTICS TO COMPENSATE FOR NON—LINEAR LOAD CONDITIONS: D. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE PAINTED FIRE DEPARTMENT RED. APPROVED IDENTIFICATION CARDS SHALL BE FURNISHED ADJACENT TO ALL 1. THE TRANSFORMER SHALL HAVE A U.L. K—FACTOR RATING OF NOT LESS CONTROL PANELS AND MANUAL STATIONS. THAN K-13. I 0 2014 Gensler COMPASS 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States fc Wwaw,ds & Zook EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Date Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal I Signature E Pie Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale 1/8"=V-0" Description ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Ew502 I 0 2014 Gensler 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR PRICE ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REMOVALS AND RELOCATIONS OF PLUMBING WORK AS DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS WITH ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED OR UNFORESEEN DIFFICULTIES WHEN CONCEALED WORK HAS BEEN OPENED. NO CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH DEMOLITION WILL BE ACCEPTED, EXCEPT IN CERTAIN CASES CONSIDERED JUSTIFIABLE BY THE ARCHITECT. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE ALL EXISTING PLUMBING WORK WHICH INTERFERES WITH THE NEW ARCHITECTURAL LAYOUTS. ALL SYSTEMS WHICH ARE NO LONGER REQUIRED TO FUNCTION SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO ACTIVE LINES. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL WORK WITH MINIMUM INTERFERENCE TO FUNCTIONING PLUMBING SYSTEMS. ALL AFFECTED SYSTEMS SHALL BE RECONNECTED AND RESTORED. 4. DEMOLITION ANi REMOVAL WORKPERFORMED IN A NEAT AND RESTOREWORKMANLIKE MANNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH, REPAIR OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR BUILDING ORIGINAL CONDITION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL PIPING SUPPORTS, ETC. FROM PARTITIONS THAT ARE TO BE REMOVED. WHERE THE REMOVAL OF THESEDISRUPTS ITEMS DIS U TS EXISTING PIPING THAT IS TO REMAIN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND PROVIDE BYPASS CONNECTIONS AS NECESSARY. INXI, RD A 11LI il I OR Z*0111 I A r # IR*.] ! 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER AT THE APPROPRIATE TIME OF THE PROJECTED DEMOLITION AND PHASING SCHEDULE SO THAT REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF AFFECTED UTILITIES MAY BE CARRIED OUT IN COORDINATION WITH THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. 9. ALL EXISTING MATERIAL ! EQUIPMENT IN USABLE CONDITION,TO BE REMOVED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER OR SHALL BE DISPOSED • BY THE PLUMBING• •• AS DIRECTED : OWNER.THE 10. ARRANGE TO WORK CONTINUOUSLY, INCLUDING OVER TIME, IF REQUIRED, TO ASSURE THAT SYSTEMS WILL BE SHUT DOWN ONLY DURING THE TIME ACTUALLY REQUIRED TO MAKE THE NECESSARY CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING SYSTEMS. 11. THE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING BUILDING PLUMBING SERVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WIpTH THE OWNER. MAKE ARRANGEMENTS AT LEAST 5 BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO A SHUTDOWN. FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE (NOT ALL ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT) BLDG BUILDING FIXTURE S W IW V CW HW CEILING CONN z CONT CONTINUE % CONTINUATION WATER CLOSET (FLUSH VALVE) 4" f 2" 11,t" DIA WATER CLOSET (FLUSH TANK) 4" 2" 1Fi" DOWN (PENETRATES FLOOR SLAB) tt URINAL (FLUSH VALVE) 2" 1Y2" 1" � EXISTING FD FLOOR DRAIN FT FEET LAVATORY 11/i" 1 Y2" Y2" Yi" GATE VALVE GAL GALLONS GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE TUB j SHOWER 1Yz" 1'Rz" 3z" DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRCULATION 1�2" SHOWER 2" 11h"i" LAV Y2" SINK 2" 1h""# MAXIMUM � MB LAUNDRY BOX 2" 1h" lz" 1h" NC NORMALLY CLOSED NO NORMALLY OPEN NTS DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1V2" 1Yi" h" m REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER JANITOR'S SINK 3" i 2" z4" SINK #4" 1. ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM WITH THE FOLLOWING: 2010 BUILDING CODEOF #' 2010 PLUMBING CODEOF i• ALL LOCAL i• JURISDICTION 2. ALL REFERENCES HEREIN TO THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE PLUMBING CO 3. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ANY FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY, IN THE FIELD, THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING PLUMBING SYSTEMS PRIOR TO MAKING NEW CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS, OFFSETS, AND TRANSITIONS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKABLE INSTALLATION. 4. DO NOT SCALE FROM THESE DRAWINGS. ...i .#1wilk-401:11 Iasi •. ! #' !A 52111715 1 11 11: ! /• 8. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS, TRANSITIONS, VALVES, AND OTHER DEVICES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKABLE INSTALLATION. tj 14 well)1101 z a I -I =618M I MUTH M !• 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND APPROVALS FROM THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TO ANY FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. ALL FEES FOR PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 11. ALL ABOVE GRADE PIPING SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. NO PIPING SHALL REST ON CEILING TILES OR CEILING STRUCTURE. 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INSULATION ON ALL COLD WATER, HOT WATER, AND HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PIPING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INSULATION ON ALL HORIZONTAL STORM WATER PIPING. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE REDUCING FITTING AT ALL CHANGES IN DIAMETER OF SANITARY, WASTE, AND STORM PIPING. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO ALL EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO HVAC AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT. ABBREVIATIONS LIST (NOT ALL ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT) BLDG BUILDING CO CLEANOUT CODP CLEANOUT DECKPLATE CLG CEILING CONN CONNECT i CONNECTION CONT CONTINUE % CONTINUATION CV CHECK VALVE CW DOMESTIC COLD WATER DIA DIAMETER DCV DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS DN DOWN (PENETRATES FLOOR SLAB) DW DISHWASHER DWG DRAWING EX EXISTING FD FLOOR DRAIN FT FEET FU FIXTURE UNIT(S) G GAS GV GATE VALVE GAL GALLONS GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER HWR DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRCULATION IN INCH JS JANITOR'S SINK LAV LAVATORY LB LAUNDRY BOX MAX MAXIMUM � MB MANUFACTURED BY MIN MINIMUM N/A NOT APPLICABLE NC NORMALLY CLOSED NO NORMALLY OPEN NTS NOT TO SCALE PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - GAUGEY RPZ m REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER S SANITARY/SOIL SK SINK SQFT SQUARE FEET ST STORM TYP TYPICAL UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UP UP (PENETRATES FLOOR SLAB) UR URINAL V VENT VB VACUUM BREAKER VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF W WASTE WC WATER CLOSET SYMBOL LIST (NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT) S SANITARY/SOIL PIPING W WASTE PIPING ED EJECTOR PUMP DISCHARGE PIPING ST STORM WATER PIPING -- ---- — — -- — VENT PIPING United States DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING 30 Oak Street ELECTRICAL DATA DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PIPING i MANUFACTURER G NATURAL GAS PIPING GAS DATA ARROW REPRESENTS DIRECTION OF FLOW — -- PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED --3 PIPE BREAK --------- CAPPED OUTLET -M CLEANOUT j PLUGGED OUTLET --� CLEANOUT DECK PLATE —so P -TRAP 005801001 PIPE DROP / DOWN PIPE RISE / UP y PIPE BOTTOM CONNECTION PLUMBING COVER SHEET PIPE TOP CONNECTION PROVIDE THERMAL INSULATION AND IMPACT SHIELDING KITS ON PIPE SIDE CONNECTION Wim` VACUUM BREAKER 4 SHOCK ARRESTOR DRAIN F-1 PUMP J L VENT THROUGH ROOF Z WATERPROOF SLEEVE. �._....__...._._ 1N �___..�._�.....__.._ CHECK VALVE ...... BALL VALVE ,c� AP 6 O `-' GATE VALVE � PLUG VALVE SOLENOID VALVE MCGUIRE MANUFACTURING OUTSIDE SCREW &YOKE VALVE (� POINT OF DISCONNECTION FROM EXISTING PIPING W Z V O µ� POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING PIPING P ----)&L PLUMBING RISER DESIGNATIONRISER NUMBER GAS RISER DESIGNATION �— RISER NUMBER L____ STORM RISER DESIGNATIONRISER NUMBER 0 2014 Gensler I COMPASS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II FIXTURE SPECIFICATION WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler SERVICE CONNECTIONS Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street ELECTRICAL DATA COMPONENT i MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER GAS DATA ADDITIONAL COMMENTS Seal 1 Signature SINK KOHLER K-3894 ° €c w Project Name FAUCET MOEN _ 7100 005801001 Scale SOAP DISPENSER BQBRICK B-822 PLUMBING COVER SHEET 2" I 1 V2" " Y2" 1h PROVIDE THERMAL INSULATION AND IMPACT SHIELDING KITS ON Wv Wim` �i l w SUPPLIES, TRAPS, TAILPIECES AND WASTE OUTLETS. F-1 - - m Z DRAIN j STRAINER O�7 ,c� AP 6 O `-' � � � W . -. .--. SUPPLY MCGUIRE MANUFACTURING J � d.' d W Z V O NOTES: — �— �W- > ,'c��.q-� .-, W'.W✓ w 3 W WWit= W w U- t= W CL'W W O -- IX C7 W Q 00< - rcL O v Ct �w -� Ct -� G1 ld- cn t9¢ Q.� J ¢ ZOp O �- : O w ¢ ¢ gw tn2 ¢w UJ ~ Q¢ �' w w O s v' �' °" ¢ °" a-_ �` �' o X a- ¢O DESIGNATION MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER -` -' ' APPLICABLE AREAS HTR -1 A.O. SMITH DEL 20 120 20 20 GPM 80 4 N/A 277 1 PANTRY ROOMS 0 2014 Gensler I COMPASS FIXTURE SCHEDULE 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II FIXTURE SPECIFICATION WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler SERVICE CONNECTIONS Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street DESIGNATION COMPONENT i MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER S ( W IW V CW HW E i ADDITIONAL COMMENTS Seal 1 Signature SINK KOHLER K-3894 ° €c w Project Name FAUCET MOEN _ 7100 005801001 Scale SOAP DISPENSER BQBRICK B-822 PLUMBING COVER SHEET 2" I 1 V2" " Y2" 1h PROVIDE THERMAL INSULATION AND IMPACT SHIELDING KITS ON SUPPLIES, TRAPS, TAILPIECES AND WASTE OUTLETS. F-1 - - m DRAIN j STRAINER MCGUIRE MANUFACTURING 3 PW155WC SUPPLY MCGUIRE MANUFACTURING 175 NOTES: 1. THE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE AS PER THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. ALL HANDICAPP ACCESSIBLE SINKS AND LAVATORIES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THERMAL INSULATION AND IMPACT SHIELDING KITS ON SUPPLIES, TRAPS, TAILPIECES AND WASTE OUTLETS. 0 2014 Gensler I COMPASS R 0 U PO 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 aDate Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal 1 Signature of NEW ��,w G. €c w Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale 1/8"=1°-0" Description PLUMBING COVER SHEET Pwool 0 2014 Gensler OFFICE 2012 .. ,t._ . ..... ...... . .... OFFICE 2027 OFFICE 2(026 CONFERENCE 12032 11", –r– OFFICE f -*0'' "59 ' I 2 M E:IN F F I ICE T=R CORRIDOR! 1 ............ .... 2065 --- J FILES 2063 VATOR LOBBY 2070 ................ EX ADA WC Em 'IN G ... ........... .. . ......... 2001 PROVIDE %"CW CONN WITH VALVE, OFFICE VB, SHOCK ABSORBER, & FILTER (MOD# SS1 MB AQUA–PURE) TO -7— REFRIGERATOR. PROVIDE 8 FT COIL r mm NEW 2"W LOCATED IN CEILING OF FLOOR BELOW OFFICE ABSORBER. LOOP W ABOVE FLOOD RIM OF SINK. 12037 ....... ... OFFICE VB, SHOCK ABSORBER, & FILTER —I ....... (MOD# SS1 MB AQUA–PURE) TO 2 COFFEE MACHINE. PROVIDE 8 FT COIL OF SOFT COPPER TUBING. E.X­­1V-ST .... . . . ... - EX 3"V PROVIDE Y4'CW CONN WITH VALVE, EX 4"S VB, SHOCK ABSORBER,& FILTER OFFICE OFFICE EX 2"CW,. - ..... ..... 1-1--.1-111-1.1-11 (MOD# SS1 MB AQUA–PURE) TO ICE 1203�2�004 MAKER. PROVIDE 8 FT COIL OF SOFT COPPER TUBING. ..... ..... - ........... PROVIDE V4 -CW CONN WITH VALVE, ......... ...... k (MOD# SS1 MB AQUA–PURE) TO WATER MACHINE. PROVIDE 8 FT COIL ['�'O4­1 OFFICE OF SOFT COPPER TUBING. 1200 1 CONN NEW ;Y4"Cw,'� I & 2"V TO EX S & V RISER OFFICE 4'4 -HW DROP 2040 V4"CW DROP 3 OFFICE 2006 1 V2"V RISE OFFICE ...... . .... 2041 2"W DN OFFICE 12042 1 CONTRACTOR TO OFFICE ........... .... .... ........ FOR DEMOLITION OF EX CW PIPE BACK TO THIS PIPE OFFICE 12043 ... ........... .. . ......... OPEN CD if LL -A OFFICE 2001 PROVIDE %"CW CONN WITH VALVE, OFFICE VB, SHOCK ABSORBER, & FILTER (MOD# SS1 MB AQUA–PURE) TO -7— REFRIGERATOR. PROVIDE 8 FT COIL r mm NEW 2"W LOCATED IN CEILING OF FLOOR BELOW OFFICE ABSORBER. LOOP W ABOVE FLOOD RIM OF SINK. 12037 OPEN CD if LL -A OFFICE 2001 PROVIDE %"CW CONN WITH VALVE, OFFICE VB, SHOCK ABSORBER, & FILTER (MOD# SS1 MB AQUA–PURE) TO -7— REFRIGERATOR. PROVIDE 8 FT COIL OF SOFT COPPER TUBING. PROVIDE V4"HW & Y4"W CONN TO DISHWASHER. PROVIDE SHOCK OFFICE ABSORBER. LOOP W ABOVE FLOOD RIM OF SINK. 12037 PROVIDE Y4"CW CONN WITH VALVE, OFFICE VB, SHOCK ABSORBER, & FILTER —I ....... (MOD# SS1 MB AQUA–PURE) TO 2 COFFEE MACHINE. PROVIDE 8 FT COIL OF SOFT COPPER TUBING. E.X­­1V-ST .... . . . ... - EX 3"V PROVIDE Y4'CW CONN WITH VALVE, EX 4"S VB, SHOCK ABSORBER,& FILTER OFFICE OFFICE EX 2"CW,. - ..... ..... 1-1--.1-111-1.1-11 (MOD# SS1 MB AQUA–PURE) TO ICE 1203�2�004 MAKER. PROVIDE 8 FT COIL OF SOFT COPPER TUBING. ..... ..... - ........... PROVIDE V4 -CW CONN WITH VALVE, VB, SHOCK ABSORBER,& FILTER OFFICE (MOD# SS1 MB AQUA–PURE) TO WATER MACHINE. PROVIDE 8 FT COIL ['�'O4­1 OFFICE OF SOFT COPPER TUBING. 1200 1 CONN NEW ;Y4"Cw,'� I & 2"V TO EX S & V RISER OFFICE 2040 1111 3 OFFICE 2006 OFFICE 2041 OFFICE 12042 1 CONTRACTOR TO OFFICE PROVIDE ADD ALTERNATE PRICING FOR DEMOLITION OF EX CW PIPE BACK TO THIS PIPE OFFICE 12043 OFFICE 44J, 4 . .......... - .......... OFFICE 12008 ............................_......._...............1 OFFICE 2009, ... . ........ ROOM —FOCUS OFFICE 1--2-945 1 EX 4,",ST. EX 30WCUS ROOM EX 4"S 12072 .... . ............. OFFICE ... ........... 5 ----OFFICE 20461 VIDEO CONFERENCE ............. 2047 OFFICE 12011, EX -Y4"CW UP ADD ALTERNATE: AjE: CONTRA VERIFY WITH LANDLORD FOR REMOVAqLT4T'_0ASTE AND CW FEEDING PLUMBING FIXTURE FLOOR COFFEE ........... . .... ............ - 6 OFFICE 2013 M .. . . ........ 7 J, G R 0 U PO 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 214 North Tryon Street Suite 2320 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States rds, 0 Zmk, EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPP Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Tel 704.377.2725 Fax 704.377.2807 Date I Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I Seal / Signature I I Project Name I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale 1/8ty =1' - oil Description PLUMBING FLOOR PART PLAN PM1 01 2014 Gensler CATE INSULATION IRED TO FILL VOID 'E AND WALL M ;D im FIRE/SMOKE STOPPING WALL P-EN-ETRATION DETAIL I TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ' fit DOMESTIC WATER HEATER DETAIL VACUUM BREAKER 24"x24"x4" DEEP GALVANIZED SHEET METAL DRAIN PAN UNISTRUT CHANNEL R41WO .ART 1.01 DESCIRIETIO A. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE A LICENSED INSTALLER OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK B. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODE. C. THE ARCHITECT'S SPECIFICATIONS AS APPLICABLE ARE PART OF THIS CONTRACT. D. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO CLOSELY COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THE BUILDING ENGINEER, SO THAT THE INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING BUILDING SERVICES, IN ORDER TO CONNECT NEW PIPING TO EXISTING SHALL BE MADE AT SUCH TIME AS TO CAUSE THE LEAST INTERFERENCE WITH ESTABLISHED BUILDING OPERATING PROCEDURE. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT INTERRUPT THE SERVICES WITHOUT EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE OWNER. 1.02 VERIFYING CONDIT A. EXAMINE ALL DRAWINGS COVERING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION AND REFER TO ALL OTHER DRAWINGS, INCLUDING ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, WHICH MAY AFFECT THE WORK OF THIS SECTION OR REQUIRE COORDINATION BY SAME. B. BEFORE STARTING ANY WORK, EXAMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND THOROUGHLY CHECK DRAWINGS, DIMENSIONS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND ADJOINING OR UNDERLYING CONDITIONS IN WHICH THE WORK OF THIS SECTION IS TO BE PERFORMED. REPORT,C. • THE ARCHITECT ANY AND ALL CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH OR OTHERWISE AFFECT OR PROPER EXECUTION COMMENCECOMPLETION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. DO NOT WORK AND ALL SUCH • ! HAVE BEEN CORRECTED BY THE TRADEOR TRADES RESPONSIBLE. D. FAILURE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF •' CONDITIONS WILL BE • i AS AN ACCEPTANCE OF ALL CONDITIONS. E. THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF THE BASE OR ADJOINING WORK AND OTHER CONDITIONS AS BEING SATISFACTORY IN EVERY RESPECT AND LATER CLAIMS OF DEFECTS IN SUCH CASES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. F. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE AND THE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIBE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, PIPING, ETC. EXACT LOCATIONS MAY BE ADJUSTED IN THE FIELD TO SUIT EXISTING CONDITIONS. G. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER, MAKE ALL REASONABLE MODIFICATIONS IN THE WORK AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO PREVENT CONFLICT WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, OR FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. COATRACTOR SHALL-•! • • RECORD"AS-BUILT"DRAWINGS INDICATING THE PRECISE LOCATION OF ALL SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, CONCEALED OR EMBEDDED PIPING,-• • PIPING,PIPING• ! AND ACCESS PANELS/DOORS. THESE DRAWINGS INCLUDE DEVIATIONS FROM• • DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENT SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER IN AN APPROVED AUTOCAD FORMAT. 1.04 TE Si A. THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSPECTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONNECTICUT STATE BUILDING CODE. 1.05 EQUIPMENT,A. ALL PIPING, FIXTURES, • CONTRACTUNDER THIS BE THOROUGHLY AND PROTECTED DURING • • AND PUT INTO OPERATING CONDITIONBEFORE OFFERED FOR ACCEPTANCE. B. UPON COMPLETION OF ALL WORK, THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, SINKS AND TRIM AND LEAVE ALL ITEMS READY FOR USE BY THE OWNER. ALL FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE CLEANED AND MANUFACTURERS PROTECTIVE COVERINGS SHALL BE REMOVED. 1.06 LAWS,, ORDINANCES ETC» A. THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL LAWS, ORDINANCES AND RULES. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE THE NECESSARY INSPECTIONS MADE BY THESE AUTHORITIES, PAY ALL THE REQUIRED FEES, AND FURNISH THE OWNER WITH CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT ON THIS CONTRACT IS MADE. HE SHALL APPLY, PAY FOR, AND OBTAIN ALL PERMITS. 1.07 SUPERVISION A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE A COMPETENT FOREMAN IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OF THE WORK WHO SHALL BE ON THE SITE DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE MATERIAL FURNISHED UNDER THIS SPECIFICATION UNTIL SAME HAS BEEN PUT IN COMPLETE OPERATIVE CONDITION AND ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER. 1.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING 2.07 VALVES A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING A. STOP VALVES, EXCEPT FIXTURE STOPS, ON HOT AND COLD ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 FOR PLUMBING WORK AND SHALL COORDINATE SAME WITH WATER LINES 2 IN. AND SMALLER SHALL BE FULL PORT Gensler ALL OTHER TRADES. ALL CUTTING SHALL BE SUBJECT TO 400 L.B. NON—SHOCK BRONZE BALL VALVES, NIBCO Charlotte, NC 28202 TRADE REGULATIONS. NO CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL T -595—Y FOR THREADED CONNECTIONS, AND NIBCO MEMBERS SHALL BE DONE WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE S -595—Y FOR COPPER TO COPPER, OR APPROVED OTHER. 30 Oak Street ARCHITECT. Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 2.08 DRAINS P RTMAJERIA 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal 1 Signature A. ALL DRAINS SHALL BE AS PER DRAIN SCHEDULE 2.01 NE LOCATED ON COVER DRAWING. A. THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH ALL COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT PIPES, FITTINGS, TRAPS, SUPPLIES, VALVES, HANGERS 2.09 _GUARANTEE 005801001 AND SUPPORTS, INSULATION, ETC. AND ALL OTHER ITEMS 1/8" =1' - 0" NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE, SATISFACTORY OPERATING AND A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE FOR A PERIOD OF PLUMBING DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED TYPE SYSTEM. ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNERS, ALL MATERIALS, APPARATUS AND WORKMANSHIP B. ALL PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES, FIXTURES, HANGERS, WHETHER FURNISHED BY HIMSELF OR BY HIS SUPPORTS, INSULATION, ETC. SHALL CONFORM TO THE SUBCONTRACTORS AND HE SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR IN A REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONNECTICUT STATE BUILDING CODE. MANNER APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECTS, WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER, ANY PARTS OR PARTS OF THE WORK WHICH MAY PROVE DEFECTIVE OR UNSATISFACTORY WITHIN THE 2.02 SOIL. WASTE, AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS PERIOD OF THE GUARANTEE. A. ALL ABOVE GROUND SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE "NO—HUB" CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS B. WHERE SPECIAL GUARANTEES COVERING INSTALLATION, EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE. OPERATION OR PERFORMANCE OF ANY SYSTEMS OR APPLIANCES FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACTOR ARE B. ALL JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE ASSEMBLED BY REQUIRED, THE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE MEANS OF SEALING SLEEVES AND STAINLESS STEEL FULFILLMENT OF SUCH GUARANTEES MUST BE ASSUMED BY CLAMPS AND SHIELD ASSEMBLIES. THE CONTRACTOR, WHO SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN C. PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE CENTRAL FOUNDRY GUARANTEES, IN TRIPLICATE, WHICH SHALL BE FILED COMPANY, TYLER PIPE COMPANY, EAST PENN FOUNDRY OR WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE. APPROVED EQUAL. C. CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL LEAKS IN 2.03 EJECTOR PUMP DISCHARGE PIPE AND FITTINGS ALL PIPES FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF COMPLETION OF WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. A. ALL EJECTOR PUMP DISCHARGE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AT NO COST TO THE OWNER, 'L' COPPER TUBING HARD TEMPERED WITH DWV DRAINAGE ALL SUCH LEAKS WHICH OCCUR AFTER COMPLETION OF FITTINGS AND 95/5 TIN/ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS. THIS CONTRACT UPON 24 HOURS NOTICE THEREOF BY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/GENERAL CONTRACTOR. LEAKS 2.04 COLD WATER AND HOT WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS WHICH OCCUR PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE REPAIRED AT ONCE. CONTRACTOR IS A. DOMESTIC COLD WATER, HOT WATER AND HOT WATER RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY SUCH LEAKS CIRCULATION PIPE SHALL BE TYPE "L", HARD DRAWN, AND THE REPAIR THEREOF AND WILL REIMBURSE THE COPPER TUBING WITH WROUGHT BRONZE FITTINGS FOR 150 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL POUND WATER WORKING PRESSURE AND WITH JOINTS OF EXPENSE INCURRED THEREBY. 95-5 (TIN—ANTIMONY) SOLDER. NO SOLDER CONTAINING LEAD IS PERMITTED. D. DISINFECTION B. ALL SUPPLIES THROUGH WALLS TO FIXTURES SHALL BE THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SHALL BE DISINFECTED 85% RED BRASS WITH THREADED BRASS FITTINGS. ALL PRIOR TO USE BY A METHOD OF DISINFECTION IN EXPOSED PIPING IN FINISHED SPACES SHALL BE CHROME ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING PLATED 85% RED BRASS. CODE. A. FITIRRISM ALL RECESSART—MANGERS, i..! CLAMPS,! SUPPORTS " SHALL BE OF HEAVY CONSTRUCTION AND SUITABLEFOR THE SIZE OF PIPE TO BE SUPPORTED. HANGERS SHALL BE t TO CLEAR WORKOF OTHER C. WHERE PIPES ARE TO BE INSULATED, THE HANGERS SHALL BE OF AMPLE SIZE TO PROVIDE FOR THE COVERING SPECIFIED AND BE PROVIDED WITH GALVANIZED STEEL INSULATION SHIELDS. RODS,D. ALL HANGERS, BEAM CLAMPS,•- ZINC COATED. E. ALL HORIZONTAL COPPER TUBING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY HANGERS NOT OVER SIX (6) FEET APART FOR PIPING 1-1/4 INCH AND SMALLER AND NOT OVER TEN (10) FEET APART FOR PIPING 1-1/2 INCH AND LARGER. ALL BRANCHES SHALL HAVE SEPARATE HANGERS. HANGERS SHALL BE CLEVIS TYPE WITH COPPER BOTTOM SUPPORT. IF CHANNEL OR ANGLE IRON TRAPEZE HANGERS ARE USED, THE SPACE ON HANGERS FOR THE COPPER TUBING SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH LEAD SHIELDS TO ISOLATE TUBING. IN AREAS OF CONSTRUCTION, • • BE SUPPORTED BY BEAM CLAMPS.COORDINATE ENGINEER FOR MAXIMUM LOADING. BOLT,STEEL WITH l SOCKET THREADED FOR '•• CONNECTION t • -_IRON,! -• • - APPROVED ! 2.06 INSUL6IlQN A. COVER ALL HOT WATER AND HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PIPE WITH 1 INCH THICK AND ALL COLD WATER PIPE WITH 1/2 INCH THICK MANVILLE MICRO—LOK AP -T PLUS FIBERGLASS INSULATION. FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH MANVILLE ZESTON 2000 PVC INSULAT— ED FITTING COVERS. INSTALL ALL INSULATION AS PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL INSULATION MATERIAL SHALL COMPLY WITH THE NEW YORK CITY BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENT OF A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT TO EXCEED 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING NOT TO EXCEED 50. Q 2014 Gensler COMPASS G R 0 U P`& 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Date [}ascription 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal 1 Signature ,E. 1 S� Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale 1/8" =1' - 0" Description PLUMBING DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS Pm201 Q 2014 Gensler • !• 1 !1 a i- ii • e i •• 1 ! a •e e i• e • 1 • c ie•1 1 •• • • •1 ..�. ! :• i •• • ! !- 1 e ! i r.i • .. •• ! • ! e i •+ rri i e 1 A i i' e � •• _: e i- •r i 1 • r, it 1 e. i e' • a 1 ! ! ••1 1•= 1 ! ! is ! •' •• 1 •.•.. • ' • 1 • • r w R.le . w + -3A Armae 1 • e e' i • IF i i••i 1 i 6�. !. /... � 1 haw. '.s •1 � •r rhe 1.. iIFi• 1 R 1 i• • i' e i !. c .. i. ! .;• a •+ e 1•= R ••!1 1• 1• � e 1 • - R 1 i •+ i� r ! � , w i r e + i i If 1 1 • i •. e. .; 1 ,.wry 1 � ! •i 1 r i e• e• 1- ! • ': • • • 1 e ! i 1• 1 / : '1 i • e- a e- � / _ 1 r e.r wi 1APRETNIL1111 • ABBREVIATIONS LIST (NOT ALL ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT) ABD AUTOMATIC BALL DRIP BLDG BUILDING CLG CEILING CONN CONNECTCONNECTION f CONT CONTINUE / CONTINUATION CV CHECK VALVE DIA DIAMETER DCDA DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY BACKFLOW PREVENTER Nm DCVN CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER^_.._.____._ DN ^DOUBLE DOWN (PENETRATES FLOOR SLAB) DR DRAIN DWG DRAWING EX EXISTING F FIRE SERVICE FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FL FLOOR FS FLOW SWITCH GV GATE VALVE GSL GALLONS GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE MAX MAXIMUM MB MANUFACTURED BY � MIN MINIMUM N/A NOT APPLICABLE NC NORMALLY CLOSED NO NORMALLY OPEN NTS NOT TO SCALE OS&Y OUTSIDE SCREW & YOKE VALVE PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH - GAUGE RPZ REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER SPDR DRAIN _ SPKR _STANDPIPE SPRINKLER(S) SOFT SQUARE FEET TS TAMPER SWITCH TYP TYPICAL LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UP UP (PENETRATES FLOOR SLAB) (NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT) F EXISTING FIRE SERVICE PIPING F NEW FIRE SERVICE PIPING _........_._......_..................................... FSP _..............._._ ........__.............._..._................_...._....,.._................._............._.....,....._............................................................................... NEW FIRE STANDPIPE PIPING SPRINKLER HEAD SCHEDULE NEW DRY FIRE STANDPIPE PIPING DR NEW DRAIN PIPING 'SPKR NEW SPRINKLER PIPING •-•-----•DRY SPKR--- NEW DRY SPRINKLER PIPING 2Yz" ARROW REPRESENTS DIRECTION OF FLOW 4" PIPING WITH FREEZE PROTECTION CABLE UNDER INSULATION _....... t --°-�-i PIPE BREAK —�--� CAPPED OUTLET 8" PIPE DROP f DOWN ---o PIPE RISE f UP 7A" PIPE BOTTOM CONNECTION { PIPE TOP CONNECTION ........... '-1"•""' PIPE SIDE CONNECTION ! WATERPROOF SLEEVE COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT UNION _ _........................... C� ._........ ............. .. PRESSURE GAUGE ® TAMPER SWITCH �j FLOW SWITCH or-► FIRE HOSE VALVE FPm001 FIRE HOSE VALVE AND CABINET $$ SIAMESE FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION THREE-WAY ROOF MANIFOLD FLOOR CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY ......... ....... ................................................. ......................... Ni ...... ........._..........................__...... .......... ........... ............_....__...._...._.....__..._._....._............._.._............._.__.............. ..... ....._................ ........................... ....__..............._............ _............ .._........... .......... ..... CHECK VALVE j i i GATE VALVE a. ... .... _................... _......_......... ALARM CHECK VALVE DRY PIPE CHECK VALVE _._ ............................._ ............ ......._... ............... _.. PRE -ACTION CHECK VALVE (� POINT OF DISCONNECTION FROM EXISTING PIPING POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING PIPING O ....._ _...- ..... ........... ..... _ .... ........._................... HYDRAULIC REFERENCE POINT - NODE ... ........... ......_................ ..._........_........_.........._.........._...._ 0 ..................._._..................._..._ ..................._...:..............._................_..._.........__...................... ._............................._......._..._....... _...... _........ _......_. _...._...._.............._.. HYDRAULIC REFERENCE POINT - ELEMENT O O` ........................ ........... SPRINKLER RISER DESIGNATION SP RISER NUMBER CL W U -i C14 UJ 0 p_ € w z z ^RC € ww 111 E SYMBOL MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER O t a I ® APPLICABLE AREAS 0 N/A N/A • ♦ [ ♦ € f � ! I i O N/A N/A . ± • 1 � VIKING 13503A/�vnK' 462 f K • E ( F 3 • • ♦ i i • � j f # VIKING 12121 /VK305 i ♦ • • ♦ € • { f ...... _...... ... __........ . ._....... __ . _._.. f ♦ VIKING 06661 B f VK300J111 • ♦ • ♦ E • t { J, NOTES: 1. FINISH/COLOR SELECTION BY ARCHITECT. 2. EXPOSED UPRIGHT HEADS IN OCCUPIED SPACES SHALL BE CHROME FINISH. 3. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS AT ALL EXPOSED WALL PENETRATIONS. 4. PROVIDE SPRINKLER GUARDS AT ALL SPRINKLER HEADS 7'-0" AND LOWER. (NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT) F EXISTING FIRE SERVICE PIPING F NEW FIRE SERVICE PIPING _........_._......_..................................... FSP _..............._._ ........__.............._..._................_...._....,.._................._............._.....,....._............................................................................... NEW FIRE STANDPIPE PIPING DRY FSP NEW DRY FIRE STANDPIPE PIPING DR NEW DRAIN PIPING 'SPKR NEW SPRINKLER PIPING •-•-----•DRY SPKR--- NEW DRY SPRINKLER PIPING 2Yz" ARROW REPRESENTS DIRECTION OF FLOW 4" PIPING WITH FREEZE PROTECTION CABLE UNDER INSULATION _....... BURIED FIRE SERVICE, FIRE STANDPIPE, OR SPRINKLER PIPING --°-�-i PIPE BREAK —�--� CAPPED OUTLET 8" PIPE DROP f DOWN ---o PIPE RISE f UP 7A" PIPE BOTTOM CONNECTION 1" PIPE TOP CONNECTION ........... '-1"•""' PIPE SIDE CONNECTION Project Name WATERPROOF SLEEVE COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT UNION _ _........................... C� ._........ ............. .. PRESSURE GAUGE ® TAMPER SWITCH �j FLOW SWITCH or-► FIRE HOSE VALVE FPm001 FIRE HOSE VALVE AND CABINET $$ SIAMESE FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION THREE-WAY ROOF MANIFOLD FLOOR CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY ......... ....... ................................................. ......................... Ni ...... ........._..........................__...... .......... ........... ............_....__...._...._.....__..._._....._............._.._............._.__.............. ..... ....._................ ........................... ....__..............._............ _............ .._........... .......... ..... CHECK VALVE j BALL VALVE i GATE VALVE .... _.. .... ............. ..... _. j ....... ............ ...... OUTSIDE SCREW & YOKE VALVE .... _................... _......_......... ALARM CHECK VALVE DRY PIPE CHECK VALVE _._ ............................._ ............ ......._... ............... _.. PRE -ACTION CHECK VALVE (� POINT OF DISCONNECTION FROM EXISTING PIPING POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING PIPING _ ...... ..... _ ............_ ............. ....._ _...- ..... ........... ..... _ .... ........._................... HYDRAULIC REFERENCE POINT - NODE ... ........... ......_................ ..._........_........_.........._.........._...._ 0 ..................._._..................._..._ ..................._...:..............._................_..._.........__...................... ._............................._......._..._....... _...... _........ _......_. _...._...._.............._.. HYDRAULIC REFERENCE POINT - ELEMENT A -PIN ........................ ........... SPRINKLER RISER DESIGNATION SP RISER NUMBER OPENING / SLEEVE SCHEDULE FIRE SERVICE, FIRE STANDPIPE, SPRINKLER, AND DRAIN PIPING PIPE DIAMETER WALL f FLOOR SLEEVE DIAMETER BEAM OPENING DIAMETER 1" 3" 21h" 1Lh" 3" 3" 2" 4" 31h" 2Yz" 4" 4" 3" 5" 416" 4" 6" 51h" 5" 8" 61h" 6" 8" 7A" CLASS DESIGN DENSITY APPLICATION AREA MAX AREA PER HEAD 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ORIFICEOCCUPANCY APPLICABIE AREAS ORDINARYIF- •1 0.10 GPM/SOFT i 16 GPM/SOFT 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States OFFICES, CORRIDORS, AND TOILET ROOMS TRASH,/ STORAGE ROOMS PIPE, FITTING, AND JOINT MATERIAL SCHEDULE PIPING SYSTEM PIPING LOCATION PIPING SIZE PIPING SPECIFICATION FITTING SPECIFICATION i JOINT SPECIFICATION ABOVE•i 1 BUILDINGWET SPRINKLERWITHIN SCHEDUI F 40 BLACK STEEL DUCTILE OR MALLEABLE IRONTHREADED 1 =1 1 " SCHEDULE 10 BLACK STEEL WITH GROOVED BOLT -ON MECHANICAL JOINT WITH 21 &LARGER DUCTILE IRON WITH GROOVED ENDS ENDS H TTY GH AL EPDM GASKET ! QUALITY I 0 2014 Gensler COMPASS G R 0U P@ 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK II TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States ,N EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Date Description 0610612015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal 1 Signature ,- J G. Au Y e. q Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale 118°=1'-0° Description FIRE PROTECTION COVER SHEET FPm001 I 0 2014 Gensler I MODIFY & EXTEND BRANCH ssr co MPASS G R 0 U P@ 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States Idwards, & 2w* EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Date I Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I Seal / Signature I I I Project Name I COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale 1/8" =1' - 0" Description FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PART PLAN FPw1 01 2014 Gensler SCALE: NTS "ATE INSULATION IRED TO FILL VOID E AND WALL SHEET E CONCRETE r- BOLT,' SERIES HDI, OR APPROVED INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE RECOMMENDATION.THE MIANUFACTURER'S METAL DECK STEEL RErAING STRAP ROD (SIZE AS REQUIRED) —Z 10 TYPICAL HANGER DETAIL SCALE: NTS c EXISTING MAIN OR—/ BRANCH PIPE EXISTING INSTALLATION TO BE REMOVED O EXISTING INSTALLATION NEW INSTALLATION TYPICAL SPRINKLER INSTALLATION DETAIL loWRIFLyWIN a i rTl3t><���lili�I A. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE A LICENSED, AUTHORIZED INSTALLER OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AND SHALL HAVE HAD A MINIMUM OF FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE IN THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK B. BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID, THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND SHALL FULLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE STRUCTURAL LAYOUT OF THE EXISTING BEAMS IN RELATIONSHIP TO THE NEW HVAC DUCT LAYOUT AND NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES AND HUNG CEILING HEIGHTS AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL ATTEND THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THIS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE, AND LATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HAD SUCH AN EXAMINATION BEEN MADE. C. UPON REVIEW OF SPRINKLER DRAWINGS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL, THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR REQUEST CLARIFICATION IN WRITING, IF NECESSARY, CONCERNING THE INTENT OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE SPRINKLER INSTALLATION. LATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS SHOULD SUCH PROCEDURE NOT BE FOLLOWED. D. THE SCHEDULINGOF -yWORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING OWNER, WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS Ai WITH THE CLIENT. E. NECESSARY SHUT—DOWNS OF BASE BUILDING »_ SYSTEM MUST BE COORDINATED r OWNER AND CLIENT. SHUT -DOWNS OF BUILDING TAKE PLACE AFTER OR BEFORE NORMALBUSINESS HOURS AND SHALL BE CONSIDERED !WORK. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL SPRINKLER WORK FURNISHED AND INSTALLED FOR THE CLIENT. 1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODE AND ALL AUTHOR— ITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. WORK SHALL ALSO INCLUDE THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING, HEADS, AND SUPPORTS AS NOTED. B. SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT SHALL BE BASED ON THE LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE PLANS, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH NO TOLERANCE FROM THE CENTER OF CEILING TILE. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WITH WORK OF ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS IN WRITING BETWEEN THE OTHER TRADES BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. C. SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE: 1. A HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARDS OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, THE BUILDING CODE OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. DESIGN SYSTEM TO CONFORM WITH BUILDING STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, EITHER EXISTING OR PROPOSED. D. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION OF WORK. SCALED DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE USED. ANY DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, ETC., REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. ALL DIMENSIONS, ETC., SHALL BE VERIFIED BY FIELD CHECK. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT, FOR APPROVAL, FULLY COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS, CAPACITY DATA, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AND CATALOG CUTS OF THE FOLLOWING; 1. PIPE AND FITTINGS 2. SPRINKLER HEADS 3. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 4. SPRINKLER AND PIPING LAYOUT 5. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS 1.0.4 BUILDING DEPARTMENT FILING, PERMITS, AND CERTIFICATES A. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL FILE ALL REQUIRED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING FINAL APPROVAL. 1.05 I NSEECT 1 ON AND FEST I NG A. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSPECTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODE AND ALL AUTHIRITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. r SPRINKLER BE SUBJECTED i B. HYDROSTATICPRESSURETEST FOR A PERIOD OF • HOU, AT A PRESSURE OF AT LEAST 200 PSIG OR 50 PSI I EXCESS OF PRESSURE TO BE MAINTAINED WH THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE IN THE SYSTEM IS IN EXCESSIi - • » C. BEFORE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS CONCEALED, THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SHALL BE NOTIFIED THAT THE SYSTEM IS READY FOR INSPECTION AND TESTING. THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR SHALL WITNESS THE TEST. FINAL APPROVAL OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 1.06 FLUSHING A. ALL FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE FLUSHED OUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENT OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION PAMPHLET NO. 13 AND 14, LATEST EDITION. E,ABI 2 — MATEE I LS 2.01 GENERAL A. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH ALL PIPE, FITTINGS, VALVES, DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND VALVES, SPRINKLER HEADS, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, ALSO MISCELLANEOUS WORK ITEMS, SUCH AS, SIGNS AS REQUIRED, VALVE TAGS, ETC., AND ALL OTHER RELATED EQUIPMENT, APPARATUS, AND MATERIAL ITEMS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE, SATISFACTORY OPERATING AND APPROVED TYPE SYSTEM. B. ALL PIPE FITTINGS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, SPRINKLER HEADS, ETC., SHALL CONFORM TO THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODE AND NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION'S REQUIREMENTS AS TO TYPES OF MATERIALS, ARRANGEMENT, SIZES, AND INSTALLATION EXCEPT THAT NO FACE OR FLUSH BUSHING SHALL BE USED. REDUCING FITTINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN LIEU OF BUSHINGS. 2.02 SPRINKLER PIPING A. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE AS PER PIPING SCHEDULE LOCATED ON COVER DRAWING. 2.03 SPRINKLER HEADS A. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE AS PER SPRINKLER HEAD SCHEDULE LOCATED ON COVER DRAWING. 2.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. DO ALL CUTTING NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATIONOF SPRINKLER WORK. ACCURATELY LAYOUT !r FOR WHICH CUTTING IS REQUIRED, ! AS TO AVOID UNNECESSARY LARGE OPENINGS. CUTTING OF BEAMS, JOISTS, FLOORS OR WALLS OF r NOT r EXCEPT AFTER APPROVALRECEIVING OF BUILDING B. ROUGH PATCHING DONE BY THIS CONTRACTOR IN A MANNER TO ACCOMMODATE FINISHED PATCHING WORK. FINISHED PATCHING WILL BE ii"UNDER!SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS". 2.05 A. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE SUBSTANTIALLY SUPPORi AND SHALL COMPLYi•»i OF ! FIRE PROTECTION A! ! !» THE INSTALLATIONOF SPRINKLERr AS REQUIRED BY THE STATE OF CONNECTICUTBUILDING !rAUTHORITIES JURISDICTION AND FACTORY B. HANGERS AND THEIR COMPONENTS -SHALL BE FERROUS. HANGERS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE, -! OR CLEVIS SPRINKLERC. OR HANGERS SHALL NOTUSED TO SUPPORT r!_ ! COMPONENTS. ! SPRINKLER PIPING r BE SUBSTANTIALLY SUPPORTED r!. rr FROM BUILDING r»!w ADDED • r OF r PIPE PLUS A MINIMUM OF • LBS. APPLIED AT THE POINT OF SPRINKLERE. PIPING BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY• THE CEILING SHEATHING. F. WHEN SPRINKLER PIPING IS INSTALLED BELOW DUCTWOR PIPING SHALL BE SUBSTANTIALLY SUPPORTED -• BUILDING • '# DUCTWORK. G. MAXIMUM DISTANCE : • i FOR , 1-1/4 IN. SIZES it 15 FT. FOR SIZ AND H. THE BUILDING IS LOCATED • r HAS OCCUPANCY IMPORTANCE FACTOR OF1 .0. PIPI NG SHALL RESTRICTED •-r • ! 3 INTERNATIONALBUILDING CODE. •� • A. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS ON ALL EXPOSED PIPING PASSING THROUGH WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS. ESCUTCHEON SHALL BE HELD IN PLACE BY INTERNAL TENSION OR SET SCREW. 2.07 GUARANTEE A. GUARANTEE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER, ALL MATERIALS, APPARATUS AND WORKMANSHIP WHETHER FURNISHED BY HIMSELF OR BY HIS SUBCONTRACTORS AND HE SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECTS, WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER, ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE WORK WHICH MAY PROVE DEFECTIVE OR UNSATISFACTORY WITHIN THE PERIOD OF THE GUARANTEE. 2.08 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. PREPARE AND SUBMIT "AS—BUILT" DRAWINGS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. ill '.. A w 0' *' M . . r* * A r 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 /f I Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 3 t i f United States t S MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 SCALE: NTS "ATE INSULATION IRED TO FILL VOID E AND WALL SHEET E CONCRETE r- BOLT,' SERIES HDI, OR APPROVED INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE RECOMMENDATION.THE MIANUFACTURER'S METAL DECK STEEL RErAING STRAP ROD (SIZE AS REQUIRED) —Z 10 TYPICAL HANGER DETAIL SCALE: NTS c EXISTING MAIN OR—/ BRANCH PIPE EXISTING INSTALLATION TO BE REMOVED O EXISTING INSTALLATION NEW INSTALLATION TYPICAL SPRINKLER INSTALLATION DETAIL loWRIFLyWIN a i rTl3t><���lili�I A. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE A LICENSED, AUTHORIZED INSTALLER OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AND SHALL HAVE HAD A MINIMUM OF FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE IN THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK B. BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID, THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND SHALL FULLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE STRUCTURAL LAYOUT OF THE EXISTING BEAMS IN RELATIONSHIP TO THE NEW HVAC DUCT LAYOUT AND NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES AND HUNG CEILING HEIGHTS AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL ATTEND THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THIS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE, AND LATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HAD SUCH AN EXAMINATION BEEN MADE. C. UPON REVIEW OF SPRINKLER DRAWINGS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL, THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR REQUEST CLARIFICATION IN WRITING, IF NECESSARY, CONCERNING THE INTENT OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE SPRINKLER INSTALLATION. LATER CLAIMS WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED FOR EXTRA LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS SHOULD SUCH PROCEDURE NOT BE FOLLOWED. D. THE SCHEDULINGOF -yWORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING OWNER, WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS Ai WITH THE CLIENT. E. NECESSARY SHUT—DOWNS OF BASE BUILDING »_ SYSTEM MUST BE COORDINATED r OWNER AND CLIENT. SHUT -DOWNS OF BUILDING TAKE PLACE AFTER OR BEFORE NORMALBUSINESS HOURS AND SHALL BE CONSIDERED !WORK. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL SPRINKLER WORK FURNISHED AND INSTALLED FOR THE CLIENT. 1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODE AND ALL AUTHOR— ITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. WORK SHALL ALSO INCLUDE THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING, HEADS, AND SUPPORTS AS NOTED. B. SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT SHALL BE BASED ON THE LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE PLANS, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH NO TOLERANCE FROM THE CENTER OF CEILING TILE. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WITH WORK OF ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS IN WRITING BETWEEN THE OTHER TRADES BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. C. SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE: 1. A HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARDS OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, THE BUILDING CODE OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. DESIGN SYSTEM TO CONFORM WITH BUILDING STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, EITHER EXISTING OR PROPOSED. D. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION OF WORK. SCALED DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE USED. ANY DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, ETC., REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. ALL DIMENSIONS, ETC., SHALL BE VERIFIED BY FIELD CHECK. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND DATA A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT, FOR APPROVAL, FULLY COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS, CAPACITY DATA, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AND CATALOG CUTS OF THE FOLLOWING; 1. PIPE AND FITTINGS 2. SPRINKLER HEADS 3. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 4. SPRINKLER AND PIPING LAYOUT 5. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS 1.0.4 BUILDING DEPARTMENT FILING, PERMITS, AND CERTIFICATES A. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL FILE ALL REQUIRED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING FINAL APPROVAL. 1.05 I NSEECT 1 ON AND FEST I NG A. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSPECTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODE AND ALL AUTHIRITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. r SPRINKLER BE SUBJECTED i B. HYDROSTATICPRESSURETEST FOR A PERIOD OF • HOU, AT A PRESSURE OF AT LEAST 200 PSIG OR 50 PSI I EXCESS OF PRESSURE TO BE MAINTAINED WH THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE IN THE SYSTEM IS IN EXCESSIi - • » C. BEFORE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS CONCEALED, THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SHALL BE NOTIFIED THAT THE SYSTEM IS READY FOR INSPECTION AND TESTING. THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR SHALL WITNESS THE TEST. FINAL APPROVAL OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 1.06 FLUSHING A. ALL FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE FLUSHED OUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENT OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION PAMPHLET NO. 13 AND 14, LATEST EDITION. E,ABI 2 — MATEE I LS 2.01 GENERAL A. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH ALL PIPE, FITTINGS, VALVES, DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND VALVES, SPRINKLER HEADS, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, ALSO MISCELLANEOUS WORK ITEMS, SUCH AS, SIGNS AS REQUIRED, VALVE TAGS, ETC., AND ALL OTHER RELATED EQUIPMENT, APPARATUS, AND MATERIAL ITEMS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE, SATISFACTORY OPERATING AND APPROVED TYPE SYSTEM. B. ALL PIPE FITTINGS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, SPRINKLER HEADS, ETC., SHALL CONFORM TO THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT BUILDING CODE AND NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION'S REQUIREMENTS AS TO TYPES OF MATERIALS, ARRANGEMENT, SIZES, AND INSTALLATION EXCEPT THAT NO FACE OR FLUSH BUSHING SHALL BE USED. REDUCING FITTINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN LIEU OF BUSHINGS. 2.02 SPRINKLER PIPING A. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE AS PER PIPING SCHEDULE LOCATED ON COVER DRAWING. 2.03 SPRINKLER HEADS A. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE AS PER SPRINKLER HEAD SCHEDULE LOCATED ON COVER DRAWING. 2.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. DO ALL CUTTING NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATIONOF SPRINKLER WORK. ACCURATELY LAYOUT !r FOR WHICH CUTTING IS REQUIRED, ! AS TO AVOID UNNECESSARY LARGE OPENINGS. CUTTING OF BEAMS, JOISTS, FLOORS OR WALLS OF r NOT r EXCEPT AFTER APPROVALRECEIVING OF BUILDING B. ROUGH PATCHING DONE BY THIS CONTRACTOR IN A MANNER TO ACCOMMODATE FINISHED PATCHING WORK. FINISHED PATCHING WILL BE ii"UNDER!SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS". 2.05 A. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE SUBSTANTIALLY SUPPORi AND SHALL COMPLYi•»i OF ! FIRE PROTECTION A! ! !» THE INSTALLATIONOF SPRINKLERr AS REQUIRED BY THE STATE OF CONNECTICUTBUILDING !rAUTHORITIES JURISDICTION AND FACTORY B. HANGERS AND THEIR COMPONENTS -SHALL BE FERROUS. HANGERS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE, -! OR CLEVIS SPRINKLERC. OR HANGERS SHALL NOTUSED TO SUPPORT r!_ ! COMPONENTS. ! SPRINKLER PIPING r BE SUBSTANTIALLY SUPPORTED r!. rr FROM BUILDING r»!w ADDED • r OF r PIPE PLUS A MINIMUM OF • LBS. APPLIED AT THE POINT OF SPRINKLERE. PIPING BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY• THE CEILING SHEATHING. F. WHEN SPRINKLER PIPING IS INSTALLED BELOW DUCTWOR PIPING SHALL BE SUBSTANTIALLY SUPPORTED -• BUILDING • '# DUCTWORK. G. MAXIMUM DISTANCE : • i FOR , 1-1/4 IN. SIZES it 15 FT. FOR SIZ AND H. THE BUILDING IS LOCATED • r HAS OCCUPANCY IMPORTANCE FACTOR OF1 .0. PIPI NG SHALL RESTRICTED •-r • ! 3 INTERNATIONALBUILDING CODE. •� • A. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS ON ALL EXPOSED PIPING PASSING THROUGH WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS. ESCUTCHEON SHALL BE HELD IN PLACE BY INTERNAL TENSION OR SET SCREW. 2.07 GUARANTEE A. GUARANTEE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER, ALL MATERIALS, APPARATUS AND WORKMANSHIP WHETHER FURNISHED BY HIMSELF OR BY HIS SUBCONTRACTORS AND HE SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECTS, WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER, ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE WORK WHICH MAY PROVE DEFECTIVE OR UNSATISFACTORY WITHIN THE PERIOD OF THE GUARANTEE. 2.08 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. PREPARE AND SUBMIT "AS—BUILT" DRAWINGS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. ill '.. A w 0' *' M . . r* * A R V PO 2 INTERNATIONAL DRIVE ROYAL EXECUTIVE PARK 11 TOWN OF RYE BROOK WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NY 10573 Gensler 214 North Tryon Street Tel 704.377.2725 Suite 2320 Fax 704.377.2807 Charlotte, NC 28202 United States EDWARDS & ZUCK, P.C. MEPF Engineering 30 Oak Street Stamford, CT 06905 Tel 202.352.1717 Fax 203.352.1818 Date Description 06/06/2015 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Seal I Signature a4, G. C10 40 u ur 3 Project Name COMPASS GROUP - 2ND FLOOR INTERIOR UPFIT Project Number 005801001 Scale 1/8"=1'-0" Description FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS FPm201 I 0 2014 Gensler